diff --git a/.github/FUNDING.yml b/.github/FUNDING.yml index 946acca2d7..70734d4972 100644 --- a/.github/FUNDING.yml +++ b/.github/FUNDING.yml @@ -1 +1,3 @@ -custom: http://www.thinkyhead.com/donate-to-marlin +github: [thinkyhead] +patreon: thinkyhead +custom: ["http://www.thinkyhead.com/donate-to-marlin"] diff --git a/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml b/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..301165fcd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# +# test-builds.yml +# Do test builds to catch compile errors +# + +name: CI + +on: + pull_request: + branches: + - bugfix-2.0.x + - dev-2.1.x + paths-ignore: + - config/** + - data/** + - docs/** + - '**/*.md' + +jobs: + test_builds: + + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + strategy: + matrix: + test-platform: + # Base Environments + + - DUE + - esp32 + - linux_native + - megaatmega2560 + - teensy31 + - teensy35 + + # Extended AVR Environments + + - FYSETC_F6_13 + - megaatmega1280 + - rambo + - sanguino_atmega1284p + - sanguino_atmega644p + + # Extended STM32 Environments + + - STM32F103RC_bigtree + - STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB + - STM32F103RE_bigtree + - STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB + - STM32F103RC_fysetc + - jgaurora_a5s_a1 + - STM32F103VE_longer + - STM32F407VE_black + - BIGTREE_SKR_PRO + - mks_robin + - ARMED + - FYSETC_S6 + + # Put lengthy tests last + + - LPC1768 + - LPC1769 + + # STM32 with non-STM framework. both broken for now. they should use HAL_STM32 which is working. + + #- STM32F4 + #- STM32F7 + + # Non-working environment tests + + #- BIGTREE_BTT002 + #- at90usb1286_cdc + #- at90usb1286_dfu + #- STM32F103CB_malyan + #- mks_robin_lite + #- mks_robin_mini + #- mks_robin_nano + #- SAMD51_grandcentral_m4 + + steps: + + - name: Select Python 3.7 + uses: actions/setup-python@v1 + with: + python-version: '3.7' # Version range or exact version of a Python version to use, using semvers version range syntax. + architecture: 'x64' # optional x64 or x86. Defaults to x64 if not specified + + - name: Install PlatformIO + run: | + pip install -U https://github.com/platformio/platformio-core/archive/master.zip + platformio update + + - name: Check out the PR + uses: actions/checkout@v2 + + - name: Run ${{ matrix.test-platform }} Tests + run: | + # Inline tests script + [[ "$GITHUB_REPOSITORY" == "MarlinFirmware/Marlin" ]] || exit 0 + chmod +x buildroot/bin/* + chmod +x buildroot/share/tests/* + export PATH=./buildroot/bin/:./buildroot/share/tests/:${PATH} + run_tests . ${{ matrix.test-platform }} diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index e41bae29bb..7f242dce79 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. @@ -360,7 +360,8 @@ * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 * 0 : not used * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! @@ -411,7 +412,10 @@ #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 @@ -439,6 +443,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 #define BED_MINTEMP 5 // Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. @@ -450,6 +456,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 //=========================================================================== @@ -654,12 +662,13 @@ * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] */ //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 @@ -668,12 +677,15 @@ //#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -903,6 +915,13 @@ #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS #endif +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. // @@ -929,7 +948,8 @@ */ #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 // X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes @@ -1039,6 +1059,8 @@ #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false #define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing @@ -1424,11 +1446,6 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // @@ -1519,9 +1536,10 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 @@ -1942,10 +1960,11 @@ // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support // https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 @@ -1956,6 +1975,11 @@ // //#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller // @@ -2024,9 +2048,11 @@ //============================================================================= // -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) // -//#define DGUS_LCD +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY // // Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 89fde4a381..db5ad52abf 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -78,6 +78,18 @@ #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C @@ -165,28 +177,28 @@ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) @@ -368,7 +380,7 @@ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] * Set this to your desired frequency. * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. * @@ -479,7 +491,7 @@ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif @@ -489,27 +501,28 @@ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif #endif @@ -1243,6 +1256,44 @@ #endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + // // Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) // @@ -1341,6 +1392,13 @@ //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan #endif +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + // @section safety /** @@ -1438,7 +1496,8 @@ * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. * * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over @@ -1483,18 +1542,57 @@ #endif +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #ifdef PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed. + // This is required only for the calibration process. + #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP 110 + + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + #endif +#endif + // @section extras +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes #endif // Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. @@ -1691,6 +1789,9 @@ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete + #endif // Retract and prime filament on tool-change //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP @@ -1754,6 +1855,7 @@ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. @@ -1818,6 +1920,12 @@ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 @@ -1854,6 +1962,18 @@ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart @@ -1935,6 +2055,14 @@ #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) #define E0_CURRENT 800 #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 @@ -1977,6 +2105,20 @@ #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + /** * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. @@ -1994,6 +2136,8 @@ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 /** * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). @@ -2024,12 +2168,15 @@ #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 /** * Software enable @@ -2099,12 +2246,15 @@ #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. @@ -2176,12 +2326,12 @@ #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC -// @section L6470 +// @section L64XX /** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * L64XX Stepper Driver options * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 * * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file @@ -2189,114 +2339,160 @@ * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + +#if HAS_L64XX //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif /** @@ -2308,7 +2504,7 @@ * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 * I5 - E5 * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds @@ -2322,7 +2518,15 @@ //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR #endif -#endif // L6470 +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -2352,10 +2556,10 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -// @section i2cbus - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif // @section extras @@ -2384,6 +2588,20 @@ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif #endif /** @@ -2723,7 +2941,11 @@ #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } @@ -2778,12 +3000,15 @@ /** * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host #endif /** @@ -2855,9 +3080,14 @@ // @section develop -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// //#define PINS_DEBUGGING // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h index e6d9683675..5c10ad08e4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h @@ -91,24 +91,37 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #else #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if !WITHIN(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.get_tx_buffer_free +#endif + // ------------------------ // Public functions // ------------------------ @@ -345,9 +358,9 @@ void TIMER0_COMPB_vect_bottom() // ADC #ifdef DIDR2 - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ if (pin < 8) SBI(DIDR0, pin); else SBI(DIDR2, pin & 0x07); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) do{ if (ind < 8) SBI(DIDR0, ind); else SBI(DIDR2, ind & 0x07); }while(0) #else - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ SBI(DIDR0, pin); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) SBI(DIDR0, ind); #endif inline void HAL_adc_init() { @@ -358,11 +371,11 @@ inline void HAL_adc_init() { #endif } -#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (pin & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) +#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (ch & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) #ifdef MUX5 - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) if (pin > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) if (ch > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #else - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #endif #define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp index 3502aa6b0c..691dab9103 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #if !defined(USBCON) && (defined(UBRRH) || defined(UBRR0H) || defined(UBRR1H) || defined(UBRR2H) || defined(UBRR3H)) #include "MarlinSerial.h" - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; @@ -757,6 +757,33 @@ #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + + template + typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::get_tx_buffer_free() { + const ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. + h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. + int ret = t - h - 1; + if (ret < 0) ret += Cfg::TX_SIZE + 1; + return ret; + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char(); + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq(); + } + + // Preinstantiate + template class MarlinSerial>; + + // Instantiate + MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; + +#endif + // For AT90USB targets use the UART for BT interfacing #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h index 7560d880e3..d2b3ff1558 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h @@ -217,6 +217,9 @@ static ring_buffer_pos_t available(); static void write(const uint8_t c); static void flushTX(); + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + static ring_buffer_pos_t get_tx_buffer_free(); + #endif FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t dropped() { return Cfg::DROPPED_RX ? rx_dropped_bytes : 0; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t buffer_overruns() { return Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS ? rx_buffer_overruns : 0; } @@ -292,6 +295,23 @@ extern MarlinSerial> internalSerial; #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + template + struct MarlinInternalSerialCfg { + static constexpr int PORT = serial; + static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = 128; + static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = 48; + static constexpr bool XONOFF = false; + static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = false; + static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = false; + static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = bDGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS; + static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = false; + static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = false; + }; + + extern MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; +#endif + // Use the UART for Bluetooth in AT90USB configurations #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) extern HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h index 77fa581632..7053d4b0a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -232,6 +232,22 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { pciSetup(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MAX_PIN), "Z4_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MIN_PIN), "Z4_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h index 501a7cdf06..a36bf468a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h @@ -279,14 +279,25 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char { */ // Determine which harware PWMs are already in use +#define _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN || P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (_PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) || P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN) #else - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) #endif -#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2) - #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) +#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN || P == FAN7_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN) #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h index a6bff05ce7..a9b0af5b99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -59,3 +59,7 @@ #if HAS_TRINAMIC && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) #error "TMCStepper includes SoftwareSerial.h which is incompatible with ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE. Disable ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE to continue." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL && ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS causes performance issues when used with SoftwareSerial-connected drivers. Disable MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS or use hardware serial to continue." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h index 8e083494d9..0787076fb7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h @@ -231,11 +231,10 @@ static void err_is_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" compare interrupt enabled" static void err_prob_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" overflow interrupt enabled"); } static void print_is_also_tied() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" is also tied to this pin"); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(14); } -void com_print(uint8_t N, uint8_t Z) { +inline void com_print(const uint8_t N, const uint8_t Z) { const uint8_t *TCCRA = (uint8_t*)TCCR_A(N); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" COM"); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N); - SERIAL_CHAR('A' + Z); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N, Z); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(": ", int((*TCCRA >> (6 - Z * 2)) & 0x03)); } @@ -247,8 +246,7 @@ void timer_prefix(uint8_t T, char L, uint8_t N) { // T - timer L - pwm N - if (N == 4) WGM |= ((*TCCRB & _BV(WGM_3)) >> 1); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TIMER"); - SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0'); - SERIAL_CHAR(L); + SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0', L); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(3); if (N == 3) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp index 63a5031966..c7d487ebd1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "watchdog.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // Initialize watchdog with 8s timeout, if possible. Otherwise, make it 4s. void watchdog_init() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp index 130779896d..2d2eb3b9ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ int freeMemory() { // ADC // ------------------------ -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - HAL_adc_result = analogRead(adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch) { + HAL_adc_result = analogRead(ch); } uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h index 64cff24665..b5bac89568 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h @@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." - #endif - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial @@ -75,6 +74,27 @@ #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + + #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "MarlinSerialUSB.h" @@ -128,16 +148,16 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1) #endif -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) inline void HAL_adc_init() {}//todo -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) #define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); // diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp index 35763a5ec7..3524ae8690 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ } // all the others - static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4uS => 125khz + static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4µs => 125khz static uint8_t spiTransferX(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 int bits = 8; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp index 7b88b6d43e..83a9c64fae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "InterruptVectors.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp index 5e5a4e5fc1..2501bab78e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #include -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" void spiBegin(); void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h index daa2b3c15e..14adc0c1cd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h index a8d51edfab..44bf8e4473 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -55,3 +55,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c index 9bac29276c..2a10190c7e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ static void udd_ctrl_in_sent(void) // The IN data don't must be written in endpoint 0 DPRAM during // a next setup reception in same endpoint 0 DPRAM. // Thereby, an OUT ZLP reception must check before IN data write - // and if no OUT ZLP is recevied the data must be written quickly (800us) + // and if no OUT ZLP is received the data must be written quickly (800µs) // before an eventually ZLP OUT and SETUP reception flags = cpu_irq_save(); if (Is_udd_out_received(0)) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp index 1f51b75c18..dd80f8c713 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "watchdog.h" // Override Arduino runtime to either config or disable the watchdog diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp index c3e6f09649..7bc007f3c4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp @@ -30,10 +30,6 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) - #include "spiffs.h" -#endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) #include #include "wifi.h" @@ -41,6 +37,7 @@ #include "ota.h" #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + #include "spiffs.h" #include "web.h" #endif #endif @@ -78,21 +75,32 @@ volatile int numPWMUsed = 0, // Public functions // ------------------------ -void HAL_init() { - i2s_init(); -} +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + + bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr) { + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + return esp3dlib.parse(command_ptr); + #else + UNUSED(command_ptr); + return false; + #endif + } + +#endif + +void HAL_init() { i2s_init(); } void HAL_init_board() { - #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) - spiffs_init(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.init(); + #elif ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) wifi_init(); #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) OTA_init(); #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + spiffs_init(); web_init(); #endif server.begin(); @@ -100,9 +108,12 @@ void HAL_init_board() { } void HAL_idletask() { - #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) + #if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) OTA_handle(); #endif + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.idletask(); + #endif } void HAL_clear_reset_source() { } @@ -183,7 +194,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } } -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin) { +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { const adc1_channel_t chan = get_channel(adc_pin); uint32_t mv; esp_adc_cal_get_voltage((adc_channel_t)chan, &characteristics[attenuations[chan]], &mv); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h index df9a5648c8..c4528f7520 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h @@ -36,7 +36,14 @@ #include "timers.h" -#include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #include "esp3dlib.h" +#endif + #include "FlushableHardwareSerial.h" // ------------------------ @@ -47,9 +54,13 @@ extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock; #define MYSERIAL0 flushableSerial -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2Socket + #else + #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial + #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif @@ -60,7 +71,6 @@ extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock; #define ENABLE_ISRS() if (spinlock.owner != portMUX_FREE_VAL) portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock) #define DISABLE_ISRS() portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock) - // Fix bug in pgm_read_ptr #undef pgm_read_ptr #define pgm_read_ptr(addr) (*(addr)) @@ -115,7 +125,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); #define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index #define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin @@ -127,3 +137,44 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); void HAL_idletask(); void HAL_init(); void HAL_init_board(); + +// +// Delay in cycles (used by DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) +// +FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { + unsigned long start, ccount, stop; + + /** + * It's important to care for race conditions (and overflows) here. + * Race condition example: If `stop` calculates to being close to the upper boundary of + * `uint32_t` and if at the same time a longer loop interruption kicks in (e.g. due to other + * FreeRTOS tasks or interrupts), `ccount` might overflow (and therefore be below `stop` again) + * without the loop ever being able to notice that `ccount` had already been above `stop` once + * (and that therefore the number of cycles to delay has already passed). + * As DELAY_CYCLES (through DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) is used by software SPI bit banging to drive + * LCDs and therefore might be called very, very often, this seemingly improbable situation did + * actually happen in reality. It resulted in apparently random print pauses of ~17.9 seconds + * (0x100000000 / 240 MHz) or multiples thereof, essentially ruining the current print by causing + * large blobs of filament. + */ + + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (start) ); + stop = start + x; + ccount = start; + + if (stop >= start) { + // no overflow, so only loop while in between start and stop: + // 0x00000000 -----------------start****stop-- 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start && ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + else { + // stop did overflow, so only loop while outside of stop and start: + // 0x00000000 **stop-------------------start** 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start || ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp index 3c3b8fa704..c80c29a4eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Servo::Servo() { int8_t Servo::attach(const int inPin) { if (channel >= CHANNEL_MAX_NUM) return -1; - if (pin > 0) pin = inPin; + if (inPin > 0) pin = inPin; ledcSetup(channel, 50, 16); // channel X, 50 Hz, 16-bit depth ledcAttachPin(pin, channel); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h index 31a3e4d667..fff53ce60f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp index 33a503455c..7a94e1594d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int i2s_init() { * * fwclk = fbclk / 32 * - * for fwclk = 250kHz (4uS pulse time) + * for fwclk = 250kHz (4µS pulse time) * N = 10 * M = 20 */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9c62a353e7..ff9d7342dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -28,3 +28,11 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif + +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #error "Only enable one WiFi option, either WIFISUPPORT or ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp index 377856f8d8..781854aa8b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) #include #include @@ -67,6 +67,5 @@ void OTA_handle() { ArduinoOTA.handle(); } -#endif // OTASUPPORT - +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && OTASUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp index 1a542580b0..b76d3810fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) #include "../../core/serial.h" @@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ void spiffs_init() { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("SPIFFS mount failed"); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h index e6e3495bea..325ab4098b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ typedef uint64_t hal_timer_t; #if ENABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 1 - #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4us pulses of i2s word clock + #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4µs pulses of i2s word clock #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs // wrong would be 0.25 #else #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 40 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp index c593fc0242..6cb2145831 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp @@ -22,13 +22,12 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 -#include -#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h - #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) +#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h +#include #include "wifi.h" AsyncEventSource events("/events"); // event source (Server-Sent events) @@ -43,5 +42,5 @@ void web_init() { server.onNotFound(onNotFound); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp index 316f6b452a..a10b1629a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int ch) { +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch) { } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h index 37b3b479bc..63aa8fa11f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h @@ -87,15 +87,15 @@ int freeMemory(); #pragma GCC diagnostic pop // ADC -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) HAL_adc_enable_channel(pin) -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) -#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 -#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() -#define HAL_ADC_READY() true +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) HAL_adc_enable_channel(ch) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 +#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() +#define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_init(); -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int pin); -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); // Reset source diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h index 776fa2f139..3b18dec730 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -33,3 +33,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h index 1648905453..69247dfd9b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h @@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(750) #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" -#endif - #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -75,16 +71,14 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial3 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial @@ -94,11 +88,34 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial3 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + // // Interrupts // diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h index f1d4fc754f..fc09189d32 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX - #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MIN_PIN) + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MAX_PIN) #error "Z3_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN); @@ -104,6 +104,18 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h index b32b05eac0..ffc70b3452 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ #error "TEMP_4_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." #elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_5) #error "TEMP_5_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." #endif #undef _OLD_TEMP_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c index 3ad1aff017..dd83c7a971 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c @@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ * */ -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 @@ -29,12 +31,12 @@ #if MB(MKS_SBASE) -#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif +#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" + // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. @@ -60,7 +62,6 @@ static void _I2C_Stop(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; } -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) @@ -89,41 +90,6 @@ uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bi return 1; } -void digipot_mcp4451_init() { - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, 400000); // hardwired to 400KHz bit rate, 100KHz is the other option - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); -} - uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data) { LPC_I2C1->I2DAT = data & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; // transmit data LPC_I2C1->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h index d7e4b0dc7a..db6715e2b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h @@ -21,20 +21,10 @@ */ #pragma once -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html - -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 // use I2C1 controller - -#if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 -#else - #error "Master I2C device not defined!" -#endif +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -43,9 +33,9 @@ #include #include #include +#include "i2c_util.h" uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla); -void digipot_mcp4451_init(); uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data); #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3dc6d2308 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c + */ + +#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 + +#include "i2c_util.h" + +#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option) { + /** + * Init I2C pin connect + */ + PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; + PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; + PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; + PinCfg.Portnum = 0; + #if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 ... SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; // SDA1 / D20 SCA ... SCL1 / D21 SCL + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN ... SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN + #endif + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + PinCfg.Pinnum += 1; + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + + // Initialize I2C peripheral + I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates + + // Enable Master I2C operation + I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ca3fc1844 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#ifndef I2C_MASTER_ID + #define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 +#endif + +#if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 +#else + #error "Master I2C device not defined!" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp index 9a95b1b660..360cce7f66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp @@ -25,25 +25,21 @@ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 +#include "../include/i2c_util.h" +#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" + extern int millis(); #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" - - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. -static uint32_t _I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { +static uint32_t _I2C_Start(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { // Reset STA, STO, SI I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; @@ -67,30 +63,16 @@ static void _I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h - -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 - #define I2CDEV_S_ADDR 0x78 // from SSD1306 //actual address is 0x3C - shift left 1 with LSB set to 0 to indicate write #define BUFFER_SIZE 0x1 // only do single byte transfers with LCDs -#if (USEDI2CDEV_M == 0) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 1) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 2) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 -#else - #error "Master I2C device not defined!" -#endif - -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit +// Send slave address and write bit +uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(const uint8_t sla) { // Sometimes TX data ACK or NAK status is returned. That mean the start state didn't // happen which means only the value of the slave address was send. Keep looping until // the slave address and write bit are actually sent. @@ -114,44 +96,9 @@ uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit return 1; } -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t clock_option) { - - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 0)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 1)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 2)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); - - u8g_i2c_start(0); // send slave address and write bit +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_option) { + configure_i2c(clock_option); + u8g_i2c_start(0); // Send slave address and write bit } uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h index 9dd594cd9e..85ca067441 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ */ #pragma once -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t options); -uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_options); +//uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla); uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data); void u8g_i2c_stop(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h index 8806e87477..314e20b43f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ * * These are based on the LPC1768 routines. * - * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead resulted in the - * one microsecond delay being about 4uS. + * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead + * results in a one microsecond delay taking about 4µS. */ #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp index b624b24d35..d19e66d415 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp @@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ #define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 #define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 -//#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence(u8g_t *u8g) { /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction deleted file mode 100644 index 0222c62280..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Based on U8G2 code - u8x8_byte.c - * - * Universal 8bit Graphics Library (https://github.com/olikraus/u8g2/) - * - * Copyright (c) 2016, olikraus@gmail.com - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list - * of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * - * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this - * list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - * materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND - * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR - * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, - * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; - * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, - * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF - * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -/** - * Software i2c, - * ignores ACK response (which is anyway not provided by some displays) - * also does not allow reading from the device - */ - -#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#include - -//void pinMode(int16_t pin, uint8_t mode); -//void digitalWrite(int16_t pin, uint8_t pin_status); - - -#define I2C_SLA (0x3C*2) -//#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x080 -#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 -#define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 - -//static uint8_t I2C_speed; // 3 - 400KHz, 13 - 100KHz -//#define SPEED_400KHz 3 -//#define SPEED_100KHz 13 - -// #define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - -uint8_t SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C; - -#define SPI_SPEED 2 //20: 200KHz 5:750KHz 2:3-4MHz - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(uint8_t data) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 9; i++) { // 1 extra bit for the ack/nak - - if (val & 0x80) - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - else - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - val <<= 1; - } - return 1; -} - - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start_sw(uint8_t sla) { // assert start condition and then send slave address with write bit - /* send the start condition, both lines go from 1 to 0 */ - - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(I2C_SLA); // send slave address with write bit -} - - -void u8g_i2c_stop_sw() { } - -void u8g_i2c_init_sw(uint8_t clock_option) { u8g_i2c_start(0); } // send slave address and write bit - -uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g_t *u8g) { - /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; - - /* setup bus, might be a repeated start */ - if (u8g_i2c_start(I2C_SLA) == 0) return 0; - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] == 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_CMD_MODE) == 0) return 0; - } - else if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_DATA_MODE) == 0) return 0; - - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 0; - - return 1; -} - -uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr) { - switch (msg) { - case U8G_COM_MSG_INIT: - - #define LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) ((uint8_t)((pin >> 5) & 0b111)) - #define LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) ((uint8_t)(pin & 0b11111)) - SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - // As defined by Arduino INPUT(0x0), OUTPUT(0x1), INPUT_PULLUP(0x2) - #define OUTPUT 0x1 - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL); - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_CS); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_A0); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_RESET]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_RESET); - - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL, HIGH); - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA, HIGH); - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; /* initial RS state: unknown mode */ - - u8g_i2c_init_sw(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_I2C_OPTION]); - u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_STOP: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_RESET: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT: - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again, also forces start condition */ - if (arg_val == 0) { - /* disable chip, send stop condition */ - u8g_i2c_stop_sw(); - } - else { - /* enable, do nothing: any byte writing will trigger the i2c start */ - } - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_BYTE: - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - //if (u8g_com_arduino_ssd_start_sequence(u8g) == 0) - // return u8g_i2c_stop(), 0; - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(*ptr++) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ_P: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(u8g_pgm_read(ptr)) == 0) return 0; - ptr++; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_ADDRESS: /* define cmd (arg_val = 0) or data mode (arg_val = 1) */ - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = arg_val; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again */ - u8g_i2c_start_sw(0); // send slave address and write bit - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val ? 0x40 : 0x80); // Write to ? Graphics DRAM mode : Command mode - break; - } - return 1; -} - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py index b3ab59026e..79c5d43eaa 100755 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py @@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ target_filename = "FIRMWARE.CUR" target_drive = "REARM" import os +import getpass import platform + current_OS = platform.system() Import("env") @@ -77,28 +79,26 @@ try: upload_disk = 'Disk not found' target_file_found = False target_drive_found = False - medias = os.listdir('/media') # - for media in medias: - drives = os.listdir('/media/' + media) # - if target_drive in drives and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet - target_drive_found = True - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + target_drive + '/' + drives = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser())) + if target_drive in drives: # If target drive is found, use it. + target_drive_found = True + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), target_drive) + os.sep + else: for drive in drives: try: - files = os.listdir('/media/' + media + '/' + drive) + files = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive)) except: continue else: if target_filename in files: - if target_file_found == False: - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + drive + '/' - target_file_found = True - + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive) + os.sep + target_file_found = True + break # # set upload_port to drive if found # - if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: + if target_file_found or target_drive_found: env.Replace( UPLOAD_FLAGS="-P$UPLOAD_PORT", UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp index 6d0200e9f1..f9518cd25c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp @@ -68,5 +68,4 @@ bool watchdog_timed_out() { return TEST(WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag(), 0); } void watchdog_clear_timeout_flag() { WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag(); } #endif // USE_WATCHDOG - #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp index 1c53042f8d..6074e4bbd6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ #else #define GET_TEMP_5_ADC() -1 #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) +#else + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() -1 +#endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED #define GET_BED_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_BED_PIN) #else @@ -80,12 +95,15 @@ #define GET_BUTTONS_ADC() -1 #endif -#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) (GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n \ - || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ - || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ - || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n) +#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) ( \ + GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n \ + || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == n \ + || GET_PROBE_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ + || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ + || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n \ +) #define ADC0_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(0) #define ADC1_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(1) @@ -145,6 +163,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -176,6 +203,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -215,6 +251,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -255,6 +300,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -426,7 +480,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { memset(HAL_adc_results, 0xFF, sizeof(HAL_adc_results)); // Fill result with invalid values for (uint8_t pi = 0; pi < COUNT(adc_pins); ++pi) - pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); + pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); for (uint8_t ai = FIRST_ADC; ai <= LAST_ADC; ++ai) { Adc* adc = ((Adc*[])ADC_INSTS)[ai]; @@ -471,8 +525,4 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { HAL_adc_result = 0xFFFF; } -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { - return HAL_adc_result; -} - #endif // __SAMD51__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h index dea84da5d1..37437cb758 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h @@ -33,11 +33,9 @@ #include "MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h" // Serial ports - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" - #endif // MYSERIAL0 required before MarlinSerial includes! + #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -46,18 +44,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -65,13 +61,36 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #endif + #endif // ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4 typedef int8_t pin_t; @@ -116,7 +135,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); +inline uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { return HAL_adc_result; } // // Pin Map diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h index 1f66e02e31..4f6b61a0d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -98,6 +98,16 @@ #else #define MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) false #endif +#if HAS_Z4_MAX + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MAX_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) false +#endif +#if HAS_Z4_MIN + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MIN_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) false +#endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #else @@ -109,6 +119,7 @@ && !MATCH_Z_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z2_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z2_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z3_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) \ + && !MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P)) // One ISR for all EXT-Interrupts @@ -117,67 +128,79 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_X_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_X_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9880722670..0c1e83115e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -46,3 +46,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) #warning "Did you activate the SmartEEPROM? See https://github.com/GMagician/SAMD51-SmartEEprom-Activator" #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp index 4fbfa7298c..4d3693164d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp @@ -28,13 +28,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../shared/Delay.h" -#if (__cplusplus == 201703L) && defined(__has_include) - #define HAS_SWSERIAL __has_include() -#else - #define HAS_SWSERIAL HAS_TMC220x -#endif - -#if HAS_SWSERIAL +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL #include "SoftwareSerial.h" #endif @@ -93,7 +87,7 @@ void HAL_init() { while (!LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR()); #endif // EEPROM_EMULATED_SRAM - #if HAS_SWSERIAL + #if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL SoftwareSerial::setInterruptPriority(SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); #endif } @@ -101,11 +95,27 @@ void HAL_init() { void HAL_clear_reset_source() { __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS(); } uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) != RESET) return RST_WATCHDOG; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) != RESET) return RST_SOFTWARE; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) != RESET) return RST_EXTERNAL; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) != RESET) return RST_POWER_ON; - return 0; + return + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST // Some sources may not exist... + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_SFTRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) ? RST_SOFTWARE : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PINRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) ? RST_EXTERNAL : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PORRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) ? RST_POWER_ON : + #endif + 0 + ; } void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) { delay(delay_ms); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h index 910d437bd6..995c7144f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h @@ -44,13 +44,8 @@ // ------------------------ #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1 @@ -64,20 +59,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -91,11 +83,41 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.availableForWrite +#endif + #include "timers.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp index 82cae9b75c..de45c8948e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -37,121 +37,193 @@ static SPISettings spiConfig; // ------------------------ #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI) + // ------------------------ // Software SPI // ------------------------ - #error "Software SPI not supported for STM32. Use Hardware SPI." + + #include "../shared/Delay.h" + + void spiBegin(void) { + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN); + OUT_WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); + } + + static uint16_t delay_STM32_soft_spi; + + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 8,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 4,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED:delay_STM32_soft_spi = 250; break; // desired: 2,000,000 actual: ~890K + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 500; break; // desired: 1,000,000 actual: ~590K + case SPI_SPEED_5: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 1000; break; // desired: 500,000 actual: ~360K + case SPI_SPEED_6: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 2000; break; // desired: 250,000 actual: ~210K + default: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 4000; break; // desired: 125,000 actual: ~123K + } + SPI.begin(); + } + + // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode + void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { /* do nothing */ } + + uint8_t HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 + for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { + WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW); + WRITE(MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); + + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + + b <<= 1; // little setup time + b |= (READ(MISO_PIN) != 0); + } + DELAY_NS(125); + return b; + } + + // Soft SPI receive byte + uint8_t spiRec() { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte receive + const uint8_t data = HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(0xFF); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + return data; + } + + // Soft SPI read data + void spiRead(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) + buf[i] = spiRec(); + } + + // Soft SPI send byte + void spiSend(uint8_t data) { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte send + HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); // Don't care what is received + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + } + + // Soft SPI send block + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t *buf) { + spiSend(token); + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++) + spiSend(buf[i]); + } #else -// ------------------------ -// Hardware SPI -// ------------------------ + // ------------------------ + // Hardware SPI + // ------------------------ -/** - * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz - */ + /** + * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz + */ -/** - * @brief Begin SPI port setup - * - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object - */ -void spiBegin() { - #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) - #error "SS_PIN not defined!" - #endif + /** + * @brief Begin SPI port setup + * + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object + */ + void spiBegin() { + #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) + #error "SS_PIN not defined!" + #endif - OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); -} - -/** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */ -void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { - // Use datarates Marlin uses - uint32_t clock; - switch (spiRate) { - case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 - case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; - case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; - case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; - default: - clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); } - spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); - #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) - SPI.setMISO(MISO_PIN); - SPI.setMOSI(MOSI_PIN); - SPI.setSCLK(SCK_PIN); - SPI.setSSEL(SS_PIN); - #endif + // Configure SPI for specified SPI speed + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + uint32_t clock; + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; + default: + clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library + } + spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); - SPI.begin(); -} + #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + SPI.setMISO(MISO_PIN); + SPI.setMOSI(MOSI_PIN); + SPI.setSCLK(SCK_PIN); + SPI.setSSEL(SS_PIN); + #endif -/** - * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. - * - * @return Byte received - * - * @details - */ -uint8_t spiRec() { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); - SPI.endTransaction(); - return returnByte; -} + SPI.begin(); + } -/** - * @brief Receives a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer - * - * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. - * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Uses DMA - */ -void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { - if (nbyte == 0) return; - memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} + /** + * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. + * + * @return Byte received + * + * @details + */ + uint8_t spiRec() { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); + SPI.endTransaction(); + return returnByte; + } -/** - * @brief Sends a single byte on SPI port - * - * @param b Byte to send - * - * @details - */ -void spiSend(uint8_t b) { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(b); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} + /** + * @brief Receive a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer + * + * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. + * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Uses DMA + */ + void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + if (nbyte == 0) return; + memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } -/** - * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) - * - * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Use DMA - */ -void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { - uint8_t rxBuf[512]; - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(token); - SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} + /** + * @brief Send a single byte on SPI port + * + * @param b Byte to send + * + * @details + */ + void spiSend(uint8_t b) { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(b); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + + /** + * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) + * + * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Use DMA + */ + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { + uint8_t rxBuf[512]; + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(token); + SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } #endif // SOFTWARE_SPI diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e89..96fa444668 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h index 1d2c095f2b..f1dce173e4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ #define hal_timer_t uint32_t #define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF // Timers can be 16 or 32 bit - #ifdef STM32F0xx #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU) // frequency of timer peripherals @@ -58,18 +57,42 @@ #define TEMP_TIMER 2 #endif -#elif defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32F7xx) +#elif defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) - #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU/2) // frequency of timer peripherals + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals #ifndef STEP_TIMER - #define STEP_TIMER 5 + #define STEP_TIMER 9 + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 10 + #endif + +#elif defined(STM32F4xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // STM32F401 has no TIM6, TIM7, or TIM8 #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER #define TEMP_TIMER 14 // TIM7 is consumed by Software Serial if used. #endif +#elif defined(STM32F7xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // the RIGHT timer! + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 14 + #endif + #endif #ifndef SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO @@ -81,16 +104,16 @@ #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO - #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 14 //14 = after hardware ISRs + #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 14 // 14 = after hardware ISRs #endif #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // index of timer to use for stepper #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // index of timer to use for temperature #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 //Temperature::isr() is expected to be called at around 1kHz +#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 // Temperature::isr() is expected to be called at around 1kHz -//TODO: get rid of manual rate/prescale/ticks/cycles taken for procedures in stepper.cpp +// TODO: get rid of manual rate/prescale/ticks/cycles taken for procedures in stepper.cpp #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 2000000 // 2 Mhz #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE)/(STEPPER_TIMER_RATE)) #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp index 9dcb77ae4f..0db0371cae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp @@ -118,6 +118,12 @@ const uint8_t adc_pins[] = { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH_PIN, #endif @@ -160,6 +166,12 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH, #endif @@ -346,6 +358,12 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 case TEMP_5_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_5; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case TEMP_6_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_6; break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case TEMP_7_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_7; break; + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X case JOY_X_PIN: pin_index = JOY_X; break; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h index a88b72107e..4d2ff2a0a3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h @@ -78,13 +78,10 @@ #define MSerial5 Serial4 #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial -#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 @@ -95,19 +92,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 5 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial5 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5" + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 @@ -118,11 +113,39 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 5 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial5 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial5 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + + // Set interrupt grouping for this MCU void HAL_init(); #define HAL_IDLETASK 1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp index 9d569772fa..a16b379b30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs); void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue); uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC void LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(uint16_t data, uint32_t count); @@ -79,8 +80,11 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, voi LCD_IO_Init(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS], u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]); u8g_Delay(50); - if (arg_ptr) - *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + if (arg_ptr) { + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(0x0000); + if (*((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) == 0) + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = (LCD_READ_ID << 24) | LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + } isCommand = 0; break; @@ -265,6 +269,13 @@ void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg) { __DSB(); } +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue) { + LCD->REG = RegValue; + __DSB(); + + return LCD->RAM; +} + uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize) { volatile uint32_t data; LCD->REG = RegValue; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h index d043b3b8db..9c18ee35ae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -82,6 +82,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h index 69466a0a77..7673d8673a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif -#if !defined(HAVE_SW_SERIAL) && HAS_TMC220x +#if !defined(HAVE_SW_SERIAL) && TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL #warning "With TMC2208/9 consider using SoftwareSerialM with HAVE_SW_SERIAL and appropriate SS_TIMER." #error "Missing SoftwareSerial implementation." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h index 0e44df4d11..41b445d65e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h @@ -44,17 +44,12 @@ // Defines // ------------------------ -//Serial override +// Serial override //extern HalSerial usb_serial; #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART1 @@ -68,19 +63,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART1 @@ -94,11 +86,40 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if defined(STM32F4) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + /** * TODO: review this to return 1 for pins that are not analog input */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp index 3117321ac7..b030459029 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #include "TMC2660.h" #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../../libs/duration_t.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e89..96fa444668 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h index 7b8d29aa7d..c647ea0c03 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -35,3 +35,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 389d27824e..b680a1a445 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp index 5848944792..34d2354637 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ extern "C" { } void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; + const uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; if (pin == 0xFF) { // Digital only HAL_adc_select = -1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h index 3862f2b5b8..2b7169641b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -76,6 +76,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h index 6a126b683e..5cb2cbfc8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h index b1dafbb0f5..4ba14d9681 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h @@ -145,21 +145,7 @@ } #undef nop -#elif defined(ESP32) - - FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { - unsigned long ccount, stop; - - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - - stop = ccount + x; // This can overflow - - while (ccount < stop) { // This doesn't deal with overflows - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - } - } - -#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) +#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) || defined(ESP32) // specified inside platform diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp index 936acc7ce8..e740a171d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "Delay.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" // Make sure GCC optimizes this file. // Note that this line triggers a bug in GCC which is fixed by casting. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #pragma GCC optimize (3) // run at ~4Mhz -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); b <<= 1; // little setup time @@ -56,61 +56,26 @@ uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 return b; } -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, LOW); WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(125); // Need more delay for fast CPUs b <<= 1; // little setup time b |= (READ(L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN) != 0); } - - DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz + DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz return b; } /** - * The following are weak-linked and defined as do-nothing - * functions by the L6470-Arduino library. They must be - * defined by the client (Marlin) to provide an SPI interface. + * L64XX methods for SPI init and transfer */ - -uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_position) { - uint8_t data_out = 0; - - // first device in chain has data sent last - extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); - - for (uint8_t i = L6470::chain[0]; (i >= 1) && !spi_abort; i--) { // stop sending data if spi_abort is active - DISABLE_ISRS(); // disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) - uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); - ENABLE_ISRS(); // enable interrupts - if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp; - } - - extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); - return data_out; -} - -void L6470_transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { - // first device in chain has data sent last - - if (spi_active) { // interrupted SPI transfer so need to - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650nS - DELAY_US(1); - } - - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, LOW); - for (uint8_t i = length; i >= 1; i--) - L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(L6470_buf[i])); - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); -} - -void L6470_spi_init() { +void L64XX_Marlin::spi_init() { OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); @@ -123,6 +88,52 @@ void L6470_spi_init() { OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); } +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin) { + // First device in chain has data sent last + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); + + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t data_out = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); + return data_out; +} + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position) { + uint8_t data_out = 0; + + // first device in chain has data sent last + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); + + for (uint8_t i = L64XX::chain[0]; !L64xxManager.spi_abort && i >= 1; i--) { // Send data unless aborted + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp; + } + + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); + return data_out; +} + +/** + * Platform-supplied L6470 buffer transfer method + */ +void L64XX_Marlin::transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { + // First device in chain has its data sent last + + if (spi_active) { // Interrupted SPI transfer so need to + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650ns + DELAY_US(1); + } + + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, LOW); + for (uint8_t i = length; i >= 1; i--) + L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(L6470_buf[i])); + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); +} + #pragma GCC reset_options -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h index afbd7d3443..c82bdbee7d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h @@ -28,6 +28,13 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" constexpr bool + #if HAS_DGUS_LCD + bDGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS = (false + #if ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) + || true + #endif + ), + #endif bSERIAL_XON_XOFF = (false #if ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF) || true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp index 7a8377f789..dab3968255 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static bool UnwReportOut(void* ctx, const UnwReport* bte) { (*p)++; - SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); + SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p, DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(bte->name ? bte->name : "unknown"); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("@0x"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->function, HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('+'); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address - bte->function,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" PC:"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address,HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('\n'); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h index 604854ad0f..cae1379513 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ typedef struct { * link register (i.e. not a normal register) and the stack pointer value * supplied. * - * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables , it will use them to + * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables it will use them to * perform the traceback. Otherwise, brute force will be employed * -If the program was compiled with -mpoke-function-name, then you will * get function names in the traceback. Otherwise, you will not. diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8b44298a91..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER - #include "gcode/parser.h" -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - extern uint8_t axis_known_position; -#endif - -void stop(); - -void idle( - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - bool no_stepper_sleep = false // pass true to keep steppers from disabling on timeout - #endif -); - -void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false); - -// -// X, Y, Z Stepper enable / disable -// -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_enable() NOOP - #define X_disable() stepperX.free() -#elif HAS_X_ENABLE - #define X_enable() X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X_disable() X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X_enable() NOOP - #define X_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_enable() NOOP - #define X2_disable() stepperX2.free() -#elif HAS_X2_ENABLE - #define X2_enable() X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X2_disable() X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X2_enable() NOOP - #define X2_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_X() do{ X_enable(); X2_enable(); }while(0) -#define disable_X() do{ X_disable(); X2_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_enable() NOOP - #define Y_disable() stepperY.free() -#elif HAS_Y_ENABLE - #define Y_enable() Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y_disable() Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y_enable() NOOP - #define Y_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_enable() NOOP - #define Y2_disable() stepperY2.free() -#elif HAS_Y2_ENABLE - #define Y2_enable() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y2_disable() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y2_enable() NOOP - #define Y2_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Y() do{ Y_enable(); Y2_enable(); }while(0) -#define disable_Y() do{ Y_disable(); Y2_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_enable() NOOP - #define Z_disable() stepperZ.free() -#elif HAS_Z_ENABLE - #define Z_enable() Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z_disable() Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z_enable() NOOP - #define Z_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_enable() NOOP - #define Z2_disable() stepperZ2.free() -#elif HAS_Z2_ENABLE - #define Z2_enable() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z2_disable() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z2_enable() NOOP - #define Z2_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_enable() NOOP - #define Z3_disable() stepperZ3.free() -#elif HAS_Z3_ENABLE - #define Z3_enable() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z3_disable() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z3_enable() NOOP - #define Z3_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Z() do{ Z_enable(); Z2_enable(); Z3_enable(); }while(0) -#define disable_Z() do{ Z_disable(); Z2_disable(); Z3_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) - -// -// Extruder Stepper enable / disable -// - -// define the individual enables/disables -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_enable() NOOP - #define E0_disable() do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define E0_enable() E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E0_disable() E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E0_enable() NOOP - #define E0_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_enable() NOOP - #define E1_disable() do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define E1_enable() E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E1_disable() E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E1_enable() NOOP - #define E1_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_enable() NOOP - #define E2_disable() do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define E2_enable() E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E2_disable() E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E2_enable() NOOP - #define E2_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_enable() NOOP - #define E3_disable() do{ stepperE3.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define E3_enable() E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E3_disable() E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E3_enable() NOOP - #define E3_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_enable() NOOP - #define E4_disable() do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define E4_enable() E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E4_disable() E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E4_enable() NOOP - #define E4_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_enable() NOOP - #define E5_disable() do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define E5_enable() E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E5_disable() E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E5_enable() NOOP - #define E5_disable() NOOP -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - - /** - * Mixing steppers synchronize their enable (and direction) together - */ - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); E5_enable(); } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); E5_disable(); } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); } - #else - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); } - #endif - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - -#else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - - #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define enable_E0() E0_enable() - #define disable_E0() E0_disable() - #else - #define enable_E0() NOOP - #define disable_E0() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define enable_E1() E1_enable() - #define disable_E1() E1_disable() - #else - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define enable_E2() E2_enable() - #define disable_E2() E2_disable() - #else - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define enable_E3() E3_enable() - #define disable_E3() E3_disable() - #else - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define enable_E4() E4_enable() - #define disable_E4() E4_disable() - #else - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define enable_E5() E5_enable() - #define disable_E5() E5_disable() - #else - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - #endif - -#endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #include "feature/twibus.h" - extern TWIBus i2c; -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type - extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed -#endif - -/** - * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E - */ -void enable_e_steppers(); -void enable_all_steppers(); -void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); -void disable_e_steppers(); -void disable_all_steppers(); - -void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error=nullptr, PGM_P const lcd_component=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); -void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); - -void quickstop_stepper(); - -extern bool Running; -inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; } -inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; } - -bool printingIsActive(); -bool printingIsPaused(); -void startOrResumeJob(); - -extern bool wait_for_heatup; - -#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE - extern bool wait_for_user; -#endif - -#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - extern bool suspend_auto_report; -#endif - -// Inactivity shutdown timer -extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; - -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - extern bool powersupply_on; - #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) - #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() - #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() - #else - #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() - #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() - #endif -#endif - -bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); -void protected_pin_err(); - -#if HAS_SUICIDE - inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); } -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - void event_probe_recover(); - void event_probe_failure(); -#endif - -extern const char NUL_STR[], G28_STR[], M21_STR[], M23_STR[], M24_STR[], - SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp rename to Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp index a03d1f3963..7ec6ffb488 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ * - https://github.com/grbl/grbl */ -#include "Marlin.h" +#include "MarlinCore.h" #include "core/utility.h" #include "lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -177,11 +177,12 @@ #include "feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif const char NUL_STR[] PROGMEM = "", + M112_KILL_STR[] PROGMEM = "M112 Shutdown", G28_STR[] PROGMEM = "G28", M21_STR[] PROGMEM = "M21", M23_STR[] PROGMEM = "M23 %s", @@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ void startOrResumeJob() { thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); wait_for_heatup = false; #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); + recovery.purge(); #endif #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); @@ -605,7 +606,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - L6470.monitor_driver(); + L64xxManager.monitor_driver(); #endif // Limit check_axes_activity frequency to 10Hz @@ -618,7 +619,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #if PIN_EXISTS(FET_SAFETY) static millis_t FET_next; if (ELAPSED(ms, FET_next)) { - FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2uS pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS + FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2µs pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS OUT_WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, !FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); DELAY_US(2); WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); @@ -822,8 +823,12 @@ void setup() { HAL_init(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init(); // setup SPI and then init chips + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init(); // Set up SPI, init drivers + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Put Smart Effector into NORMAL mode #endif #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) @@ -1128,10 +1133,9 @@ void setup() { * - Call inactivity manager */ void loop() { + do { - for (;;) { - - idle(); // Do an idle first so boot is slightly faster + idle(); #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) card.checkautostart(); @@ -1141,5 +1145,10 @@ void loop() { queue.advance(); endstops.event_handler(); - } + + } while (false // Return to caller for best compatibility + #ifdef __AVR__ + || true // Loop forever on slower (AVR) boards + #endif + ); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7f1460ff8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER + #include "gcode/parser.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + extern uint8_t axis_known_position; +#endif + +void stop(); + +void idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + bool no_stepper_sleep = false // pass true to keep steppers from disabling on timeout + #endif +); + +void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false); + +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #include "feature/twibus.h" + extern TWIBus i2c; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type + extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed +#endif + +/** + * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E + */ +void enable_e_steppers(); +void enable_all_steppers(); +void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); +void disable_e_steppers(); +void disable_all_steppers(); + +void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error=nullptr, PGM_P const lcd_component=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); +void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); + +void quickstop_stepper(); + +extern bool Running; +inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; } +inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; } + +bool printingIsActive(); +bool printingIsPaused(); +void startOrResumeJob(); + +extern bool wait_for_heatup; + +#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE + extern bool wait_for_user; +#endif + +#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) + extern bool suspend_auto_report; +#endif + +// Inactivity shutdown timer +extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; + +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + extern bool powersupply_on; + #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) + #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() + #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() + #else + #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() + #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() + #endif +#endif + +bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); +void protected_pin_err(); + +#if HAS_SUICIDE + inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + void event_probe_recover(); + void event_probe_failure(); +#endif + +extern const char NUL_STR[], M112_KILL_STR[], G28_STR[], M21_STR[], M23_STR[], M24_STR[], + SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h index 5efa2dff22..7a3b413e99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h @@ -90,17 +90,18 @@ #define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 1134 // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8 #define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY 1135 // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X #define BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA 1136 // Dagoma F5 -#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1137 // FYSETC F6 -#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1138 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus -#define BOARD_VORON 1139 // VORON Design -#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1140 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 -#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1141 // Z-Bolt X Series -#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1142 // TT OSCAR -#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1143 // Overlord/Overlord Pro -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1144 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1145 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 -#define BOARD_TANGO 1146 // BIQU Tango V1 -#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L_V2 1147 // MKS GEN L V2 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1137 // FYSETC F6 1.3 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_14 1138 // FYSETC F6 1.4 +#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1139 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus +#define BOARD_VORON 1140 // VORON Design +#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1141 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 +#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1142 // Z-Bolt X Series +#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1143 // TT OSCAR +#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1144 // Overlord/Overlord Pro +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1145 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1146 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 +#define BOARD_TANGO 1147 // BIQU Tango V1 +#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L_V2 1148 // MKS GEN L V2 // // RAMBo and derivatives @@ -138,6 +139,7 @@ #define BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 1318 // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D) #define BOARD_EINSTART_S 1319 // Einstart retrofit #define BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS 1320 // Wanhao 0ne+ i3 Mini +#define BOARD_LEAPFROG_XEED2015 1321 // Leapfrog Xeed 2015 // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 @@ -201,22 +203,28 @@ #define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF 2004 // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan) #define BOARD_MKS_SBASE 2005 // MKS-Sbase (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) #define BOARD_AZSMZ_MINI 2006 // AZSMZ Mini -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2007 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2008 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2009 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2010 // Cohesion3D ReMix -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2011 // Cohesion3D Mini -#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2012 // Smoothieboard -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2013 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2014 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2015 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2016 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2017 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2018 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 -#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2019 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 2020 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 2021 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 2022 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2007 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2008 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) +#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2009 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2010 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2011 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 2012 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 2013 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 2014 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) + +// +// LPC1769 ARM Cortex M3 +// + +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2500 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2501 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2502 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2503 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2504 // Cohesion3D ReMix +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2505 // Cohesion3D Mini +#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2506 // Smoothieboard +#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2507 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO 2508 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 TURBO (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) // // SAM3X8E ARM Cortex M3 @@ -248,6 +256,7 @@ #define BOARD_ARCHIM1 3023 // UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers) #define BOARD_ARCHIM2 3024 // UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers) #define BOARD_ALLIGATOR 3025 // Alligator Board R2 +#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15D 3026 // Cartesio CN Controls V15 on DUE // // SAM3X8C ARM Cortex M3 @@ -303,7 +312,7 @@ #define BOARD_RUMBA32 4203 // RUMBA32 STM32F4-based controller #define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE 4204 // BLACK_STM32F407VE #define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE 4205 // BLACK_STM32F407ZE -#define BOARD_STEVAL 4206 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD +#define BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1 4206 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 4207 // BigTreeTech SKR Pro v1.1 (STM32F407ZG) #define BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 4208 // BigTreeTech BTT002 v1.0 (STM32F407VE) #define BOARD_LERDGE_K 4209 // Lerdge K (STM32F407ZG) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h index 44434581a5..a89578f529 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h @@ -23,30 +23,33 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#define _A4988 0x001 -#define _A5984 0x002 -#define _DRV8825 0x003 -#define _LV8729 0x004 -#define _L6470 0x105 -#define _TB6560 0x006 -#define _TB6600 0x007 -#define _TMC2100 0x008 -#define _TMC2130 2130 -#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x009 -#define _TMC2160 2160 -#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 2161 -#define _TMC2208 2208 -#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x00A -#define _TMC2209 2209 -#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x00D -#define _TMC26X 0x10B -#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x00B -#define _TMC2660 2660 -#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x00C -#define _TMC5130 5130 -#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 5131 -#define _TMC5160 5160 -#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 5161 +#define _A4988 0x4988 +#define _A5984 0x5984 +#define _DRV8825 0x8825 +#define _LV8729 0x8729 +#define _L6470 0x6470 +#define _L6474 0x6474 +#define _L6480 0x6480 +#define _POWERSTEP01 0xF00D +#define _TB6560 0x6560 +#define _TB6600 0x6600 +#define _TMC2100 0x2100 +#define _TMC2130 0x2130A +#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x2130B +#define _TMC2160 0x2160A +#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 0x2160B +#define _TMC2208 0x2208A +#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x2208B +#define _TMC2209 0x2209A +#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x2209B +#define _TMC26X 0x2600A +#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x2600B +#define _TMC2660 0x2660A +#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x2660B +#define _TMC5130 0x5130A +#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 0x5130B +#define _TMC5160 0x5160A +#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 0x5160B #define _DRIVER_ID(V) _CAT(_, V) #define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (_DRIVER_ID(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _CAT(_, T)) @@ -54,26 +57,35 @@ #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,T) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) (EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T)) +#if EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T) +#else + #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) false +#endif #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z4,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) (E_STEPPERS > 0 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) (E_STEPPERS > 1 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) (E_STEPPERS > 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) (E_STEPPERS > 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) (E_STEPPERS > 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) (E_STEPPERS > 5 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E5,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(T) (E_STEPPERS > 6 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E6,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(T) (E_STEPPERS > 7 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E7,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(T) #define HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(T) ) #define HAS_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) \ || HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ) // Test for supported TMC drivers that require advanced configuration @@ -86,6 +98,18 @@ || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) \ || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) ) +#define HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE) ) + +#define HAS_TMCX1X0 ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160)) + #define HAS_TMC220x (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)) #define AXIS_IS_TMC(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ @@ -107,6 +131,8 @@ #define AXIS_HAS_UART(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) ) +#define AXIS_HAS_SW_SERIAL(A) ((AXIS_HAS_UART(A) && !defined(A##_HARDWARE_SERIAL))) + #define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ @@ -121,19 +147,20 @@ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) -#define HAS_TMC_E_DRIVER ( HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2130) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2160) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2660) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2209) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC5130) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC5160) ) +#define ANY_AXIS_HAS(T) ( AXIS_HAS_##T(X) || AXIS_HAS_##T(X2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z3) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E0) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E1) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E2) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E3) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E4) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E5) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E6) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E7) ) + +#define HAS_STEALTHCHOP ANY_AXIS_HAS(STEALTHCHOP) +#define HAS_STALLGUARD ANY_AXIS_HAS(STALLGUARD) +#define TMC_HAS_SPI ANY_AXIS_HAS(SPI) +#define TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL ANY_AXIS_HAS(SW_SERIAL) -#define HAS_TMC_STANDALONE_E_DRIVER ( HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) ) // // Stretching 'drivers.h' to include LPC/SAMD51 SD options // @@ -142,3 +169,8 @@ #define _SDCARD_CUSTOM_CABLE 3 #define _SDCARD_ID(V) _CAT(_SDCARD_, V) #define SD_CONNECTION_IS(V) (_SDCARD_ID(SDCARD_CONNECTION) == _SDCARD_ID(V)) + +#define HAS_L64XX (HAS_DRIVER(L6470) || HAS_DRIVER(L6474) || HAS_DRIVER(L6480) || HAS_DRIVER(POWERSTEP01)) +#define HAS_L64XX_NOT_L6474 (HAS_L64XX && !HAS_DRIVER(L6474)) + +#define AXIS_IS_L64XX(A) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6470) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6474) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6480) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(POWERSTEP01)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h index cfce9d9ae1..ecafd49a82 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h @@ -195,6 +195,8 @@ #define MSG_Z2_MAX "z2_max" #define MSG_Z3_MIN "z3_min" #define MSG_Z3_MAX "z3_max" +#define MSG_Z4_MIN "z4_min" +#define MSG_Z4_MAX "z4_max" #define MSG_Z_PROBE "z_probe" #define MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament" #define MSG_PROBE_OFFSET "Probe Offset" @@ -220,6 +222,10 @@ #define MSG_SOFT_MIN " Min: " #define MSG_SOFT_MAX " Max: " +#define MSG_SAVED_POS "Position saved" +#define MSG_RESTORING_POS "Restoring position" +#define MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT "Invalid slot. Total: " + #define MSG_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR "Cannot open subdir " #define MSG_SD_INIT_FAIL "SD init fail" #define MSG_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL "volume.init failed" @@ -333,6 +339,7 @@ #define MSG_Y2 "Y2" #define MSG_Z2 "Z2" #define MSG_Z3 "Z3" +#define MSG_Z4 "Z4" #define LCD_STR_A MSG_A #define LCD_STR_B MSG_B @@ -356,6 +363,8 @@ #define LCD_STR_N3 "3" #define LCD_STR_N4 "4" #define LCD_STR_N5 "5" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "7" #else #define LCD_FIRST_TOOL '1' #define LCD_STR_N0 "1" @@ -364,6 +373,8 @@ #define LCD_STR_N3 "4" #define LCD_STR_N4 "5" #define LCD_STR_N5 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "7" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "8" #endif #define LCD_STR_E0 "E" LCD_STR_N0 @@ -372,6 +383,8 @@ #define LCD_STR_E3 "E" LCD_STR_N3 #define LCD_STR_E4 "E" LCD_STR_N4 #define LCD_STR_E5 "E" LCD_STR_N5 +#define LCD_STR_E6 "E" LCD_STR_N6 +#define LCD_STR_E7 "E" LCD_STR_N7 #include "multi_language.h" // Allow multiple languages diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp index 4a5214f5c0..2c37d681ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char errormagic[] PROGMEM = "Error:"; static const char echomagic[] PROGMEM = "echo:"; #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - int8_t serial_port_index = SERIAL_PORT; + int8_t serial_port_index = 0; #endif void serialprintPGM(PGM_P str) { @@ -58,12 +58,10 @@ void serialprint_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprintPGM(onoff ? PSTR(MSG_ON) : void serialprintln_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprint_onoff(onoff); SERIAL_EOL(); } void serialprint_truefalse(const bool tf) { serialprintPGM(tf ? PSTR("true") : PSTR("false")); } -void print_bin(const uint16_t val) { - uint16_t mask = 0x8000; +void print_bin(uint16_t val) { for (uint8_t i = 16; i--;) { - if (i && !(i % 4)) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR((val & mask) ? '1' : '0'); - mask >>= 1; + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + TEST(val, i)); + if (!(i & 0x3) && i) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h index bdf3ba4686..1e1eb8c623 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define PORT_REDIRECT(p) _PORT_REDIRECT(1,p) #define PORT_RESTORE() _PORT_RESTORE(1) -#define SERIAL_CHAR(x) SERIAL_OUT(write, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO(x) SERIAL_OUT(print, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO_F(V...) SERIAL_OUT(print, V) #define SERIAL_ECHOLN(x) SERIAL_OUT(println, x) @@ -83,6 +82,22 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() #endif +// Print up to 10 chars from a list +#define __CHAR_N(N,V...) _CHAR_##N(V) +#define _CHAR_N(N,V...) __CHAR_N(N,V) +#define _CHAR_1(c) SERIAL_OUT(write, c) +#define _CHAR_2(a,b) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_1(b); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_3(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_2(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_4(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_3(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_5(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_4(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_6(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_5(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_7(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_6(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_8(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_7(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_9(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_8(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_10(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_9(V); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_CHAR(V...) _CHAR_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + // Print up to 12 pairs of values. Odd elements auto-wrapped in PSTR(). #define __SEP_N(N,V...) _SEP_##N(V) #define _SEP_N(N,V...) __SEP_N(N,V) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/types.h b/Marlin/src/core/types.h index 72578faaaf..97ce5af5ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/types.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/types.h @@ -43,11 +43,7 @@ enum AxisEnum : uint8_t { E_AXIS = 3, X_HEAD = 4, Y_HEAD = 5, Z_HEAD = 6, E0_AXIS = 3, - E1_AXIS = 4, - E2_AXIS = 5, - E3_AXIS = 6, - E4_AXIS = 7, - E5_AXIS = 8, + E1_AXIS, E2_AXIS, E3_AXIS, E4_AXIS, E5_AXIS, E6_AXIS, E7_AXIS, ALL_AXES = 0xFE, NO_AXIS = 0xFF }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp index 7826f5554b..16d0ea17c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "utility.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { @@ -81,40 +81,49 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { ); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR("Probe Offset X"), probe_offset.x, SP_Y_STR, probe_offset.y, SP_Z_STR, probe_offset.z); - if (probe_offset.x > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); - else if (probe_offset.x < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); - else if (probe_offset.y != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); - else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); - if (probe_offset.y > 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Distal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Back"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset.y < 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Proximal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Front"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset.x != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + #if !HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probe Offset X0 Y0 Z", probe_offset.z, " ("); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR("Probe Offset X"), probe_offset.x, SP_Y_STR, probe_offset.y, SP_Z_STR, probe_offset.z); + if (probe_offset.x > 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); + else if (probe_offset.x < 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); + else if (probe_offset.y != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); + else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); + + if (probe_offset.y > 0) { + #if IS_SCARA + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Distal"); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Back"); + #endif + } + else if (probe_offset.y < 0) { + #if IS_SCARA + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Proximal"); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Front"); + #endif + } + else if (probe_offset.x != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & "); + + #endif if (probe_offset.z < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Below"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Below"); else if (probe_offset.z > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Above"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Above"); else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Same Z as"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Same Z as"); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Nozzle)"); + #endif #if HAS_ABL_OR_UBL @@ -139,8 +148,7 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ABL Adjustment X"); LOOP_XYZ(a) { float v = planner.get_axis_position_mm(AxisEnum(a)) - current_position[a]; - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR('X' + char(a)); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', 'X' + char(a)); if (v > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); SERIAL_ECHO(v); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp index 9ba67d6caa..63013057bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" #define HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE (ENABLED(MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE) && MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS > 1) @@ -455,15 +455,19 @@ void Max7219::register_setup() { #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + #define MAX7219_LEDS (MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS) + void Max7219::spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del) { - constexpr int8_t way[] = { 1, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, -1 }; + constexpr int8_t way[][2] = { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 1 }, { -1, 0 }, { 0, -1 } }; int8_t px = 0, py = 0, dir = 0; - for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS; i--;) { + for (IF<(MAX7219_LEDS > 255), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type i = MAX7219_LEDS; i--;) { led_set(px, py, on); delay(del); - const int8_t x = px + way[dir], y = py + way[dir + 1]; - if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) dir = (dir + 2) & 0x7; - px += way[dir]; py += way[dir + 1]; + const int8_t x = px + way[dir][0], y = py + way[dir][1]; + if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) + dir = (dir + 1) & 0x3; + px += way[dir][0]; + py += way[dir][1]; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp index 1fc2499110..510950095f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "babystep.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp index ef8cfd3455..9aa3ae0a57 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp @@ -86,14 +86,18 @@ void set_bed_leveling_enabled(const bool enable/*=true*/) { #endif if (planner.leveling_active) { // leveling from on to off + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling ON", current_position); // change unleveled current_position to physical current_position without moving steppers. planner.apply_leveling(current_position); planner.leveling_active = false; // disable only AFTER calling apply_leveling + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now OFF", current_position); } else { // leveling from off to on + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling OFF", current_position); planner.leveling_active = true; // enable BEFORE calling unapply_leveling, otherwise ignored // change physical current_position to unleveled current_position without moving steppers. planner.unapply_leveling(current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now ON", current_position); } sync_plan_position(); @@ -180,7 +184,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #endif for (uint8_t y = 0; y < sy; y++) { #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array #else if (y < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(int(y)); @@ -207,14 +211,13 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #endif } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(']'); // close sub-array + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', ']'); // close sub-array if (y < sy - 1) SERIAL_CHAR(','); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -244,7 +247,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { current_position = pos; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp index 66eff703c3..adafc6a194 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ // Add XY probe offset from extruder because probe_at_point() subtracts them when // moving to the XY position to be measured. This ensures better agreement between // the current Z position after G28 and the mesh values. - const xy_int8_t curr = closest_indexes(xy_pos_t(current_position) + xy_pos_t(probe_offset)); + const xy_int8_t curr = closest_indexes(xy_pos_t(current_position) + probe_offset_xy); if (!lcd) SERIAL_EOL(); for (int8_t j = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; j >= 0; j--) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp index 8b2e046e45..203d7c7150 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../bedlevel.h" - #include "../../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #include "../../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" #include "../../../module/configuration_store.h" @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ SERIAL_ECHO(g29_pos.y); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(").\n"); } - const xy_pos_t near = g29_pos + probe_offset; + const xy_pos_t near = g29_pos + probe_offset_xy; probe_entire_mesh(near, parser.seen('T'), parser.seen('E'), parser.seen('U')); report_current_position(); @@ -468,6 +468,7 @@ do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); if (parser.seen('C') && !xy_seen) { + /** * Use a good default location for the path. * The flipped > and < operators in these comparisons is intentional. @@ -479,8 +480,8 @@ #if IS_KINEMATIC X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS #else - probe_offset.x > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0, - probe_offset.y < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0 + probe_offset_xy.x > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0, + probe_offset_xy.y < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0 #endif ); } @@ -805,8 +806,8 @@ restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); do_blocking_move_to_xy( - constrain(near.x - probe_offset.x, MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), - constrain(near.y - probe_offset.y, MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) + constrain(near.x - probe_offset_xy.x, MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), + constrain(near.y - probe_offset_xy.y, MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) ); } @@ -1293,7 +1294,7 @@ closest.distance = -99999.9f; // Get the reference position, either nozzle or probe - const xy_pos_t ref = probe_relative ? pos + probe_offset : pos; + const xy_pos_t ref = probe_relative ? pos + probe_offset_xy : pos; float best_so_far = 99999.99f; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp index a0d5518c45..f464d0fd6f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../../module/delta.h" #endif -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include #if !UBL_SEGMENTED diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp index 8c58d8452a..bdc2898baf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ void update_case_light() { if (case_light_arg_flag && case_light_on) case_light_brightness = case_light_brightness_sav; // restore last brightens if this is an S1 argument - const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) || NONE(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) @@ -71,13 +73,13 @@ void update_case_light() { #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) - analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), + analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), ( #if CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM == 255 n10ct #else map(n10ct, 0, 255, 0, CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM) #endif - ); + )); else #endif { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp index 7e4312bab1..57b552f9b0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp @@ -36,29 +36,32 @@ void controllerfan_update() { if (ELAPSED(ms, nextMotorCheck)) { nextMotorCheck = ms + 2500UL; // Not a time critical function, so only check every 2.5s - const bool xory = X_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON || Y_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON; + const bool xory = X_ENABLE_READ() == bool(X_ENABLE_ON) || Y_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Y_ENABLE_ON); // If any of the drivers or the bed are enabled... - if (xory || Z_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON + if (xory || Z_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0 #endif - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE - || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE - || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE - || Z3_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS - #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || E##N##_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) - #endif + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(X_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Y_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + || Z3_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + || Z4_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS + #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || E##N##_ENABLE_READ() == bool(E_ENABLE_ON) + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) + #endif ) { lastMotorOn = ms; //... set time to NOW so the fan will turn on } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp index eb3a67de2a..a07dc071dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "dac_dac084s085.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp index 19f8d5f643..9efb9943a7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ xyze_uint_t mcp4728_values; */ void mcp4728_init() { Wire.begin(); - Wire.requestFrom(int(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); + Wire.requestFrom(I2C_ADDRESS(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); while (Wire.available()) { char deviceID = Wire.read(), hiByte = Wire.read(), diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h index 92e28ffb2b..f25310f7ca 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h @@ -29,6 +29,24 @@ #include +/** + * The following three macros are only used in this piece of code related to mcp4728. + * They are defined in the standard Arduino framework but could be undefined in 32 bits Arduino frameworks. + * (For instance not defined in Arduino lpc176x framework) + * So we have to define them if needed. + */ +#ifndef word + #define word(h, l) ((uint8_t) ((h << 8) | l)) +#endif + +#ifndef lowByte + #define lowByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) & 0xff)) +#endif + +#ifndef highByte + #define highByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) >> 8)) +#endif + #define defaultVDD DAC_STEPPER_MAX //was 5000 but differs with internal Vref #define BASE_ADDR 0x60 #define RESET 0b00000110 diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp index 565b62a392..320e88c69c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void dac_current_percent(uint8_t channel, float val) { void dac_current_raw(uint8_t channel, uint16_t val) { if (!dac_present) return; - NOMORE(val, DAC_STEPPER_MAX); + NOMORE(val, uint16_t(DAC_STEPPER_MAX)); mcp4728_analogWrite(dac_order[channel], val); mcp4728_simpleCommand(UPDATE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp index b04406f4be..48b4d154be 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static byte current_to_wiper(const float current) { return byte(CEIL(float((DIGIPOT_I2C_FACTOR * current)))); } -static void i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { +static void digipot_i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) digipot_mcp4451_start(addr); digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(a); @@ -67,17 +67,17 @@ void digipot_i2c_set_current(const uint8_t channel, const float current) { const byte addr = channel < 4 ? DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A : DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B; // channel 0-3 vs 4-7 // Initial setup - i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); - i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); // Set actual wiper value byte addresses[4] = { 0x00, 0x10, 0x60, 0x70 }; - i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); } void digipot_i2c_init() { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) - digipot_mcp4451_init(); + configure_i2c(16); // Setting clock_option to 16 ensure the I2C bus is initialized at 400kHz #else Wire.begin(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp index abfd77f438..acf6c13a10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp @@ -42,25 +42,40 @@ Joystick joystick; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X temp_info_t Joystick::x; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_X) + #define JOY_X(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_X(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y temp_info_t Joystick::y; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Y) + #define JOY_Y(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Y(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z temp_info_t Joystick::z; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Z) + #define JOY_Z(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Z(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK_DEBUG) void Joystick::report() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Joystick"); #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, x.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, JOY_X(x.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, y.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, JOY_Y(y.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, z.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, JOY_Z(z.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_EN SERIAL_ECHO_TERNARY(READ(JOY_EN_PIN), " EN=", "HIGH (dis", "LOW (en", "abled)"); @@ -91,15 +106,15 @@ Joystick joystick; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X static constexpr int16_t joy_x_limits[4] = JOY_X_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.x, x.raw, joy_x_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.x, JOY_X(x.raw), joy_x_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y static constexpr int16_t joy_y_limits[4] = JOY_Y_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.y, y.raw, joy_y_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.y, JOY_Y(y.raw), joy_y_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z static constexpr int16_t joy_z_limits[4] = JOY_Z_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.z, z.raw, joy_z_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.z, JOY_Z(z.raw), joy_z_limits); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp index 4c4f3aa0d4..10a1ba6a96 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../module/motion.h" #include "../module/planner.h" @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ bool unload_filament(const float &unload_length, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/, // Quickly purge do_pause_e_move((FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT + FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] * mix_multiplier); + (FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); // Unload filament #if FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp index 53b1c50912..4a61f8a412 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "power.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" Power powerManager; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h index 771fce44df..24e24e9e20 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h @@ -148,14 +148,16 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { static void enable(const bool onoff); static void changed(); - static void check(); - static void resume(); - static inline bool exists() { return card.jobRecoverFileExists(); } static inline void open(const bool read) { card.openJobRecoveryFile(read); } static inline void close() { file.close(); } + static void check(); + static void resume(); static void purge(); + + static inline void cancel() { purge(); card.autostart_index = 0; } + static void load(); static void save(const bool force= #if ENABLED(SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d266e1d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "probe_temp_compensation.h" +#include + +ProbeTempComp temp_comp; + +int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // = {0} + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // = {0} + +#if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // = {0} +#endif + +int16_t *ProbeTempComp::sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe, ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext + #endif +}; + +const temp_calib_t ProbeTempComp::cali_info[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE], ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED] + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT] + #endif +}; + +uint8_t ProbeTempComp::calib_idx; // = 0 +float ProbeTempComp::init_measurement; // = 0.0 + +void ProbeTempComp::clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi) { + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < cali_info[tsi].measurements; ++i) + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][i] = 0; + calib_idx = 0; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset) { + if (idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return false; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][idx] = offset; + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::print_offsets() { + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < TSI_COUNT; s++) { + float temp = cali_info[s].start_temp; + for (int16_t i = -1; i < cali_info[s].measurements; ++i) { + serialprintPGM(s == TSI_BED ? PSTR("Bed") : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + s == TSI_EXT ? PSTR("Extruder") : + #endif + PSTR("Probe") + ); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( + " temp: ", temp, + "C; Offset: ", i < 0 ? 0.0f : sensor_z_offsets[s][i], " um" + ); + temp += cali_info[s].temp_res; + } + } +} + +void ProbeTempComp::prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z) { + calib_idx = 0; + init_measurement = init_meas_z; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z) { + switch (tsi) { + case TSI_PROBE: + case TSI_BED: + //case TSI_EXT: + if (calib_idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][calib_idx++] = static_cast(meas_z * 1000.0f - init_measurement * 1000.0f); + default: break; + } +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (calib_idx < 3) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Insufficient measurements (min. 3)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + // Extrapolate + float k, d; + if (calib_idx < measurements) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Got ", calib_idx, " measurements. "); + if (linear_regression(tsi, k, d)) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Applying linear extrapolation"); + calib_idx--; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + const float temp = start_temp + float(calib_idx) * res_temp; + data[calib_idx] = static_cast(k * temp + d); + } + } + else { + // Simply use the last measured value for higher temperatures + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Failed to extrapolate"); + const int16_t last_val = data[calib_idx]; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) + data[calib_idx] = last_val; + } + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" for higher temperatures."); + } + + // Sanity check + for (calib_idx = 0; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + // Restrict the max. offset + if (abs(data[calib_idx]) > 2000) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset detected (0-2)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + // Restrict the max. offset difference between two probings + if (calib_idx > 0 && abs(data[calib_idx - 1] - data[calib_idx]) > 800) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset between two probings detected (0-0.8)."); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z) { + if (WITHIN(temp, cali_info[tsi].start_temp, cali_info[tsi].end_temp)) + meas_z -= get_offset_for_temperature(tsi, temp); +} + +float ProbeTempComp::get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp) { + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + end_temp = cali_info[tsi].end_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + if (temp <= start_temp) return 0.0f; + if (temp >= end_temp) return static_cast(data[measurements - 1]) / 1000.0f; + + // Linear interpolation + int16_t val1 = 0, val2 = data[0]; + uint8_t idx = 0; + float meas_temp = start_temp + res_temp; + while (meas_temp < temp) { + if (++idx >= measurements) return static_cast(val2) / 1000.0f; + meas_temp += res_temp; + val1 = val2; + val2 = data[idx]; + } + const float factor = (meas_temp - temp) / static_cast(res_temp); + return (static_cast(val2) - static_cast(val2 - val1) * factor) / 1000.0f; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (!WITHIN(calib_idx, 2, cali_info[tsi].measurements)) return false; + + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + float sum_x = start_temp, + sum_x2 = sq(start_temp), + sum_xy = 0, sum_y = 0; + + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < calib_idx; ++i) { + const float xi = start_temp + (i + 1) * res_temp, + yi = static_cast(data[i]); + sum_x += xi; + sum_x2 += sq(xi); + sum_xy += xi * yi; + sum_y += yi; + } + + const float denom = static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_x2 - sq(sum_x); + if (fabs(denom) <= 10e-5) { + // Singularity - unable to solve + k = d = 0.0; + return false; + } + + k = (static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_xy - sum_x * sum_y) / denom; + d = (sum_y - k * sum_x) / static_cast(calib_idx + 1); + + return true; +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64f8cc7a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +enum TempSensorID : uint8_t { + TSI_PROBE, + TSI_BED, + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + TSI_EXT, + #endif + TSI_COUNT +}; + +typedef struct { + uint8_t measurements; // Max. number of measurements to be stored (35 - 80°C) + float temp_res, // Resolution in °C between measurements + start_temp, // Base measurement; z-offset == 0 + end_temp; +} temp_calib_t; + +/** + * Probe temperature compensation implementation. + * Z-probes like the P.I.N.D.A V2 allow for compensation of + * measurement errors/shifts due to changed temperature. + */ +class ProbeTempComp { + public: + + static constexpr temp_calib_t cali_info_init[TSI_COUNT] = { + { 30, 10, 5, 30 + 10 * 5 }, // Probe + { 60, 10, 5, 60 + 10 * 5 }, // Bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + { 180, 5, 20, 180 + 5 * 20 } // Extruder + #endif + }; + static const temp_calib_t cali_info[TSI_COUNT]; + + // Where to park nozzle to wait for probe cooldown + static constexpr xyz_pos_t park_point = { PTC_PARK_POS_X, PTC_PARK_POS_Y, PTC_PARK_POS_Z }; + + static constexpr int max_bed_temp = PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP, // Max temperature to avoid heating errors + + // XY coordinates of nozzle for probing the bed + measure_point_x = PTC_PROBE_POS_X, // X-coordinate to probe + measure_point_y = PTC_PROBE_POS_Y, // Y-coordinate to probe + //measure_point_x = 12.0f, // X-coordinate to probe on MK52 magnetic heatbed + //measure_point_y = 7.3f, // Y-coordinate to probe on MK52 magnetic heatbed + + probe_calib_bed_temp = max_bed_temp, // Bed temperature while calibrating probe + bed_calib_probe_temp = 30; // Probe temperature while calibrating bed + + static int16_t *sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT], + z_offsets_probe[cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // (µm) + z_offsets_bed[cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // (µm) + + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + static int16_t z_offsets_ext[cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // (µm) + #endif + + static inline void reset_index() { calib_idx = 0; }; + static inline uint8_t get_index() { return calib_idx; } + static void clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi); + static inline void clear_all_offsets() { + clear_offsets(TSI_BED); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + clear_offsets(TSI_EXT); + #endif + } + static bool set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset); + static void print_offsets(); + static void prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z); + static void push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z); + static bool finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi); + static void compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z); + + private: + static uint8_t calib_idx; + + /** + * Base value. Temperature compensation values will be deltas + * to this value, set at first probe. + */ + static float init_measurement; + + static float get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp); + + /** + * Fit a linear function in measured temperature offsets + * to allow generating values of higher temperatures. + */ + static bool linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d); +}; + +extern ProbeTempComp temp_comp; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp index 2fdd6c09c5..0e25c86708 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ MMU2 mmu2; #include "../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp index 6b8905c3b9..700854ad2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ void FilamentSensorBase::filament_present(const uint8_t extruder) { // // Filament Runout event handler // -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h index 4fed18e359..d49fb77fe3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { if (change) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Motion detected:"); for (uint8_t e = 0; e < NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS; e++) - if (TEST(change, e)) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + e); } + if (TEST(change, e)) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + e); SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp index edcfe511ae..340855a6da 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if HAS_TRINAMIC #include "tmc_util.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../module/printcounter.h" @@ -346,64 +346,79 @@ #endif if (need_update_error_counters || need_debug_reporting) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + step_current_down(stepperX); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) step_current_down(stepperX2); #endif } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - step_current_down(stepperX); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + step_current_down(stepperY); #endif - } - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) step_current_down(stepperY2); #endif } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - step_current_down(stepperY); - #endif - } - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - step_current_down(stepperZ2); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - step_current_down(stepperZ3); - #endif - } - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - step_current_down(stepperZ); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - step_current_down(stepperZ3); - #endif - } - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) { + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) step_current_down(stepperZ); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) step_current_down(stepperZ2); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + step_current_down(stepperZ3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + step_current_down(stepperZ4); + #endif } + } #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE0, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif @@ -741,6 +756,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -796,6 +814,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -971,6 +992,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_get_registers(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_get_registers(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -1077,6 +1101,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) SET_CS_PIN(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + SET_CS_PIN(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) SET_CS_PIN(E0); #endif @@ -1151,6 +1178,9 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ4); + #endif } if (test_e) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h index 8fa143387a..a6d4447d45 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h @@ -29,22 +29,6 @@ #include #include "../module/planner.h" -#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' -#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' -#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' - -#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' -#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' -#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' -#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' - -#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' -#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' -#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' -#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' -#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' -#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' - #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V { 3, -1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V { 4, 1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V { 4, 2, 1 } @@ -366,7 +350,7 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if USE_SENSORLESS // Track enabled status of stealthChop and only re-enable where applicable - struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3; }; + struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3, z4; }; #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) extern millis_t sg_guard_period; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp index 71fecb837e..611538a909 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #include "../../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" @@ -418,15 +418,13 @@ inline bool turn_on_heaters() { inline bool prime_nozzle() { const feedRate_t fr_slow_e = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0f; - #if HAS_LCD_MENU + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) // ui.button_pressed issue with touchscreen #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) float Total_Prime = 0.0; #endif if (g26_prime_flag == -1) { // The user wants to control how much filament gets purged - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - ui.capture(); - #endif + ui.capture(); ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME), 99); ui.chirp(); @@ -439,7 +437,10 @@ inline bool prime_nozzle() { destination.e += 0.25; #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) Total_Prime += 0.25; - if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) return G26_ERR; + if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) { + ui.release(); + return G26_ERR; + } #endif prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_slow_e); destination = current_position; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp index 424e5a6995..28752cab8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if HAS_MESH #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/probe.h" // for probe_offset #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -45,20 +45,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::G42() { return; } + // Move to current_position, as modified by I, J, P parameters destination = current_position; if (hasI) destination.x = _GET_MESH_X(ix); if (hasJ) destination.y = _GET_MESH_Y(iy); - #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET if (parser.boolval('P')) { - if (hasI) destination.x -= probe_offset.x; - if (hasJ) destination.y -= probe_offset.y; + if (hasI) destination.x -= probe_offset_xy.x; + if (hasJ) destination.y -= probe_offset_xy.y; } #endif const feedRate_t fval = parser.linearval('F'), - fr_mm_s = fval > 0 ? MMM_TO_MMS(fval) : 0.0f; + fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fval > 0 ? fval : 0.0f); // SCARA kinematic has "safe" XY raw moves #if IS_SCARA diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp index 4503a51cb7..7cbaefbf23 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp @@ -36,6 +36,11 @@ #include "../../../module/probe.h" #include "../../queue.h" +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../../../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" + #include "../../../module/temperature.h" +#endif + #if HAS_DISPLAY #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #endif @@ -228,7 +233,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { ABL_VAR xy_int8_t meshCount; #endif - ABL_VAR xy_float_t probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb; + ABL_VAR xy_pos_t probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb; ABL_VAR xy_float_t gridSpacing = { 0, 0 }; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) @@ -403,14 +408,13 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { } else { probe_position_lf.set( - parser.seenval('L') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : (_MAX(x_min, X_CENTER - (X_BED_SIZE) / 2) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), - parser.seenval('F') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : (_MAX(y_min, Y_CENTER - (Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT) + parser.seenval('L') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_min, + parser.seenval('F') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_min ); probe_position_rb.set( - parser.seenval('R') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : (_MIN(x_max, probe_position_lf.x + X_BED_SIZE) - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), - parser.seenval('B') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : (_MIN(y_max, probe_position_lf.y + Y_BED_SIZE) - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK) + parser.seenval('R') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_max, + parser.seenval('B') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_max ); - SERIAL_ECHOLN("Set Trail 1"); } if ( @@ -504,7 +508,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } @@ -715,6 +719,14 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { break; // Breaks out of both loops } + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_BED, thermalManager.degBed(), measured_z); + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_PROBE, thermalManager.degProbe(), measured_z); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_EXT, thermalManager.degHotend(), measured_z); + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) mean += measured_z; @@ -798,7 +810,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif #endif @@ -911,8 +923,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { planner.force_unapply_leveling(converted); // use conversion machinery // Use the last measured distance to the bed, if possible - if ( NEAR(current_position.x, probePos.x - probe_offset.x) - && NEAR(current_position.y, probePos.y - probe_offset.y) + if ( NEAR(current_position.x, probePos.x - probe_offset_xy.x) + && NEAR(current_position.y, probePos.y - probe_offset_xy.y) ) { const float simple_z = current_position.z - measured_z; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probed Z", simple_z, " Matrix Z", converted.z, " Discrepancy ", simple_z - converted.z); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp index 944e8d3a69..92d95f169b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { case MeshStart: mbl.reset(); mbl_probe_index = 0; - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28\nG29 S2")); return; } @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp index b6c0389b31..6d87e6f932 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ destination.set(safe_homing_xy, current_position.z); #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - destination -= probe_offset; + destination -= probe_offset_xy; #endif if (position_is_reachable(destination)) { @@ -526,11 +526,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G28"); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX // Set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const uint8_t cv = L6470::chain[j]; - L6470.set_param(cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position((AxisEnum)L6470.axis_xref[cv])); + // constexpr *might* move this to PROGMEM. + // If not, this will need a PROGMEM directive and an accessor. + static constexpr AxisEnum L64XX_axis_xref[MAX_L64XX] = { + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS + }; + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + const uint8_t cv = L64XX::chain[j]; + L64xxManager.set_param((L64XX_axis_t)cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position(L64XX_axis_xref[cv])); } #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp index 418633f03f..2c284de681 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp @@ -52,20 +52,22 @@ constexpr xy_pos_t test_z_stepper_align_xy[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - static_assert(COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_xy) >= Z_STEPPER_COUNT, + static_assert(COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_xy) >= NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires at least three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, ...)." ); constexpr float test_z_stepper_align_stepper_xy[][XY] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY; static_assert( - COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_stepper_xy) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT, + COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_stepper_xy) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY requires three {X,Y} entries (one per Z stepper)." ); #else - static_assert(COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_xy) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT, - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + static_assert(COUNT(test_z_stepper_align_xy) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires four {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, and Z4)." + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." #else "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires two {X,Y} entries (Z and Z2)." @@ -85,10 +87,13 @@ static_assert(LTEST(0) && RTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable static_assert(FTEST(0) && BTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); static_assert(LTEST(1) && RTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); static_assert(FTEST(1) && BTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); - -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 static_assert(LTEST(2) && RTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); static_assert(FTEST(2) && BTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static_assert(LTEST(3) && RTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(3) && BTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #endif #endif // @@ -105,8 +110,11 @@ static xy_pos_t z_stepper_align_pos[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; inline void set_all_z_lock(const bool lock) { stepper.set_z_lock(lock); stepper.set_z2_lock(lock); - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 stepper.set_z3_lock(lock); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(lock); + #endif #endif } @@ -125,6 +133,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { do { // break out on error + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Quad Z Stepper Leveling not Yet Supported"); + break; + #endif + const int8_t z_auto_align_iterations = parser.intval('I', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS); if (!WITHIN(z_auto_align_iterations, 1, 30)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(I)teration out of bounds (1-30)."); @@ -187,7 +200,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // Compute a worst-case clearance height to probe from. After the first // iteration this will be re-calculated based on the actual bed position float z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + (G34_MAX_GRADE) * 0.01f * ( - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 SQRT(_MAX(HYPOT2(z_stepper_align_pos[0].x - z_stepper_align_pos[0].y, z_stepper_align_pos[1].x - z_stepper_align_pos[1].y), HYPOT2(z_stepper_align_pos[1].x - z_stepper_align_pos[1].y, z_stepper_align_pos[2].x - z_stepper_align_pos[2].y), HYPOT2(z_stepper_align_pos[2].x - z_stepper_align_pos[2].y, z_stepper_align_pos[0].x - z_stepper_align_pos[0].y))) @@ -202,7 +215,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // Move the Z coordinate realm towards the positive - dirty trick current_position.z -= z_probe * 0.5f; - float last_z_align_move[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(Z_STEPPER_COUNT, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f), + float last_z_align_move[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS] = ARRAY_N(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f), z_measured[G34_PROBE_COUNT] = { 0 }, z_maxdiff = 0.0f, amplification = z_auto_align_amplification; @@ -273,7 +286,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { finish_incremental_LSF(&lfd); z_measured_min = 100000.0f; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++i) { + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) { z_measured[i] = -(lfd.A * z_stepper_align_stepper_pos[i].x + lfd.B * z_stepper_align_stepper_pos[i].y); z_measured_min = _MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[i]); } @@ -283,7 +296,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\n" "DIFFERENCE Z1-Z2=", ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 , " Z2-Z3=", ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2]) , " Z3-Z1=", ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0]) #endif @@ -294,7 +307,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { bool success_break = true; // Correct the individual stepper offsets - for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++zstepper) { + for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++zstepper) { // Calculate current stepper move const float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min, z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move); @@ -324,7 +337,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { switch (zstepper) { case 0: stepper.set_z_lock(false); break; case 1: stepper.set_z2_lock(false); break; - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 case 2: stepper.set_z3_lock(false); break; #endif } @@ -397,7 +410,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M422() { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < G34_PROBE_COUNT; ++i) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 S"), i + 1, SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align_pos[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align_pos[i].y); #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++i) + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 W"), i + 1, SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align_stepper_pos[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align_stepper_pos[i].y); #endif return; @@ -446,7 +459,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M422() { else { #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) position_index = parser.intval('W') - 1; - if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, Z_STEPPER_COUNT - 1)) { + if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS - 1)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(W) Z-Stepper index invalid."); return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp index d251e89f8a..28a3276dfd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * */ -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e0899fa7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * G76_M871.cpp - Temperature calibration/compensation for z-probing + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" +#include "../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" + +/** + * G76: calibrate probe and/or bed temperature offsets + * Notes: + * - When calibrating probe, bed temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at probe temp. = 30°C. + * - When calibrating bed, probe temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at bed temp. = 60°C. + * - The hotend will not be heated at any time. + * - On my Prusa MK3S clone I put a piece of paper between the probe and the hotend + * so the hotend fan would not cool my probe constantly. Alternativly you could just + * make sure the fan is not running while running the calibration process. + * + * Probe calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 100°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Waits until probe reaches increased target temperature. + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last two steps until max. temperature reached or timeout (i.e. probe does not heat up any further). + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * Bed calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 60°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Waits until probe is below 30°C and bed has reached target temperature. + * - Moves probe to probing point and waits until it reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last four points until max. bed temperature reached (110°C) or timeout. + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * G76 [B | P] + * - no flag - Both calibration procedures will be run. + * - `B` - Run bed temperature calibration. + * - `P` - Run probe temperature calibration. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G76() { + // Check if heated bed is available and z-homing is done with probe + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0 || !(HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE) + return; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + // Make sure any BLTouch error condition is cleared + bltouch_command(BLTOUCH_RESET, BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY); + set_bltouch_deployed(false); + #endif + + bool do_bed_cal = parser.boolval('B'), + do_probe_cal = parser.boolval('P'); + if (!do_bed_cal && !do_probe_cal) + do_bed_cal = do_probe_cal = true; + + // Synchronize with planner + planner.synchronize(); + + // Report temperatures every second and handle heating timeouts + millis_t next_temp_report = millis() + 1000; + + if (do_bed_cal || do_probe_cal) { + // Ensure park position is reachable + if (!position_is_reachable(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y) + || !(WITHIN(ProbeTempComp::park_point.z, Z_MIN_POS - 0.001f, Z_MAX_POS + 0.001f)) + ) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Park position unreachable - aborting."); + return; + } + // Ensure probe position is reachable + destination.set( + temp_comp.measure_point_x - probe_offset.x, + temp_comp.measure_point_y - probe_offset.y + ); + if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(destination)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe position unreachable - aborting."); + return; + } + + G28(true); + } + + /****************************************** + * Calibrate bed temperature offsets + ******************************************/ + + if (do_bed_cal) { + + uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp, + target_probe = temp_comp.bed_calib_probe_temp; + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for printer to cool down."); + while (thermalManager.degBed() > target_bed + || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe + ) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + bool timeout = false; + while (true) { + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Target Bed: ", target_bed, "; Probe: ", target_probe); + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y, ProbeTempComp::park_point.z); + + // Wait for heatbed to reach target temp and probe to cool below target temp + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for bed and probe to reach target temp."); + const millis_t probe_timeout_ms = millis() + 900UL * 1000UL; + while (fabs(thermalManager.degBed() - float(target_bed)) > 0.1 || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + if (ELAPSED(ms, probe_timeout_ms)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Bed heating timeout."); + timeout = true; + break; + } + } + + if (timeout) break; + + // Move probe to probing point and wait for probe to reach target temp + destination.set(temp_comp.measure_point_x, temp_comp.measure_point_y, 0.5); + do_blocking_move_to(destination.x, destination.y, destination.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for probe heating."); + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Raise nozzle before probing + destination.z = 5.0; + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); + + // Do a single probe + remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); + const float measured_z = probe_at_point( + destination.x + probe_offset.x, + destination.y + probe_offset.y, + PROBE_PT_NONE + ); + restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); + + if (isnan(measured_z)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Received NAN measurement - aborting."); + break; + } + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Measured: ", measured_z); + + if (target_bed == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_BED, measured_z); + + target_bed += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].temp_res; + if (target_bed > temp_comp.max_bed_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_BED)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Successfully calibrated bed."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Failed to calibrated bed - reset calibration values."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + } // do_bed_cal + + /******************************************** + * Calibrate probe temperature offsets + ********************************************/ + + if (do_probe_cal) { + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y, ProbeTempComp::park_point.z); + + // Initialize temperatures + uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.probe_calib_bed_temp, + target_probe = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp; + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for bed and probe temperature."); + while (fabs(thermalManager.degBed() - float(target_bed)) > 0.1f + || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe + ) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + bool timeout = false; + while (true) { + // Move probe to probing point and wait for it to reach target temperature + destination.set(temp_comp.measure_point_x, temp_comp.measure_point_y, 0.5); + do_blocking_move_to(destination); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( + "Bed temp: ", target_bed, + "; Probe temp: ", target_probe, + " Waiting for probe heating." + ); + + const millis_t probe_timeout_ms = millis() + 900UL * 1000UL; + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + if (ELAPSED(ms, probe_timeout_ms)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe heating aborted due to timeout."); + timeout = true; + break; + } + } + + if (timeout) break; + + // Raise nozzle before probing + destination.z = 5.0; + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); + + // Do a single probe + remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); + const float measured_z = probe_at_point( + destination.x + probe_offset.x, + destination.y + probe_offset.y, + PROBE_PT_NONE + ); + restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); + + if (isnan(measured_z)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Received NAN measurement - aborting."); + break; + } + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Measured: ", measured_z); + + if (target_probe == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_PROBE, measured_z); + + target_probe += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].temp_res; + if (target_probe > temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].end_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_PROBE)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Successfully calibrated probe."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Failed to calibrated probe."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Final compensation values:"); + temp_comp.print_offsets(); + } // do_probe_cal +} + +/** + * M871: Report / reset temperature compensation offsets. + * Note: This does not affect values in EEPROM until M500. + * + * M871 [ R | B | P | E ] + * + * No Parameters - Print current offset values. + * + * Select only one of these flags: + * R - Reset all offsets to zero (i.e., disable compensation). + * B - Manually set offset for bed + * P - Manually set offset for probe + * E - Manually set offset for extruder + * + * With B, P, or E: + * I[index] - Index in the array + * V[value] - Adjustment in µm + */ +void GcodeSuite::M871() { + + if (parser.seen('R')) { + // Reset z-probe offsets to factory defaults + temp_comp.clear_all_offsets(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Offsets reset to default."); + } + else if (parser.seen("BPE")) { + if (!parser.seenval('V')) return; + const int16_t val = parser.value_int(); + if (!parser.seenval('I')) return; + const int16_t idx = parser.value_int(); + const TempSensorID mod = (parser.seen('B') ? TSI_BED : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + parser.seen('E') ? TSI_EXT : + #endif + TSI_PROBE + ); + if (idx > 0 && temp_comp.set_offset(mod, idx - 1, val)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Set value: ", val); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid index. Failed to set value (note: value at index 0 is constant)."); + + } + else // Print current Z-probe adjustments. Note: Values in EEPROM might differ. + temp_comp.print_offsets(); +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp index 452dfd033c..a77583c6e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../queue.h" #include "../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() /** * M100 Free Memory Watcher @@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ inline int check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const title) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nMemory Corruption detected in free memory area."); if (block_cnt == 0) // Make sure the special case of no free blocks shows up as an - block_cnt = -1; // error to the calling code! + block_cnt = -1; // error to the calling code! SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" return="); if (block_cnt == 1) { - SERIAL_CHAR('0'); // if the block_cnt is 1, nothing has broken up the free memory - SERIAL_EOL(); // area and it is appropriate to say 'no corruption'. + SERIAL_CHAR('0'); // If the block_cnt is 1, nothing has broken up the free memory + SERIAL_EOL(); // area and it is appropriate to say 'no corruption'. return 0; } SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("true"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp index a15287a5e6..a83ccd65c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp @@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M425() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Correction Amount/Fade-out: F", backlash.get_correction(), " (F1.0 = full, F0.0 = none)"); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Backlash Distance (mm): "); LOOP_XYZ(a) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a]); SERIAL_ECHO(backlash.distance_mm[a]); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -89,8 +88,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M425() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Average measured backlash (mm):"); if (backlash.has_any_measurement()) { LOOP_XYZ(a) if (backlash.has_measurement(AxisEnum(a))) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a]); SERIAL_ECHO(backlash.get_measurement(AxisEnum(a))); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp index 86b25d8240..f111de4b17 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { xy_float_t next_pos = current_position; const xy_pos_t probe_pos = { - parser.linearval('X', next_pos.x + probe_offset.x), - parser.linearval('Y', next_pos.y + probe_offset.y) + parser.linearval('X', next_pos.x + probe_offset_xy.x), + parser.linearval('Y', next_pos.y + probe_offset_xy.y) }; if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(probe_pos)) { @@ -166,8 +166,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { while (angle < 0.0) angle += 360.0; // outside of this range. It looks like they behave correctly with // numbers outside of the range, but just to be safe we clamp them. - next_pos.set(probe_pos.x - probe_offset.x + cos(RADIANS(angle)) * radius, - probe_pos.y - probe_offset.y + sin(RADIANS(angle)) * radius); + const xy_pos_t noz_pos = probe_pos - probe_offset_xy; + next_pos.set(noz_pos.x + cos(RADIANS(angle)) * radius, + noz_pos.y + sin(RADIANS(angle)) * radius); #if DISABLED(DELTA) LIMIT(next_pos.x, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp index 3b55fb770d..ea429875c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp @@ -57,10 +57,11 @@ * M666: Set Dual Endstops offsets for X, Y, and/or Z. * With no parameters report current offsets. * - * For Triple Z Endstops: + * For Triple / Quad Z Endstops: * Set Z2 Only: M666 S2 Z * Set Z3 Only: M666 S3 Z - * Set Both: M666 Z + * Set Z4 Only: M666 S4 Z + * Set All: M666 Z */ void GcodeSuite::M666() { #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -69,15 +70,20 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Y')) endstops.y2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Z')) { - const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); - const int ind = parser.intval('S'); - if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; - if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + const int ind = parser.intval('S'); + if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; + if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (!ind || ind == 4) endstops.z4_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #endif + #else + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + #endif } - #elif Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - if (parser.seen('Z')) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Dual Endstop Adjustment (mm): "); @@ -87,11 +93,14 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y2:", endstops.y2_endstop_adj); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z2:", endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z3:", endstops.z3_endstop_adj); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z3:", endstops.z3_endstop_adj); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z4:", endstops.z4_endstop_adj); + #endif + #endif #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp index aeeb38c913..594813e038 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp index 3fe3feb0de..57178950cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/tool_change.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for SP_X_STR, etc. +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for SP_X_STR, etc. extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp index 116ce776b2..a7a48c3730 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M221() { } else { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_CHAR('E'); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + target_extruder); + SERIAL_CHAR('E', '0' + target_extruder); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Flow: ", planner.flow_percentage[target_extruder]); SERIAL_CHAR('%'); SERIAL_EOL(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp index 29fc0bdff1..5937b4c721 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../pins/pinsDebug.h" #include "../../module/endstops.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca4b028dc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#include "../parser.h" + +/** + * M672 - Set/reset Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + * + * One of these is required: + * S - 0-255 + * R - Flag to reset sensitivity to default + */ + +/** + * The Marlin format for the M672 command is different than shown in the Duet Smart Effector + * documentation https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/Smart_effector_and_carriage_adapters_for_delta_printer + * + * To set custom sensitivity: + * Duet: M672 S105:aaa:bbb + * Marlin: M672 Saaa + * + * (where aaa is the desired sensitivity and bbb is 255 - aaa). + * + * Revert sensitivity to factory settings: + * Duet: M672 S105:131:131 + * Marlin: M672 R + */ + +#define M672_PROGBYTE 105 // magic byte to start programming custom sensitivity +#define M672_ERASEBYTE 131 // magic byte to clear custom sensitivity + +// +// Smart Effector byte send protocol: +// +// 0 0 1 0 ... always 0010 +// b7 b6 b5 b4 ~b4 ... hi bits, NOT last bit +// b3 b2 b1 b0 ~b0 ... lo bits, NOT last bit +// +void M672_send(uint8_t b) { // bit rate requirement: 1KHz +/- 30% + for (uint8_t bits = 0; bits < 14; bits++) { + switch (bits) { + default: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send bit, shift next into place + case 7: + case 12: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); break; } // send bit. no shift + case 8: + case 13: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send inverted previous bit + case 0: case 1: // 00 + case 3: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); break; } // 0010 + case 2: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, HIGH); break; } // 001 + } + DELAY_US(1000); + } +} + +void GcodeSuite::M672() { + if (parser.seen('R')) { + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + } + else if (parser.seenval('S')) { + const int8_t M672_sensitivity = parser.value_byte(); + M672_send(M672_PROGBYTE); + M672_send(M672_sensitivity); + M672_send(255 - M672_sensitivity); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("!'S' or 'R' parameter required."); + return; + } + + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Keep Smart Effector in NORMAL mode +} + +#endif // SMART_EFFECTOR && SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp index 50feb8276f..606a39d51c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if DISABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper /** * M108: Stop the waiting for heaters in M109, M190, M303. Does not affect the target temperature. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M108() { * M112: Full Shutdown */ void GcodeSuite::M112() { - kill(PSTR("M112 Shutdown"), nullptr, true); + kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp index de6eab4f74..081ca18d89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp index 5bcf55b2f7..3dbc5984f9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() #include "../../module/stepper.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp index 0ee2ef7079..1ee03f8905 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -47,23 +47,38 @@ void GcodeSuite::M42() { const pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(pin_index); + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + switch (pin) { + #if HAS_FAN0 + case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN1 + case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN2 + case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + case FAN3_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[3] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + case FAN4_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[4] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + case FAN5_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[5] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + case FAN6_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[6] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + case FAN7_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[7] = pin_status; return; + #endif + } + #endif + if (!parser.boolval('I') && pin_is_protected(pin)) return protected_pin_err(); pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); extDigitalWrite(pin, pin_status); analogWrite(pin, pin_status); - - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - switch (pin) { - #if HAS_FAN0 - case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; break; - #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 - case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; break; - #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 - case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; break; - #endif - } - #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp index 56533d45b8..d2b395e8d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #endif #if HAS_SUICIDE - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" #endif #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp index bc5a91c375..403c0c59ac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp @@ -21,13 +21,16 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for max_inactive_time +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for max_inactive_time /** * M85: Set inactivity shutdown timer with parameter S. To disable set zero (default) */ void GcodeSuite::M85() { - if (parser.seen('S')) max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + if (parser.seen('S')) { + reset_stepper_timeout(); + max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp index 2972e086d1..ac46311067 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" // for lcd_reset_alert_level -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for Running +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for Running #include "../queue.h" // for flush_and_request_resend /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp index 1fbb72aacf..f3d8d0b60f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp @@ -22,36 +22,64 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); -void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - L6470.say_axis(axis); +inline void L6470_say_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + L64xxManager.get_status(axis); + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) char temp_buf[20]; - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); + print_bin(sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6470")); break; + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6474")); break; + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6480/powerSTEP01")); break; + } #endif SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...OUTPUT: "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_BUSY)); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_BUSY) == 0); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" DIR: "); - serialprintPGM((((status & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L6470.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); - if (status & STATUS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("Not PERFORMED") : PSTR("COMPLETED ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN" : !(status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_OCD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A) || !(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_SCK_MOD); + serialprintPGM((((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L64xxManager.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID"); + else SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ERROR"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...THERMAL: "); + switch ((sh.STATUS_AXIS & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN)) >> 11) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DEVICE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("BRIDGE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("WARNING "); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("OK "); break; + } + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD)) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("COMPLETED ") : PSTR("Not PERFORMED")); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN " : !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); + } + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) == 0); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A) == 0 || (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B) == 0); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD) != 0); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL: NA " + " STEP-CLOCK MODE: NA" + " UNDER VOLTAGE LOCKOUT: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) == 0); + } SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -59,57 +87,59 @@ void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { * M122: Debug L6470 drivers */ void GcodeSuite::M122() { - - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #define L6470_SAY_STATUS(Q) L6470_status_decode(stepper##Q.getStatus(), Q) + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway //if (parser.seen('S')) - // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); + // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); //else - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_say_status(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_say_status(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_say_status(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_say_status(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_say_status(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_say_status(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_say_status(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L6470_say_status(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_say_status(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_say_status(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_say_status(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_say_status(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_say_status(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_say_status(E5); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp index 72de90fc50..5d8d7e8d34 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" @@ -37,22 +37,18 @@ * M906: report or set KVAL_HOLD which sets the maximum effective voltage provided by the * PWMs to the steppers * - * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis - * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 + * On L6474 this sets the TVAL register (same address). + * + * I - select which driver(s) to change on multi-driver axis + * 0 - (default) all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z or E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2 or E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3 or E3 - * 4 - monitor only E4 + * 4 - monitor only Z4 or E4 * 5 - monitor only E5 - * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement - * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position - * - * I - over current threshold - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * + * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to change (optional) + * L6474 - current in mA (4A max) + * All others - 0-255 */ /** @@ -81,149 +77,225 @@ * KVAL_DEC * Vs compensation (if enabled) */ +void L64XX_report_current(L64XX &motor, const L64XX_axis_t axis) { -void L6470_report_current(L6470 &motor, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - const uint16_t status = motor.getStatus() ; - const uint8_t overcurrent_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH), - stall_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), - motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 13, - adc_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), - adc_out_limited = constrain(adc_out, 8, 24); - const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / adc_out_limited; - const int microsteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); - char temp_buf[80]; - L6470.say_axis(axis); - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - #endif - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("\n...OverCurrent Threshold: %2d (%4d mA)"), overcurrent_threshold, (overcurrent_threshold + 1) * 375); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - char numstr[11]; - dtostrf((stall_threshold + 1) * 31.25, 1, 2, numstr); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" Stall Threshold: %2d (%s mA)"), stall_threshold, numstr); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + const uint16_t status = L64xxManager.get_status(axis); //also populates shadow structure + const uint8_t OverCurrent_Threshold = uint8_t(motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); - const char *stat_str; - switch (motor_status) { - default: - case 0: stat_str = PSTR("stopped"); break; - case 1: stat_str = PSTR("accelerating"); break; - case 2: stat_str = PSTR("decelerating"); break; - case 3: stat_str = PSTR("at constant speed"); break; + auto say_axis_status = [](const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint16_t status) { + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + char tmp[10]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4x "), status); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" status: ", tmp); + print_bin(status); + #else + UNUSED(status); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + }; + + char temp_buf[10]; + + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: // L6470 + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerstep01 + const uint16_t Stall_Threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), + motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 5, + L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), + L6470_ADC_out_limited = constrain(L6470_ADC_out, 8, 24); + const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / L6470_ADC_out_limited; + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Stall Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), Stall_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((Stall_Threshold + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("stopped"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("accelerating"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("decelerating"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("at constant speed"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); + serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Compensation coefficient: ~", comp_coef * 0.01f); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD), + " KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN), + " KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC), + " KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC), + " V motor max = "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_RUN)"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_ACC)"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; } + case 1: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; } + case 2: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; } + case 3: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; } + } + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch (motor.GetParam(L6470_GATECFG1) & CONFIG1_SR ) { + case CONFIG1_SR_220V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("220V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_400V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("400V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_520V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("520V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_980V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("980V/uS") ; break; } + default: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("unknown") ; break; } + } + } + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + break; + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + const uint16_t L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT) & 0x1F, + L6474_TVAL_val = motor.GetParam(L6474_TVAL) & 0x7F; + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TVAL: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), L6474_TVAL_val); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((L6474_TVAL_val + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" mA) Motor Status: NA"); + + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); //NOMORE(MicroSteps, 16); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Vs_compensation: NA\n"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("...KVAL_HOLD: NA" + " KVAL_RUN : NA" + " KVAL_ACC: NA" + " KVAL_DEC: NA" + " V motor max = NA"); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; + case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; + case 2: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; + case 3: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; + default: DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("slew rate: ", (motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT); break; + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_EOL(); + break; + } } - serialprintPGM(stat_str); - SERIAL_EOL(); - - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...microsteps: ", microsteps); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ADC_OUT: ", adc_out); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); - serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(L6470_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); - - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Compensation coefficient: ", dtostrf(comp_coef * 0.01f, 7, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" V motor max = "); - float val; - PGM_P suf; - switch (motor_status) { - case 0: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_HOLD)"); - break; - case 1: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_RUN)"); - break; - case 2: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_ACC)"); - break; - case 3: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_DEC)"); - break; - } - SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(val * 100 / 256, 10, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%% "); - serialprintPGM(suf); - SERIAL_EOL(); } void GcodeSuite::M906() { - #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, value) + + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) (AXIS_IS_L64XX(Q) ? stepper##Q.setTVALCurrent(value) : stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, uint8_t(value))) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M906"); - bool report_current = true; + uint8_t report_current = true; - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint8_t value = parser.byteval(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t value = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { report_current = false; if (planner.has_blocks_queued() || planner.cleaning_buffer_counter) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Can't set KVAL_HOLD with steppers moving"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted. Can't set KVAL_HOLD while steppers are moving."); return; } switch (i) { case X_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X2); #endif break; case Y_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y2); #endif break; case Z_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) if (index == 2) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + if (index == 3) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); if (target_extruder < 0) return; switch (target_extruder) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) case 0: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E0); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) case 1: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E1); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) case 2: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E2); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) case 3: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E3); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) case 4: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E4); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) case 5: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E5); break; #endif } @@ -232,53 +304,57 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { } if (report_current) { - #define L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L6470_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) + #define L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L64XX_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp index 96a27f3330..9eb097ad49 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp @@ -20,41 +20,33 @@ * */ +// +// NOTE: All tests assume each axis uses matching driver chips. +// + #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" -static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_m) { - char gcode_string[30], str1[11], str2[11]; - - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(min, 1, 3, str1), dtostrf(fr_mm_m, 1, 3, str2)); - gcode.process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(max, 1, 3, str1), str2); - gcode.process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - planner.synchronize(); -} - /** * - * M916: Increase KVAL_HOLD until thermal warning - * + * M916: increase KVAL_HOLD until get thermal warning + * NOTE - on L6474 it is TVAL that is used * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z, E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2, E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3, E3 + * 4 - monitor only Z4, E4 * * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position @@ -62,8 +54,14 @@ static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max * F - feedrate * optional - will use default max feedrate from configuration.h if not specified * - * K - starting value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) - * optional - will use & report current value from driver if not specified + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * D - time (in seconds) to run each setting of KVAL_HOLD/TVAL + * optional - defaults to zero (runs each setting once) * */ @@ -77,80 +75,115 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M916"); - // Variables used by L6470_get_user_input function - some may not be used - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of Axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + // Variables used by L64xxManager.get_user_input function - some may not be used + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + + #define DRIVER_TYPE_L6474(Q) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##Q(L6474) uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear out any pre-existing error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need to have a string for use within sprintf format section + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; + uint16_t M91x_counter = kval_hold; + uint16_t M91x_counter_max; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + M91x_counter_max = 128; // TVAL is 7 bits + LIMIT(M91x_counter, 0U, 127U); + } + else + M91x_counter_max = 256; // KVAL_HOLD is 8 bits + + uint8_t M91x_delay_s = parser.byteval('D'); // get delay in seconds + millis_t M91x_delay_ms = M91x_delay_s * 60 * 1000; + millis_t M91x_delay_end; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n."); do { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); // set & report KVAL_HOLD for this run + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (M91x_counter + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); // report TVAL current for this run + else + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", M91x_counter); // report KVAL_HOLD for this run for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, M91x_counter); //set KVAL_HOLD or TVAL (same register address) - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + M91x_delay_end = millis() + M91x_delay_ms; + do { + // turn the motor(s) both directions + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low - status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; - } + // get the status after the motors have stopped + planner.synchronize(); + + status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; } - return; - } - // increment KVAL_HOLD if not yet at thermal warning/shutdown - if (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) - kval_hold++; + if (status_composite) break; + } while (millis() < M91x_delay_end); - } while (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) && kval_hold); // exit when kval_hold == 0 (rolls over) + if (status_composite) break; - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(".\n.\nThermal warning/shutdown "); - if ((status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("has occurred"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } - } - else - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(Unable to get)"); + M91x_counter++; + + } while (!(status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) && (M91x_counter < M91x_counter_max)); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (status_composite) { + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(status_composite, axis_index[0], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + } + #endif + + if ((status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD))) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Thermal warning/shutdown has occurred"); + else if (status_composite) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed abnormally - non-thermal error has occured"); + else + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Unable to get to thermal warning/shutdown"); + + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } /** @@ -159,8 +192,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * * Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error * Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - * Decrease stall threshold until stall - * Increase stall until stall error goes away + * Decrease stall threshold until stall (not done on L6474) + * Increase stall until stall error goes away (not done on L6474) * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 @@ -176,7 +209,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * if there are multiple drivers on the axis then all will be set the same * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -184,66 +220,85 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M917"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need a sprintf format string + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; - uint8_t test_phase = 0; - // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) - // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) - - // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens - // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop - // 4 - all testing completed - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); // first status display - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", ocd_th_val); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", stall_th_val); + uint8_t test_phase = 0; // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) + // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) + // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens + // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop + // 4 - all testing completed + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); // first status display + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", STALL_TH_val); + } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(")"); do { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { + if (status_composite && (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif return; } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("thermal problem - waiting for chip(s) to cool down "); uint16_t status_composite_temp = 0; uint8_t k = 0; @@ -251,118 +306,136 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { k++; if (!(k % 4)) { kval_hold *= 0.95; - L6470_EOL(); + DEBUG_EOL(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Lowering KVAL_HOLD by about 5% to ", kval_hold); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); - reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered - watchdog_refresh(); + gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered + watchdog_refresh();; // beat the dog safe_delay(5000); status_composite_temp = 0; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite_temp |= axis_status[j]; } } - while (status_composite_temp & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)); - L6470_EOL(); + while (status_composite_temp & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)); + DEBUG_EOL(); } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B | STATUS_OCD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B | sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD)) { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 0 with OCD warning - time to go to next phase - if (ocd_th_val >=15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD at highest - OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // normal exit to next phase + OCD_TH_val++; // normal exit to next phase test_phase = 1; // setup for first pass of phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } } break; case 1: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 1 with OCD warning - increment if can - if (ocd_th_val >= 15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so go to next phase - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // try a higher value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + OCD_TH_val++; // try a higher value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 1 without OCD warning - normal exit to phase 2 test_phase = 2; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; case 2: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 2 with stall warning - time to go to next phase - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; } else { test_phase = 3; // normal exit to next phase (found failing value of STALL) - stall_th_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + STALL_TH_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc Stall"); } } else { // phase 2 without stall warning - decrement if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still do NOT have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); } } } break; case 3: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 3 with stall warning - increment if can - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); } else { - stall_th_val++; // still looking for passing value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + STALL_TH_val++; // still looking for passing value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc stall"); } } else { //phase 3 without stall warning but have OCD warning DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Hardware problem - OCD warning without STALL warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); } } break; @@ -372,58 +445,81 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { else { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DEC OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; - case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + case 1: //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); case 2: { // phase 2 without stall warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still no stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); } } break; - case 3: { test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + case 3: { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + test_phase = 4; + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished!"); } break; // phase 3 without any warnings - desired exit } // } // end of status checks if (test_phase != 4) { for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // update threshold(s) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, ocd_th_val); - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, stall_th_val); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != ocd_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != stall_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val); + if (L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != OCD_TH_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); + if ((L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != STALL_TH_val) && (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); } } } while (test_phase != 4); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); if (status_composite) { + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + #endif DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with no errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); -} // M917 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} /** * @@ -439,7 +535,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { * I - over current threshold * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * M - value for microsteps (1 - 128) (optional) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -447,83 +549,109 @@ void GcodeSuite::M918() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M918"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // List of axes to monitor - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max, position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + uint8_t m_steps = parser.byteval('M'); - LIMIT(m_steps, 0, 128); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("M = ", m_steps); - int8_t m_bits = -1; - if (m_steps > 85) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 42) m_bits = 6; // 64 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 22) m_bits = 5; // 32 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 12) m_bits = 4; // 16 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 5) m_bits = 3; // 8 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 2) m_bits = 2; // 4 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 2) m_bits = 1; // 2 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 1) m_bits = 0; // 1 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 0) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) + if (m_steps != 0) { + LIMIT(m_steps, 1, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT ? 16 : 128); // L6474 - if (m_bits >= 0) { - const int micros = _BV(m_bits); - if (micros < 100) { DEBUG_CHAR(' '); if (micros < 10) DEBUG_CHAR(' '); } - DEBUG_ECHO(micros); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" uSTEPS"); - } + uint8_t stepVal; + for (stepVal = 0; stepVal < 8; stepVal++) { // convert to L64xx register value + if (m_steps == 1) break; + m_steps >>= 1; + } - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, m_bits); // set microsteps - - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); - - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear all error flags - - uint16_t status_composite = 0; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make the feedrate prints easier to see - - constexpr uint8_t iterations = 10; - for (uint8_t i = 1; i <= iterations; i++) { - const feedRate_t fr_mm_m = i * final_fr_mm_m / iterations; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", fr_mm_m); - - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, fr_mm_m); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + stepVal |= 0x98; // NO SYNC + else + stepVal |= (!SYNC_EN) | SYNC_SEL_1 | stepVal; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // bits of interest are all active low + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], dSPIN_HARD_HIZ, 0); // can't write STEP register if stepper being powered + // results in an extra NOOP being sent (data 00) + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, stepVal); // set microsteps + } + } + m_steps = L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07; // get microsteps + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Microsteps = ", _BV(m_steps)); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_feedrate); + + const float feedrate_inc = final_feedrate / 10, // Start at 1/10 of max & go up by 1/10 per step + fr_limit = final_feedrate * 0.99f; // Rounding-safe comparison value + float current_feedrate = 0; + + planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to complete + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear error flags + + char temp_axis_string[2] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // Need a sprintf format string + //temp_axis_string[1] = '\n'; + + char gcode_string[80]; + uint16_t status_composite = 0; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make feedrate outputs easier to read + + do { + current_feedrate += feedrate_inc; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", current_feedrate); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // Bits of interest are all active LOW status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite) break; // quit if any errors flags are raised - } + if (status_composite) break; // Break on any error + } while (current_feedrate < fr_limit); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with "); if (status_composite) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("no errors"); -} // M918 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp index ac6729053d..147dfccf05 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #endif #if defined(PHOTO_POSITION) && PHOTO_DELAY_MS > 0 - #include "../../../Marlin.h" // for idle() + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() #endif #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM @@ -62,11 +62,44 @@ #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) - constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; - constexpr float PULSE_LENGTH = 0.01524; - inline void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); _delay_ms(PULSE_LENGTH); } - inline void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } - inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + FORCE_INLINE void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { + constexpr uint32_t pulse_length = ( + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US + #else + 15 // 15.24 from _delay_ms(0.01524) + #endif + ); + WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); + delayMicroseconds(pulse_length); + } + + FORCE_INLINE void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } + + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + + inline void pulse_photo_pin(const uint32_t duration, const uint8_t state) { + if (state) { + for (const uint32_t stop = micros() + duration; micros() < stop;) + tweak_photo_pin(); + } + else + delayMicroseconds(duration); + } + + inline void spin_photo_pin() { + static constexpr uint32_t sequence[] = PHOTO_PULSES_US; + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(sequence); i++) + pulse_photo_pin(sequence[i], !(i & 1)); + } + + #else + + constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; + inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + #endif #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp index 5b58416b43..36cac7857c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../../../feature/filwidth.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../gcode.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp index 48ab48959a..05fa2d3466 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" // for i2c +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for i2c /** * M260: Send data to a I2C slave device diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94b73cd7d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) +#include "../../../core/debug_out.h" + +/** + * G60: Save current position + * + * S - Memory slot # (0-based) to save into (default 0) + */ +void GcodeSuite::G60() { + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + + stored_position[slot] = current_position; + SBI(saved_slots, slot); + + #if ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) + const xyze_pos_t &pos = stored_position[slot]; + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(MSG_SAVED_POS " S", slot); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" : X", pos.x); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_Y_STR, pos.y); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, pos.z); + #endif +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d854dfab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +/** + * G61: Return to saved position + * + * F - Feedrate (optional) for the move back. + * S - Slot # (0-based) to restore from (default 0). + * X Y Z - Axes to restore. At least one is required. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G61(void) { + + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS < 256 + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + #endif + + // No saved position? No axes being restored? + if (!TEST(saved_slots, slot) || !parser.seen("XYZ")) return; + + // Apply any given feedrate over 0.0 + const float fr = parser.linearval('F'); + if (fr > 0.0) feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fr); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_RESTORING_POS " S", int(slot)); + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + destination[i] = parser.seen(axis_codes[i]) + ? stored_position[slot][i] + parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i) + : current_position[i]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[i]); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(destination[i]); + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + // Move to the saved position + prepare_move_to_destination(); +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp index ffc04915da..325b748aa9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../feature/pause.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp index f14dc60685..b85dc84c43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ #include "../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" @@ -44,6 +47,10 @@ inline void plr_error(PGM_P const prefix) { #endif } +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); +#endif + /** * M1000: Resume from power-loss (undocumented) * - With 'S' go to the Resume/Cancel menu @@ -55,10 +62,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::M1000() { if (parser.seen('S')) { #if HAS_LCD_MENU ui.goto_screen(menu_job_recovery); + #elif ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPowerLossResume(); #else SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("Resume requires LCD."); #endif } + else if (parser.seen('C')) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); + #else + recovery.cancel(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onPrintTimerStopped(); + #endif + } else recovery.resume(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp index efe32666ae..7fddac0d79 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp @@ -44,9 +44,10 @@ void tmc_set_stealthChop(TMC &st, const bool enable) { static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) { #define TMC_SET_STEALTH(Q) tmc_set_stealthChop(stepper##Q, enable) - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) \ - || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) \ - || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -78,6 +79,9 @@ static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { if (target_extruder < 0) return; @@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ static void say_stealth_status() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E0); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp index 072f7ba1fd..365988594c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * Z[current] - Set mA current for Z driver(s) * E[current] - Set mA current for E driver(s) * - * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3.) + * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3; 3 for Z4.) * T[index] - Extruder index (Zero-based. Omit for E0 only.) * * With no parameters report driver currents. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); @@ -131,6 +134,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E0); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp index feb891544d..578deac844 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ #define M91x_SOME_X (M91x_USE(X) || M91x_USE(X2)) #define M91x_SOME_Y (M91x_USE(Y) || M91x_USE(Y2)) - #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3)) - #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5)) + #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3) || M91x_USE(Z4)) + #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5) || M91x_USE_E(6) || M91x_USE_E(7)) #if !M91x_SOME_X && !M91x_SOME_Y && !M91x_SOME_Z && !M91x_SOME_E #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS requires at least one TMC2130, 2160, 2208, 2209, 2660, 5130, or 5160." @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #if M91x_USE_E(0) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE0); #endif @@ -88,11 +91,17 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif } /** * M912: Clear TMC stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn flag held by the library - * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3 and E[index]. + * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4 and E[index]. * If no axes are given, clear all. * * Examples: @@ -160,6 +169,9 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) if (hasNone || zval == 3 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + if (hasNone || zval == 4 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif #if M91x_SOME_E @@ -182,6 +194,12 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) if (hasNone || eval == 5 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + if (hasNone || eval == 6 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + if (hasNone || eval == 7 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif #endif } @@ -198,7 +216,7 @@ #define TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(E) stepperE##E.set_pwm_thrs(value) bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif LOOP_XYZE(i) if (int32_t value = parser.longval(axis_codes[i])) { @@ -230,6 +248,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { #if E_STEPPERS @@ -254,6 +275,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) case 5: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(5); break; #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + case 6: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(6); break; + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + case 7: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(7); break; + #endif } #endif // E_STEPPERS } break; @@ -282,6 +309,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif #if E_STEPPERS && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(0); #endif @@ -300,6 +330,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(7); + #endif } } #endif // HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -347,6 +383,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(value); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) stepperZ4.homing_threshold(value); + #endif break; #endif } @@ -379,6 +418,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index d835ce6555..0c0ab4c24c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ #include "gcode.h" GcodeSuite gcode; +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + extern bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr); +#endif + #include "parser.h" #include "queue.h" #include "../module/motion.h" @@ -49,7 +53,7 @@ GcodeSuite gcode; #include "../feature/cancel_object.h" #endif -#include "../Marlin.h" // for idle() and suspend_auto_report +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() and suspend_auto_report millis_t GcodeSuite::previous_move_ms; @@ -310,13 +314,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) - case 53: G53(); break; - case 54: G54(); break; - case 55: G55(); break; - case 56: G56(); break; - case 57: G57(); break; - case 58: G58(); break; - case 59: G59(); break; + case 53: G53(); break; // G53: (prefix) Apply native workspace + case 54: G54(); break; // G54: Switch to Workspace 1 + case 55: G55(); break; // G55: Switch to Workspace 2 + case 56: G56(); break; // G56: Switch to Workspace 3 + case 57: G57(); break; // G57: Switch to Workspace 4 + case 58: G58(); break; // G58: Switch to Workspace 5 + case 59: G59(); break; // G59.0 - G59.3: Switch to Workspace 6-9 + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + case 60: G60(); break; // G60: save current position + case 61: G61(); break; // G61: Apply/restore saved coordinates. + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 76: G76(); break; // G76: Calibrate first layer compensation values #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) @@ -554,14 +567,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 206: M206(); break; // M206: Set home offsets #endif - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations - #endif - - #if ANY(DELTA, X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or dual endstop adjustment - #endif - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) case 207: M207(); break; // M207: Set Retract Length, Feedrate, and Z lift case 208: M208(); break; // M208: Set Recover (unretract) Additional Length and Feedrate @@ -706,7 +711,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job + case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job #endif #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) @@ -717,14 +722,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 575: M575(); break; // M575: Set serial baudrate #endif - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset - #endif - - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) - case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors - #endif - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) case 600: M600(); break; // M600: Pause for Filament Change case 603: M603(); break; // M603: Configure Filament Change @@ -734,21 +731,41 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 605: M605(); break; // M605: Set Dual X Carriage movement mode #endif + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS + case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or multiple endstop adjustment + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + case 672: M672(); break; // M672: Set/clear Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) case 701: M701(); break; // M701: Load Filament case 702: M702(); break; // M702: Unload Filament #endif - #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) - case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows - #endif - #if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) case 810: case 811: case 812: case 813: case 814: case 815: case 816: case 817: case 818: case 819: M810_819(); break; // M810-M819: Define/execute G-code macro #endif + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) + case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 871: M871(); break; // M871: Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) case 900: M900(); break; // M900: Set advance K factor. #endif @@ -782,7 +799,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX case 122: M122(); break; // M122: Report status case 906: M906(); break; // M906: Set or get motor drive level case 916: M916(); break; // M916: L6470 tuning: Increase drive level until thermal warning @@ -835,13 +852,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 1000: M1000(); break; // M1000: Resume from power-loss #endif + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) + case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows + #endif + default: parser.unknown_command_error(); break; } break; case 'T': T(parser.codenum); break; // Tn: Tool Change - default: parser.unknown_command_error(); + default: + #if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + if (wifi_custom_command(parser.command_ptr)) break; + #endif + parser.unknown_command_error(); } if (!no_ok) queue.ok_to_send(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index 9f4675291f..5bbc5e862c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ * G34 - Z Stepper automatic alignment using probe: I T A (Requires Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) * G38 - Probe in any direction using the Z_MIN_PROBE (Requires G38_PROBE_TARGET) * G42 - Coordinated move to a mesh point (Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BLINEAR, or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + * G60 - Save current position. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G61 - Apply/restore saved coordinates. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G76 - Calibrate first layer temperature offsets. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * G80 - Cancel current motion mode (Requires GCODE_MOTION_MODES) * G90 - Use Absolute Coordinates * G91 - Use Relative Coordinates @@ -227,7 +230,8 @@ * M603 - Configure filament change: "M603 T U L". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) * M605 - Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode: "M605 S [X] [R]". (Requires DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) * M665 - Set delta configurations: "M665 H L R S B X Y Z (Requires DELTA) - * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS). + * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops. (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + * M672 - Set/Reset Duet Smart Effector's sensitivity. (Requires SMART_EFFECTOR and SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) * M701 - Load filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M702 - Unload filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M810-M819 - Define/execute a G-code macro (Requires GCODE_MACROS) @@ -243,6 +247,7 @@ * M867 - Enable/disable or toggle error correction for position encoder modules. * M868 - Report or set position encoder module error correction threshold. * M869 - Report position encoder module error. + * M871 - Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * M876 - Handle Prompt Response. (Requires HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT and not EMERGENCY_PARSER) * M900 - Get or Set Linear Advance K-factor. (Requires LIN_ADVANCE) * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660 or L6470) @@ -464,6 +469,15 @@ private: static void G59(); #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void G76(); + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + static void G60(); + static void G61(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) static void G80(); #endif @@ -844,6 +858,10 @@ private: static void M666(); #endif + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + static void M672(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) static void M701(); static void M702(); @@ -874,6 +892,10 @@ private: FORCE_INLINE static void M869() { I2CPEM.M869(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void M871(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) static void M900(); #endif @@ -896,7 +918,7 @@ private: #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX static void M122(); static void M906(); static void M916(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp index 68cbd2b8a4..dabb14afcf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp @@ -28,10 +28,8 @@ #if ENABLED(M114_DETAIL) - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\gcode\host\M114.cpp - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\module\bob_L6470.cpp - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" + #if HAS_L64XX + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../core/debug_out.h" #endif @@ -39,9 +37,7 @@ void report_xyze(const xyze_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t n=4, const uint8_t precision=3) { char str[12]; for (uint8_t a = 0; a < n; a++) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -50,9 +46,7 @@ void report_xyz(const xyz_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t precision=3) { char str[12]; for (uint8_t a = X_AXIS; a <= Z_AXIS; a++) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -92,13 +86,13 @@ planner.synchronize(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX char temp_buf[80]; int32_t temp; //#define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b1111 1111 1110 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 #define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b11111111111000000000000000000000 #define REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Q) do{ \ - L6470.say_axis(Q, false); \ + L64xxManager.say_axis(Q, false); \ temp = L6470_GETPARAM(L6470_ABS_POS,Q); \ if (temp & ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK) temp |= ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK; \ sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(":%8ld "), temp); \ @@ -106,53 +100,54 @@ }while(0) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("\nL6470:"); - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E5); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); - #endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #endif // HAS_L64XX SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Stepper:"); LOOP_XYZE(i) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[i]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[i], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(stepper.position((AxisEnum)i)); } SERIAL_EOL(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp index 8871644ff1..6d3cf36d52 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M115() { // THERMAL_PROTECTION cap_line(PSTR("THERMAL_PROTECTION") - #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) + #if (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) || !EXTRUDERS) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) , true #endif ); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp index 9219155011..0a076a7a47 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M16: Expected Printer Check diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp index e3360ac95d..057b010e72 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M876: Handle Prompt Response diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp index 36bc29026e..4dd13ca017 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if BOTH(FWRETRACT, FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) #include "../../feature/fwretract.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp index 6fecbdc0cc..c915cc334e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp @@ -103,7 +103,18 @@ void plan_arc( mm_of_travel = linear_travel ? HYPOT(flat_mm, linear_travel) : ABS(flat_mm); if (mm_of_travel < 0.001f) return; - uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / (MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)); + const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); + + #ifdef ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R + float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT * radius; + LIMIT(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT, ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R); + #elif ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC + float seg_length = scaled_fr_mm_s * RECIPROCAL(ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC); + NOLESS(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); + #else + constexpr float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + #endif + uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / seg_length); NOLESS(segments, min_segments); /** @@ -146,10 +157,9 @@ void plan_arc( // Initialize the extruder axis raw.e = current_position.e; - const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) - const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / seg_length; #endif millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; @@ -206,7 +216,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif @@ -226,7 +236,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp index 7125532e9b..03dd496c58 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() /** * G5: Cubic B-spline diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp index bcb3e69e3d..e5ce7beb1b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 #include "queue.h" @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ void GCodeParser::unknown_command_error() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")"); #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" args: { "); - for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) { SERIAL_CHAR(c); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } + for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) SERIAL_CHAR(c, ' '); SERIAL_CHAR('}'); #else SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" args: { ", command_args, " }"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp index e91e3e9d8b..a236ce3edf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ * E Engage the probe for each probe (default 1) */ void GcodeSuite::G30() { - const xy_pos_t pos = { parser.linearval('X', current_position.x + probe_offset.x), - parser.linearval('Y', current_position.y + probe_offset.y) }; + + const xy_pos_t pos = { parser.linearval('X', current_position.x + probe_offset_xy.x), + parser.linearval('Y', current_position.y + probe_offset_xy.y) }; if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(pos)) return; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp index 431fe6fa09..b0a63041fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp @@ -37,32 +37,49 @@ void GcodeSuite::M851() { // Show usage with no parameters if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X"), probe_offset.x, SP_Y_STR, probe_offset.y, SP_Z_STR, probe_offset.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X"), probe_offset.x, SP_Y_STR, probe_offset.y, SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , probe_offset.z + ); return; } + // Start with current offsets and modify xyz_pos_t offs = probe_offset; + // Assume no errors bool ok = true; if (parser.seenval('X')) { const float x = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) - offs.x = x; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) + offs.x = x; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (x) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Y')) { const float y = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) - offs.y = y; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) + offs.y = y; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (y) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Z')) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp index a9bd714c1e..b1673f57f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ GCodeQueue queue; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) #include "../feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h" @@ -191,7 +191,6 @@ bool GCodeQueue::process_injected_command() { // Execute command if non-blank if (i) { parser.parse(cmd); - PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_PORT); gcode.process_parsed_command(); } return true; @@ -243,7 +242,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; if (pn < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(pn); + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif if (!send_ok[index_r]) return; SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK); @@ -267,9 +266,9 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { */ void GCodeQueue::flush_and_request_resend() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - const int16_t p = port[index_r]; - if (p < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(p); + const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; + if (pn < 0) return; + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif SERIAL_FLUSH(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_RESEND); @@ -296,14 +295,14 @@ inline int read_serial(const uint8_t index) { } } -void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) { - PORT_REDIRECT(port); +void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn) { + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command SERIAL_ERROR_START(); serialprintPGM(err); SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N); - while (read_serial(port) != -1); // clear out the RX buffer + while (read_serial(pn) != -1); // Clear out the RX buffer flush_and_request_resend(); - serial_count[port] = 0; + serial_count[pn] = 0; } FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) { // matches "M29" & "M29 ", but not "M290", etc @@ -440,7 +439,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { wait_for_user = false; #endif } - if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(); + if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); if (strcmp(command, "M410") == 0) quickstop_stepper(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h index 173cadc68e..d7f30d1bac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ private: */ static bool enqueue_one(const char* cmd); - static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port); + static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp index 0e6f51b628..6fd8306e07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/scara.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() inline bool SCARA_move_to_cal(const uint8_t delta_a, const uint8_t delta_b) { if (IsRunning()) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp index d1a9c2f23f..d68031c0c9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for startOrResumeJob +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob /** * M24: Start or Resume SD Print @@ -86,6 +86,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M24() { */ void GcodeSuite::M25() { + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false); + #endif + // Set initial pause flag to prevent more commands from landing in the queue while we try to pause #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) card.pauseSDPrint(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp index 559d1d503b..2eb0717a4a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" // for synchronize() -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for startOrResumeJob +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob /** * M32: Select file and start SD Print diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp index 8fcc440285..6891a44df5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #include "../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for startOrResumeJob +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob /** * M75: Start print timer diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp index 59394dabfa..8c5827e83b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for startOrResumeJob, etc. +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob, etc. #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) #include "../../module/printcounter.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp index 67a423a2de..d6386cef50 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M140: Set bed temperature diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp index 65cd7b0280..12eaa24bf9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M141: Set chamber temperature diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp index 2765dc64b4..e8f5f604f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif + /** * M303: PID relay autotune * @@ -49,6 +53,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M303() { const heater_ind_t e = (heater_ind_t)parser.intval('E'); if (!WITHIN(e, SI, EI)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #endif return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index a471e3d8b1..c372960b2f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ #define IS_RRD_SC #define IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define MINIPANEL -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1, FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) #define FYSETC_MINI_12864 #define DOGLCD @@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ #define HAS_CHARACTER_LCD (HAS_SPI_LCD && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD) #define HAS_LCD_MENU (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(NO_LCD_MENUS)) #define HAS_ADC_BUTTONS ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) +#define HAS_DGUS_LCD ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN, DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) /** * Extruders have some combination of stepper motors and hotends @@ -500,6 +501,7 @@ #define PROBE_SELECTED (HAS_BED_PROBE || EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) #define HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN DISABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) #define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE (Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN) #ifndef Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT @@ -524,6 +526,7 @@ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS ((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) #endif +#define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS ANY(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) #define HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE ANY(EXTENSIBLE_UI, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) #define HAS_COLOR_LEDS ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) @@ -533,10 +536,6 @@ #define HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS (ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && (SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0)) #define HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) -#define Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS EITHER(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) -#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS EITHER(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) -#define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS (EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define HAS_GAMES ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE) #define HAS_GAME_MENU (1 < ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 0f62a7b577..7ac2d167ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ #undef TEMP_SENSOR_3 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_4 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_5 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_7 #undef FWRETRACT #undef PIDTEMP #undef AUTOTEMP @@ -54,6 +56,11 @@ #undef SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES #endif +// Multiple Z steppers +#ifndef NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS + #define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 +#endif + #define HAS_CUTTER EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) @@ -135,3 +142,8 @@ #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define POLL_JOG #endif + +// G60/G61 Position Save +#if SAVED_POSITIONS > 256 + #error "SAVED_POSITIONS must be an integer from 0 to 256." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 9c1393578c..1a2c39ec25 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -259,10 +259,10 @@ #elif ENABLED(MKS_LCD12864B) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 205 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 195 -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 220 #elif ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 127 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ * Temp Sensor defines */ -#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) +#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_6 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_7 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) #define HAS_USER_THERMISTORS ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(1000) @@ -483,6 +483,44 @@ #undef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -4 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -1 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #define HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -4 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -2 + #error "MAX7775 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -1 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #define HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -4 #define HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -3 @@ -521,7 +559,25 @@ #undef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP #endif -#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY(HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR) +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -4 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -1 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE > 0 + #define THERMISTORPROBE TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 + #define PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#endif + +#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY( \ + HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, \ + HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_5_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR ) /** * Default hotend offsets, if not defined @@ -556,8 +612,6 @@ * Preserve this ordering when adding new drivers. */ -#define TRINAMICS (HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE)) - #ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 15000 @@ -571,7 +625,7 @@ #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 400 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 200 - #elif TRINAMICS + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 20 #else #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 0 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire @@ -671,9 +725,6 @@ #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the X2 endstop? -#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** * Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ @@ -727,13 +778,11 @@ #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Y2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** - * Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment + * Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING @@ -781,67 +830,108 @@ #endif #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #else + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #else + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false - #else - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN - #else - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false - #endif - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #else + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #else + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #else + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z3 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z3_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) +#endif // Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS /** * Set ENDSTOPPULLUPS for active endstop switches @@ -931,6 +1021,11 @@ #define HAS_Z3_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP)) #define HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1)) +#define HAS_Z4_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4))) +#define HAS_Z4_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR)) +#define HAS_Z4_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP)) +#define HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1)) + // Extruder steppers and solenoids #define HAS_E0_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E0_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0))) #define HAS_E0_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIR)) @@ -968,13 +1063,20 @@ #define HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS1)) #define HAS_SOLENOID_5 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL5)) +#define HAS_E6_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6))) +#define HAS_E6_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR)) +#define HAS_E6_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP)) +#define HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_6 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL6)) + +#define HAS_E7_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7))) +#define HAS_E7_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR)) +#define HAS_E7_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP)) +#define HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_7 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL7)) + // Trinamic Stepper Drivers #if HAS_TRINAMIC - #define HAS_TMCX1X0 (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160)) - #define TMC_HAS_SPI (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STALLGUARD (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_TMC220x) - #define STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED ANY(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z, STEALTHCHOP_E) #define USE_SENSORLESS EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) // Disable Z axis sensorless homing if a probe is used to home the Z axis @@ -988,6 +1090,7 @@ #define Z_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) && defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #define Z2_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2) && defined(Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #define Z3_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) && defined(Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) + #define Z4_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) && defined(Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) #define X_SPI_SENSORLESS X_SENSORLESS #define Y_SPI_SENSORLESS Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1000,8 +1103,19 @@ && E0_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN && E1_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN ) \ ) +// // Endstops and bed probe -#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M)) +// + +// Is an endstop plug used for extra Z endstops or the probe? +#define IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == P) +#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) + +#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M)) #define HAS_X_MIN _HAS_STOP(X,MIN) #define HAS_X_MAX _HAS_STOP(X,MAX) #define HAS_Y_MIN _HAS_STOP(Y,MIN) @@ -1016,24 +1130,31 @@ #define HAS_Z2_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MAX)) #define HAS_Z3_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MIN)) #define HAS_Z3_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MAX)) +#define HAS_Z4_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MIN)) +#define HAS_Z4_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MAX)) #define HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE)) #define HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN (PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION)) +// // ADC Temp Sensors (Thermistor or Thermocouple with amplifier ADC interface) +// #define HAS_ADC_TEST(P) (PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_##P) && TEMP_SENSOR_##P != 0 && DISABLED(HEATER_##P##_USES_MAX6675)) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 HAS_ADC_TEST(6) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 HAS_ADC_TEST(7) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE HAS_ADC_TEST(PROBE) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) -#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND (HOTENDS > 0 && (HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675))) -#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED -#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER -#define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER)) +#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND ((HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)) && HOTENDS) +#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED +#define HAS_TEMP_PROBE HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE +#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define HAS_JOY_ADC_X PIN_EXISTS(JOY_X) @@ -1043,22 +1164,21 @@ #endif // Heaters -#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) -#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) -#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) -#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) -#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) -#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) -#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) +#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) +#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) +#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) +#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) +#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) +#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) +#define HAS_HEATER_6 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_6)) +#define HAS_HEATER_7 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_7)) +#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) // Shorthand for common combinations #define HAS_HEATED_BED (HAS_TEMP_BED && HAS_HEATER_BED) #define BED_OR_CHAMBER (HAS_HEATED_BED || HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER) -#define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR (HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER) - -#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES -#endif +#define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR (HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER || HAS_TEMP_PROBE) +#define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER)) // PID heating #if !HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -1080,12 +1200,18 @@ #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 (HOTENDS > 3 && PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 (HOTENDS > 4 && PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 (HOTENDS > 5 && PIN_EXISTS(E5_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 (HOTENDS > 6 && PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 (HOTENDS > 7 && PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN)) -#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) #define _FANOVERLAP(A,B) (A##_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E##B##_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if HAS_AUTO_FAN - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (_FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,0) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,1) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,2) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,3) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,4) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,5)) + #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (_FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,0) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,1) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,2) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,3) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,4) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,5) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,6) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,7)) +#endif + +#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR + #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES #endif #if !HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E @@ -1094,8 +1220,14 @@ // Other fans #define HAS_FAN0 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN)) -#define HAS_FAN1 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN) -#define HAS_FAN2 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN) +#define _HAS_FAN(P) (PIN_EXISTS(FAN_##P) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN && E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN_##P##_PIN) +#define HAS_FAN1 _HAS_FAN(1) +#define HAS_FAN2 _HAS_FAN(2) +#define HAS_FAN3 _HAS_FAN(3) +#define HAS_FAN4 _HAS_FAN(4) +#define HAS_FAN5 _HAS_FAN(5) +#define HAS_FAN6 _HAS_FAN(6) +#define HAS_FAN7 _HAS_FAN(7) #define HAS_CONTROLLER_FAN (PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)) // Servos @@ -1132,7 +1264,9 @@ #define HAS_DIGIPOTSS (PIN_EXISTS(DIGIPOTSS)) #define HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM ANY_PIN(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) -#define HAS_MICROSTEPS (HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS (HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS (HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_MICROSTEPS (HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS) #if HAS_MICROSTEPS @@ -1206,26 +1340,27 @@ #if HAS_HEATER_0 && !defined(HEATER_0_INVERTING) #define HEATER_0_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_1 && !defined(HEATER_1_INVERTING) #define HEATER_1_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_2 && !defined(HEATER_2_INVERTING) #define HEATER_2_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_3 && !defined(HEATER_3_INVERTING) #define HEATER_3_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_4 && !defined(HEATER_4_INVERTING) #define HEATER_4_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_5 && !defined(HEATER_5_INVERTING) #define HEATER_5_INVERTING false #endif +#if HAS_HEATER_6 && !defined(HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_6_INVERTING false +#endif +#if HAS_HEATER_7 && !defined(HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_7_INVERTING false +#endif /** * Helper Macros for heaters and extruder fan @@ -1242,6 +1377,12 @@ #define WRITE_HEATER_4(v) WRITE(HEATER_4_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_4_INVERTING) #if HOTENDS > 5 #define WRITE_HEATER_5(v) WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_5_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #define WRITE_HEATER_6(v) WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #define WRITE_HEATER_7(v) WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -1293,7 +1434,17 @@ #define FAN_INVERTING false #endif -#if HAS_FAN2 +#if HAS_FAN7 + #define FAN_COUNT 8 +#elif HAS_FAN6 + #define FAN_COUNT 7 +#elif HAS_FAN5 + #define FAN_COUNT 6 +#elif HAS_FAN4 + #define FAN_COUNT 5 +#elif HAS_FAN3 + #define FAN_COUNT 4 +#elif HAS_FAN2 #define FAN_COUNT 3 #elif HAS_FAN1 #define FAN_COUNT 2 @@ -1568,7 +1719,6 @@ #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT #endif - /** * Buzzer/Speaker */ @@ -1736,14 +1886,6 @@ // If platform requires early initialization of watchdog to properly boot #define EARLY_WATCHDOG (ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 3 -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 2 -#else - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 1 -#endif - #if HAS_SPI_LCD // Get LCD character width/height, which may be overridden by pins, configs, etc. #ifndef LCD_WIDTH diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index 2b9a49ed24..a91131e083 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -294,19 +294,19 @@ #elif defined(HAVE_L6470DRIVER) #error "HAVE_L6470DRIVER is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC) || defined(X2_IS_TMC) || defined(Y_IS_TMC) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z_IS_TMC) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) || defined(E6_IS_TMC) || defined(E7_IS_TMC) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC26X) || defined(X2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC26X) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E6_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E7_IS_TMC26X) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC26X is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2130) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2130) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2130) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2130 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2208) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2208) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2208) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2208 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_L6470) || defined(X2_IS_L6470) || defined(Y_IS_L6470) || defined(Y2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z_IS_L6470) || defined(Z2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z3_IS_L6470) \ - || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) + || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) || defined(E6_IS_L6470) || defined(E7_IS_L6470) #error "[AXIS]_IS_L6470 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL) #error "AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL is now MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS. Please update your configuration." @@ -424,46 +424,32 @@ #error "FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY is now FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY. Please update Configuration_adv.h." #elif defined(HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE) #error "HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE is now obsolete. Please remove it from Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(DGUS_LCD) + #error "DGUS_LCD is now DGUS_LCD_UI_(ORIGIN|FYSETC|HIPRECY). Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[23] is now Z[23]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT4) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[234] is now Z[234]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 2. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 3. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 4. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." #endif -#define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 -#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 -#define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 -#define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 -#define BOARD_STM32F103R -1006 -#define BOARD_ESP32 -1007 -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 -1008 -#if MB(MKS_13) - #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(TRIGORILLA) - #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(RURAMPS4D) - #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) - #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) - #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(STM32F1R) - #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(STM32F103R) - #error "BOARD_STM32F103R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." -#elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_ESP32 - #error "BOARD_ESP32 has been renamed BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32. Please update your configuration." -#elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 - #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0. Please update your configuration." -#endif -#undef BOARD_MKS_13 -#undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA -#undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D -#undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -#undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -#undef BOARD_STM32F1R -#undef BOARD_STM32F103R -#undef BOARD_ESP32 -#undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 - /** * Marlin release, version and default string */ @@ -509,22 +495,27 @@ #endif /** - * Dual / Triple Stepper Drivers + * Multiple Stepper Drivers Per Axis */ -#if BOTH(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." -#elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) - #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Y2_ENABLE && HAS_Y2_STEP && HAS_Y2_DIR) - #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "Please select either Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, not both." - #elif !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR) - #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z2 pins (and an extra E plug)." +#define GOOD_AXIS_PINS(A) (HAS_##A##_ENABLE && HAS_##A##_STEP && HAS_##A##_DIR) +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X) + #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins to be defined." #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR && HAS_Z3_ENABLE && HAS_Z3_STEP && HAS_Z3_DIR) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z3 pins (and two extra E plugs)." +#endif + +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Y) + #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins to be defined." +#elif !WITHIN(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 1, 4) + #error "NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS must be an integer from 1 to 4." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 2, you must define stepper pins for Z2." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 3, you must define stepper pins for Z2 and Z3." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z4)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 4, you must define stepper pins for Z2, Z3, and Z4." #endif /** @@ -761,8 +752,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS */ #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - #if EXTRUDERS > 6 - #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 6 EXTRUDERS." + #if EXTRUDERS > 8 + #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 8 EXTRUDERS." #endif #if ENABLED(HEATERS_PARALLEL) @@ -1056,6 +1047,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT on DELTA requires AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL." #elif ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) && !(HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LCD_MENU) #error "DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION requires a probe or LCD Controller." + #elif ENABLED(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) && !HAS_LCD_MENU + #error "DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU requires an LCD Controller." #elif ABL_GRID #if (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X & 1) == 0 || (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y & 1) == 0 #error "DELTA requires GRID_MAX_POINTS_X and GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y to be odd numbers." @@ -1187,6 +1180,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN must be defined if Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN is not enabled." #endif + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + constexpr float sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + static_assert(sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[0] == 0.0 && sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[1] == 0.0, + "NOZZLE_AS_PROBE requires the X,Y offsets in NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET to be 0,0."); + #endif + + #if DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT must be >= 0."); + #endif + /** * Make sure Z raise values are set */ @@ -1413,7 +1420,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires 2 (or more) extruders." #elif CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE cannot be used with COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, or COREZX." - #elif !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X2) #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires X2 stepper pins to be defined." #elif !HAS_X_MAX #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires USE_XMAX_PLUG and an X Max Endstop." @@ -1424,6 +1431,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif #endif +#undef GOOD_AXIS_PINS + /** * Make sure auto fan pins don't conflict with the fan pin */ @@ -1485,6 +1494,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000 requires HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND4_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 1000 requires HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND5_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 1000 requires HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND6_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 1000 requires HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND7_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(BED_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1000 requires BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and BED_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_BETA)) @@ -1555,13 +1568,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) #error "TEMP_5_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 is required with 6 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_6 + #error "HEATER_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 is required with 7 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_7 + #error "HEATER_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 7 HOTENDS." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_3 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." @@ -1569,6 +1614,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_2 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." @@ -1578,6 +1627,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 && DISABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_1 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." @@ -1589,6 +1642,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE requires TEMP_PROBE_PIN." + #elif !HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE + #error "TEMP_PROBE_PIN must be an ADC pin." + #elif !ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE shouldn't be set without FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE." + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) && TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0 @@ -1661,6 +1728,16 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP, E5_DIR) && HAS_E5_ENABLE) #error "E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, or E5_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 + #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP, E6_DIR) && HAS_E6_ENABLE) + #error "E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, or E6_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP, E7_DIR) && HAS_E7_ENABLE) + #error "E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, or E7_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 7 + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 6 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 @@ -1705,7 +1782,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Enable USE_ZMAX_PLUG when homing Z to MAX." #endif -// Dual endstops requirements +// Dual/multiple endstops requirements #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #if !X2_USE_ENDSTOP #error "You must set X2_USE_ENDSTOP with X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." @@ -1748,9 +1825,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." + #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) @@ -1766,47 +1844,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #error "Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX - #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX + #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif - #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX - #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if !Z4_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z4_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z4_MIN && !HAS_Z4_MAX + #error "Z4_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif #endif @@ -1890,8 +1966,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + (ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(IS_RRD_FG_SC)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) && DISABLED(IS_ULTRA_LCD)) \ + (ENABLED(U8GLIB_SSD1306) && DISABLED(IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306)) \ - + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)) \ - + (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) && DISABLED(IS_RRW_KEYPAD)) \ + + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY)) \ + (ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) && DISABLED(IS_EXTUI)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(IS_ULTIPANEL)) \ + ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) \ @@ -1919,10 +1994,12 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) \ + ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) \ + ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) \ + + ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) \ + + ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) \ + ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) \ + ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) \ @@ -1933,7 +2010,9 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) \ + ENABLED(U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART) \ + ENABLED(OVERLORD_OLED) \ - + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) \ + ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) \ + ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) \ + ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) @@ -1987,6 +2066,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E4 requires E4_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E5) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E5 requires E5_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E6) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E6 requires E6_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E7) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E7 requires E7_CS_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_SPI @@ -2020,6 +2103,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E4 requires E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E5) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E5 requires E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E5_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E6) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E6 requires E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E6_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E7) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E7 requires E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E7_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_UART @@ -2053,37 +2140,13 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E4); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2209) INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E5); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E6); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E7); #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS both use pin change interrupts (PCI) - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "Select hardware UART for TMC2208 to use both TMC2208 and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE." -#endif - -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART is only supported on AVR, LPC, STM32F1 and STM32F4 - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(__AVR__) && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F1) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F4) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "TMC2208 Software Serial is supported only on AVR, LPC1768, STM32F1 and STM32F4 platforms." -#endif - #if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z)) #error "STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z must be the same on DELTA." #endif @@ -2190,7 +2253,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, or TMC5160 stepper drivers." #endif -#define IN_CHAIN(A) (A##_CHAIN_POS > 0) +#define IN_CHAIN(A) ((A##_CHAIN_POS > 0) && !HAS_L64XX) // TMC SPI Chaining #if IN_CHAIN(X) || IN_CHAIN(Y) || IN_CHAIN(Z) || IN_CHAIN(X2) || IN_CHAIN(Y2) || IN_CHAIN(Z2) || IN_CHAIN(Z3) || IN_CHAIN(E0) || IN_CHAIN(E1) || IN_CHAIN(E2) || IN_CHAIN(E3) || IN_CHAIN(E4) || IN_CHAIN(E5) #if (IN_CHAIN(X) && !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) ) || (IN_CHAIN(Y) && !PIN_EXISTS(Y_CS) ) \ @@ -2199,7 +2262,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS || (IN_CHAIN(Z3) && !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E0) && !PIN_EXISTS(E0_CS)) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E1) && !PIN_EXISTS(E1_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E2) && !PIN_EXISTS(E2_CS)) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E3) && !PIN_EXISTS(E3_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E4) && !PIN_EXISTS(E4_CS)) \ - || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS)) + || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E6) && !PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS)) \ + || (IN_CHAIN(E7) && !PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS)) #error "All chained TMC drivers need a CS pin." #else #if IN_CHAIN(X) @@ -2228,6 +2292,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #define CS_COMPARE E4_CS_PIN #elif IN_CHAIN(E5) #define CS_COMPARE E5_CS_PIN + #elif IN_CHAIN(E6) + #define CS_COMPARE E6_CS_PIN + #elif IN_CHAIN(E7) + #define CS_COMPARE E7_CS_PIN #endif #if (IN_CHAIN(X) && X_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(Y) && Y_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(Z) && Z_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(X2) && X2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ @@ -2235,7 +2303,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS || (IN_CHAIN(Z3) && Z3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E0) && E0_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E1) && E1_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E2) && E2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E3) && E3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E4) && E4_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && E5_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) + || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && E5_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E6) && E6_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ + || (IN_CHAIN(E7) && E7_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) #error "All chained TMC drivers must use the same CS pin." #endif #endif @@ -2356,12 +2425,12 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #endif #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - #if !Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS <= 1 + #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS greater than 1." #elif !HAS_BED_PROBE #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires a Z-bed probe." - #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) && DISABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS requires Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS != 3 + #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to be 3." #endif #endif @@ -2528,12 +2597,26 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E5_AUTO_FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E6_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E7_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN1) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN1_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN2_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN3) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN3_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN4) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN4_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN5) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN5_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN6) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN6_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN7) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN7_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(CONTROLLERFAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with CONTROLLERFAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY) @@ -2554,3 +2637,15 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #error "SHOW_REMAINING_TIME currently requires a Graphical LCD." #endif #endif + +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && defined(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) && !WITHIN(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY, 16, 255) + #error "ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY must be an integer from 16 to 255." +#endif + +/** + * Check to make sure MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS isn't enabled + * on boards where TMC drivers share the SPI bus with SD. + */ +#if TMC_HAS_SPI && ALL(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS, SDSUPPORT, USES_SHARED_SPI) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS and SDSUPPORT cannot be used together on boards with shared SPI." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h index 7789fcdbfd..697a8b0eab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ * version was tagged. */ #ifndef STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE - #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2019-12-24" + #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-01-27" #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp index af1fa56460..a1258a3b10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "ultralcd_HD44780.h" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('カ'), 0xB6, 0}, {IV('ガ'), 0xB6, 0xDE}, {IV('キ'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, // + {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, {IV('ク'), 0xB8, 0}, {IV('グ'), 0xB8, 0xDE}, {IV('ケ'), 0xB9, 0}, @@ -416,6 +416,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('⎭'), 0x17, 0}, {IV('⎰'), 0x18, 0}, {IV('⎱'), 0x19, 0}, + {IV('⎲'), 0x12, 0}, {IV('⎳'), 0x13, 0}, @@ -488,119 +489,124 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¾'), 0xF3, 0}, // 00BE {IV('¿'), 0xCD, 0}, // 00BF - {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, - {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, - {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, - {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, - {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, - {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, - {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, - {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, - {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, - {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, - {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, - {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) - {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, - {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, - {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, - {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, - {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, - {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, - {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп - {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, - {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, - {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, + // Map Cyrillic to HD44780 extended CYRILLIC where possible + {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, + {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, + {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, + {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, + {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, + {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, + {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, + {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, + {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, + {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, - {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, - {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, - {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, - {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, - {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, - {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, - {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, - {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 - //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, + {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, + {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, + {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, + {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, + {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, + {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, + {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, + {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп + {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, + {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, + {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, + {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, + {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, + {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, + {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, + {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, + {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, + {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, + {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 + //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, + + //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + + #endif {IV('↑'), 0xD9, 0}, // 2191 ←↑→↓ {IV('↓'), 0xDA, 0}, // 2193 @@ -613,7 +619,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¢'), 'c', 0}, // A2 {IV('°'), 0x09, 0}, // B0 Marlin special: '°' LCD_STR_DEGREE (0x09) - // map WESTERN code to the plain ASCII + // Map WESTERN code to plain ASCII {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, // C1 {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, // C2 {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, // C3 @@ -697,147 +703,228 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('ˣ'), 'x', 0}, // 02E3 - {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 - {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 - {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 - {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 - {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 - {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 - {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A - {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C - {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E - {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F - {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 - {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 - {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 - {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma - {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ - {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 - {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 - {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 - {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta - {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 - {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A - {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda - {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C - {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D - {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi - {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F - {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi - {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 - {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma - {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 - {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon - {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi - {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 - {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi - {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega - {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA - {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB - {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC - {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD - {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE - {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF - {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 - {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha - {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta - {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma - {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta - {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon - {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta - {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta - {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta - {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota - {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa - {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda - {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu - {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu - {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi - {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF - {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi - {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho - {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 - {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma - {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau - {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon - {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 - {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi - {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi - {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega - {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA - {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB - {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC - {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD - {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_VI) - // map CYRILLIC code to the plain ASCII - {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 - {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 - {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 - {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 - {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 - {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 - {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A - {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E - {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 - {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, - {IV('Э'), 'e'}, - {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, - {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F + // Map Vietnamese phonetics - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 - {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 - {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, - {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 - {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 - {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 - {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, - {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 - {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, - {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A - {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, - {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 't', 0}, - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, - {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, - {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + //{IV('à'), 'a', 0}, {IV('À'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ạ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ả'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ả'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('ã'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('á'), 'á', 0}, {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ă'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ă'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ằ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ằ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẳ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẳ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẵ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẵ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ắ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ắ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ặ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ặ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('â'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ầ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ầ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẩ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẩ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẫ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẫ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ấ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ấ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ậ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ậ'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('đ'), 'd', 0}, + {IV('Đ'), 'D', 0}, + {IV('e'), 'e', 0}, {IV('E'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('è'), 'e', 0}, {IV('È'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẻ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẻ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẽ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẽ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('é'), 'e', 0}, {IV('É'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẹ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẹ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ê'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ê'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ề'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ề'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ể'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ể'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ễ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ễ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ế'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ế'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ệ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ệ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('i'), 'i', 0}, {IV('I'), 'I', 0}, + //{IV('ì'), 'ì', 0}, {IV('Ì'), 'Ì', 0}, + {IV('ỉ'), 'ỉ', 0}, {IV('Ỉ'), 'Ỉ', 0}, + {IV('ĩ'), 'ĩ', 0}, {IV('Ĩ'), 'Ĩ', 0}, + {IV('í'), 'í', 0}, {IV('Í'), 'Í', 0}, + {IV('ị'), 'ị', 0}, {IV('Ị'), 'Ị', 0}, + {IV('o'), 'o', 0}, {IV('O'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ò'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ò'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỏ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỏ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('õ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Õ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ó'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ó'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ọ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ọ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ô'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ô'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ồ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ồ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ổ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ổ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỗ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỗ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ố'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ố'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ộ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ộ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ơ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ơ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ờ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ờ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ở'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ở'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỡ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỡ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ớ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ớ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ợ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ợ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ù'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ù'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ủ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ủ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ũ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ũ'), 'U', 0}, + //{IV('ú'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ú'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ụ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ụ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ư'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ư'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ừ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ừ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ử'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ử'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ữ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ữ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ứ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ứ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ự'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ự'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('y'), 'y', 0}, {IV('Y'), 'Y', 0}, + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK) + + {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 + {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 + {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 + {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 + {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 + {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 + {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A + {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C + {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E + {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F + {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 + {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 + {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 + {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma + {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ + {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 + {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 + {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 + {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta + {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 + {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A + {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda + {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C + {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D + {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi + {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F + {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi + {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 + {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma + {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 + {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon + {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi + {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 + {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi + {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega + {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA + {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB + {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC + {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD + {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE + {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF + {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 + {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha + {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta + {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma + {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta + {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon + {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta + {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta + {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta + {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota + {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa + {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda + {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu + {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu + {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi + {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF + {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi + {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho + {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 + {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma + {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau + {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon + {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 + {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi + {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi + {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega + {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA + {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB + {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC + {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD + {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) + // Map CYRILLIC code to plain ASCII + {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 + {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 + {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 + {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 + {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 + {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 + {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A + {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E + {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 + {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, + {IV('Э'), 'e'}, + {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, + {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F + + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 + {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 + {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, + {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 + {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 + {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 + {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, + {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 + {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, + {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A + {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, + {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 't', 0}, + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, + {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, + {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + #endif {IV('•'), '.', 0}, // 2022 · {IV('℞'), 'P', 'x'}, // 211E ℞ Pt ASCII 158 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp index d6ce8bfdd6..bf57f1dfc2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp @@ -1092,6 +1092,21 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if HAS_FAN2 || thermalManager.fan_speed[2] #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[3] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[4] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[5] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[6] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[7] + #endif ) leds |= LED_C; #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h index f9bfd00cec..fbc7a8128a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_Y - #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0, 10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2) + #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0U, (10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2)) #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT #define STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT (sizeof(status_logo_bmp) / (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp index 0ad5e998ab..c9a55a16e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ #include "ultralcd_DOGM.h" #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../fontutils.h" #include "u8g_fontutf8.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp index 2f6da518bd..8774b72e4f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp @@ -235,13 +235,15 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons UNUSED(blink); #endif - const bool isHeat = BED_ALT(); - const uint8_t tx = STATUS_BED_TEXT_X; const float temp = thermalManager.degBed(), target = thermalManager.degTargetBed(); + #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) || (DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) + const bool isHeat = BED_ALT(); + #endif + #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) #define STATIC_BED true #define BED_DOT isHeat @@ -436,7 +438,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { if (p != lastProgress) { lastProgress = p; - progress_bar_solid_width = u8g_uint_t((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE) * 0.01f); + progress_bar_solid_width = u8g_uint_t((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * (progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) * 0.01f); #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) if (progress == 0) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp index 439078b51e..f5931917ae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) - #include "../../Marlin.h" // for printingIsActive + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for printingIsActive #endif #define TEXT_MODE_LCD_WIDTH 16 @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::on_exit() { ncs(); } -// This is called prior to the KILL screen to +// Called prior to the KILL screen to // clear the screen, preventing a garbled display. void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::clear_text_buffer() { cs(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp index ce0be0e6b3..87094eb804 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { 0x038, // 8 Bit interface (DL=1), basic instruction set (RE=0) 0x00C, // display on, cursor & blink off; 0x08: all off - 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right ,DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift + 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right, DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift 0x002, // disable scroll, enable CGRAM adress 0x001, // clear RAM, needs 1.6 ms U8G_ESC_DLY(100), // delay 100 ms diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp index 8c1dfa3ffe..39e0c43cdd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp @@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ #include #if ENABLED(LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC) + extern void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); + extern void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence_Async(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WaitSequence_Async(); @@ -80,10 +82,6 @@ #define X_HI (X_LO + 2 * WIDTH - 1) #define Y_HI (Y_LO + 2 * HEIGHT - 1) -#define LCD_COLUMN 0x2A /* Colomn address register */ -#define LCD_ROW 0x2B /* Row address register */ -#define LCD_WRITE_RAM 0x2C - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html #define COLOR_BLACK 0x0000 // #000000 @@ -133,113 +131,254 @@ static uint32_t lcd_id = 0; -#define U8G_ESC_DATA(x) (uint8_t)(x >> 8), (uint8_t)(x & 0xFF) +#define ST7789V_CASET 0x2A /* Column address register */ +#define ST7789V_RASET 0x2B /* Row address register */ +#define ST7789V_WRITE_RAM 0x2C /* Write data to GRAM */ -static const uint8_t page_first_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; -static const uint8_t clear_screen_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; +/* Mind the mess: with landscape screen orientation 'Horizontal' is Y and 'Vertical' is X */ +#define ILI9328_HASET 0x20 /* Horizontal GRAM address register (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASET 0x21 /* Vertical GRAM address register (0-511)*/ +#define ILI9328_WRITE_RAM 0x22 /* Write data to GRAM */ -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) +#define ILI9328_HASTART 0x50 /* Horizontal address start position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_HAEND 0x51 /* Horizontal address end position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASTART 0x52 /* Vertical address start position (0-511) */ +#define ILI9328_VAEND 0x53 /* Vertical address end position (0-511) */ - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_left[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(10), U8G_ESC_DATA(159), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_right[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(160), U8G_ESC_DATA(309), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +static void setWindow_ili9328(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax); - static const uint8_t buttonD_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(14), U8G_ESC_DATA(77), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); - static const uint8_t buttonA_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(90), U8G_ESC_DATA(153), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); - static const uint8_t buttonB_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(166), U8G_ESC_DATA(229), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymax); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmax); - static const uint8_t buttonC_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(242), U8G_ESC_DATA(305), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} + +static void setWindow_st7789v(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_CASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_RASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_CASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_RASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} + +static void setWindow_none(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) {} +void (*setWindow)(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) = setWindow_none; + + +#define ESC_REG(x) 0xFFFF, 0x00FF & (uint16_t)x +#define ESC_DELAY(x) 0xFFFF, 0x8000 | (x & 0x7FFF) +#define ESC_END 0xFFFF, 0x7FFF +#define ESC_FFFF 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF + +#ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + void writeEscSequence(const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + LCD_IO_WriteReg(data); + } + } + } +#else + void writeEscSequence8(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } + } + } + + void writeEscSequence16(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } + } + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } #endif -static const uint8_t st7789v_init_sequence[] = { // 0x8552 - ST7789V - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(120), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA0, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x05, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x33, 0x33, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x35, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xBB, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x1F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x2C, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x01, 0xC3, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC4, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x20, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC6, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xD0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA4, 0xA1, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x11, 0x08, 0x0C, 0x15, 0x39, 0x33, 0x50, 0x36, 0x13, 0x14, 0x29, 0x2D, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x10, 0x08, 0x06, 0x06, 0x39, 0x44, 0x51, 0x0B, 0x16, 0x14, 0x2F, 0x31, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, 0x11, 0x35, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t st7789v_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0011), ESC_DELAY(120), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00A0, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00B2), 0x000C, 0x000C, 0x0000, 0x0033, 0x0033, + ESC_REG(0x00B7), 0x0035, + ESC_REG(0x00BB), 0x001F, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x002C, + ESC_REG(0x00C2), 0x0001, 0x00C3, + ESC_REG(0x00C4), 0x0020, + ESC_REG(0x00C6), 0x000F, + ESC_REG(0x00D0), 0x00A4, 0x00A1, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_END }; -static const uint8_t ili9341_init_sequence[] = { // 0x9341 - ILI9341 - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xE8, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x55, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC5, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x3E, 0x28, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x86, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x18, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x23, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x10, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t ili9328_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0001), 0x0100, + ESC_REG(0x0002), 0x0400, + ESC_REG(0x0003), 0x1038, + ESC_REG(0x0004), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0008), 0x0202, + ESC_REG(0x0009), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000C), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000D), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000F), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0007, + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0001, + ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x1690, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0227, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x008C, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x1500, + ESC_REG(0x0029), 0x0004, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x000D, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0050), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0051), 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x0052), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0053), 0x013F, + ESC_REG(0x0020), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0021), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0060), 0x2700, + ESC_REG(0x0061), 0x0001, + ESC_REG(0x006A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0080), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0081), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0082), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0083), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0084), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0085), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0090), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0092), 0x0600, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0133, + ESC_REG(0x0022), + ESC_END +}; + +static const uint16_t ili9341_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00E8, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00C5), 0x003E, 0x0028, + ESC_REG(0x00C7), 0x0086, + ESC_REG(0x00B1), 0x0000, 0x0018, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x0023, + ESC_REG(0x00C1), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_DELAY(100), + ESC_END }; #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) @@ -439,23 +578,55 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u switch (msg) { case U8G_DEV_MSG_INIT: dev->com_fn(u8g, U8G_COM_MSG_INIT, U8G_SPI_CLK_CYCLE_NONE, &lcd_id); - if (lcd_id == 0x040404) return 0; // No connected display on FSMC - if (lcd_id == 0xFFFFFF) return 0; // No connected display on SPI - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x8552) // ST7789V - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, st7789v_init_sequence); - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x9341) // ILI9341 - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, ili9341_init_sequence); + switch(lcd_id & 0xFFFF) { + case 0x8552: // ST7789V + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(st7789v_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, st7789v_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x9328: // ILI9328 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9328_init); + #else + writeEscSequence16(u8g, dev, ili9328_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + case 0x9341: // ILI9341 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9341_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, ili9341_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x0404: // No connected display on FSMC + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + case 0xFFFF: // No connected display on SPI + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + default: + if (lcd_id && 0xFF000000) + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + else + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + } if (preinit) { preinit = false; return u8g_dev_pb8v1_base_fn(u8g, dev, msg, arg); } - // Clear Screen Sequence - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, clear_screen_sequence); + // Clear Screen + setWindow(u8g, dev, 0, 0, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH - 1, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT - 1); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, (320*240)); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH * LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, 160); for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 960; i++) @@ -465,31 +636,25 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u // bottom line and buttons #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + setWindow(u8g, dev, 10, 170, 309, 171); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 600); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 150); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) - u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) + for (uint8_t i = 8; i--;) u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); #endif - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonD_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 14, 185, 77, 224); drawImage(buttonD, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonA_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 90, 185, 153, 224); drawImage(buttonA, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonB_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 166, 185, 229, 224); drawImage(buttonB, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonC_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 242, 185, 305, 224); drawImage(buttonC, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR); #endif // TOUCH_BUTTONS @@ -499,7 +664,7 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_FIRST: page = 0; - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, page_first_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, X_LO, Y_LO, X_HI, Y_HI); break; case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_NEXT: diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp index 1e12ba84d0..cd41373ab4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start[] PROGMEM = { U8G_ESC_ADR(0), // instruction mode U8G_ESC_CS(1), // enable chip - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) UC1701_START_LINE(0), // set display start line to 0 UC1701_ADC_REVERSE(0), // ADC set to reverse UC1701_OUT_MODE(1), // common output mode diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h index 8ff2dbc85b..576de49485 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #define U8G_CLASS U8GLIB_MINI12864_2X_HAL // 4 stripes -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) // The MKS_MINI_12864 V1/V2 aren't exact copies of the MiniPanel. // Panel management is in u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp with diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp index c669294125..0807ca9a99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp @@ -24,7 +24,11 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + +#if HOTENDS > 2 + #error "More than 2 hotends not implemented on the Display UI design." +#endif #include "DGUSDisplay.h" #include "DGUSVPVariable.h" @@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ #include "../../ui_api.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../../gcode/queue.h" @@ -40,6 +44,9 @@ #include "../../../../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../../../../libs/duration_t.h" #include "../../../../module/printcounter.h" +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #include "../../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" +#endif // Preamble... 2 Bytes, usually 0x5A 0xA5, but configurable constexpr uint8_t DGUS_HEADER1 = 0x5A; @@ -52,6 +59,16 @@ constexpr uint8_t DGUS_CMD_READVAR = 0x83; bool dguslcd_local_debug; // = false; #endif +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + typedef struct { + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; // which extruder to operate + uint8_t action; // load or unload + bool heated; // heating done ? + float purge_length; // the length to extrude before unload, prevent filament jam + } filament_data_t; + static filament_data_t filament_data; +#endif + uint16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ConfirmVP; #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -77,67 +94,7 @@ uint8_t DGUSDisplay::rx_datagram_len = 0; bool DGUSDisplay::Initialized = false; bool DGUSDisplay::no_reentrance = false; -#if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -#if DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -class DGUSSerial { -public: - DGUSSerial(); - ~DGUSSerial(); - - r_ring_buffer_pos_t available(); - t_ring_buffer_pos_t GetTxBufferFree(); - void write(const uint8_t c); - - int read(); - - // ISR for Rx - void store_rxd_char(); - // ISR for Tx (UDRE vector) - void tx_udr_empty_irq(); - - inline volatile bool is_rx_overrun() { - return dgus_rx_overrun; - } - - inline void reset_rx_overun() { - dgus_rx_overrun = false; - } - -private: - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_head(); - void atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value); - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - volatile bool dgus_rx_overrun = false; - - struct ring_buffer_r { - volatile r_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - struct ring_buffer_t { - volatile t_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } tx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - #if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - volatile bool rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - volatile uint16_t rx_tail_value_backup = 0; - #endif - -}; - -static DGUSSerial dgusserial; +#define dgusserial DGUS_SERIAL // endianness swap uint16_t swap16(const uint16_t value) { return (value & 0xffU) << 8U | (value >> 8U); } @@ -226,25 +183,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); - - uint8_t days = elapsed.day(), - hours = elapsed.hour() % 24, - minutes = elapsed.minute() % 60, - seconds = elapsed.second() % 60; - - char buf[14], *p = buf; // that two extra bytes saves us some flash... - - if (days) { *p++ = days / 10 + '0'; *p++ = days % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'd'; } - *p++ = hours / 10 + '0'; *p++ = hours % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'h'; - *p++ = minutes / 10 + '0'; *p++ = minutes % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'm'; - *p++ = seconds / 10 + '0'; *p++ = seconds % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 's'; - *p = '\0'; - + char buf[32]; + elapsed.toString(buf); dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintTime, buf, var.size, true); } - - // Send an uint8_t between 0 and 100 to a variable scale to 0..255 void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (var.memadr) { @@ -269,6 +212,103 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable dgusdisplay.WriteVariablePGM(var.VP, tmp, var.size, true); } +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + float value = *(float *)var.memadr; + float valuesend = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + valuesend *= cpow(10, 1); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = valuesend; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + + // Send the accumulate print time to the display. + // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + duration_t elapsed = state.printTime; + elapsed.toString(buf); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintAccTime, buf, var.size, true); + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + sprintf_P(buf, PSTR("%u"), state.totalPrints); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintsTotal, buf, var.size, true); + } + +#endif + +// Send fan status value to the display. +#if FAN_COUNT > 0 + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(uint8_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(uint8_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } + } +#endif + +// Send heater status value to the display. +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(int16_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(int16_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + // In FYSETC UI design there are 10 statuses to loop + static uint16_t period = 0; + static uint16_t index = 0; + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (period++ > DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD) { + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, swap16(index)); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (++index >= DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS) index = 0; + period = 0; + } + } +#endif + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -289,26 +329,19 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable // Don't let the user in the dark why there is no reaction. if (!ExtUI::isMediaInserted()) { - setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); + return; } if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) { - setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); + return; } } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist(DGUS_VP_Variable& var, void *val_ptr) { auto old_top = top_file; - int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); - if (scroll == 0) { - if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { - filelist.upDir(); - top_file = 0; - ForceCompleteUpdate(); - } - } - else { + const int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (scroll) { top_file += scroll; DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile calculated:", top_file); if (top_file < 0) { @@ -322,6 +355,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable } DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile adjusted:", top_file); } + else if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { + filelist.upDir(); + top_file = 0; + ForceCompleteUpdate(); + } if (old_top != top_file) ForceCompleteUpdate(); } @@ -337,6 +375,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable return; } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME) + // Send print filename + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_SD_Print_Filename, filelist.filename(), VP_SD_FileName_LEN, true); + #endif + // Setup Confirmation screen file_to_print = touched_nr; HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, PSTR("Print file"), filelist.filename(), PSTR("from SD Card?"), true, true, false, true); @@ -344,8 +387,14 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (!filelist.seek(file_to_print)) return; - ExtUI::printFile(filelist.filename()); - ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + ExtUI::printFile(filelist.shortFilename()); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen( + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION + #endif + ); } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -368,6 +417,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + if (!ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia()) return; // avoid race condition when user stays in this menu and printer finishes. + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE); + } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable& var) { uint16_t target_line = (var.VP - VP_SD_FileName0) / VP_SD_FileName_LEN; if (target_line > DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN) return; @@ -456,7 +510,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va UpdateNewScreen(target); #ifdef DEBUG_DGUSLCD - if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", x); + if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", target); #endif } @@ -502,10 +556,10 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi uint8_t target_extruder; switch (var.VP) { default: return; - #if (HOTENDS >= 1) + #if HOTENDS >= 1 case VP_Flowrate_E0: target_extruder = 0; break; #endif - #if (HOTENDS >= 2) + #if HOTENDS >= 2 case VP_Flowrate_E1: target_extruder = 1; break; #endif } @@ -519,7 +573,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualExtrude"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); float target = movevalue * 0.01f; @@ -540,14 +594,27 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void skipVP = var.VP; } +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMoveOption"); + *(uint16_t*)var.memadr = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + const uint16_t choice = *(uint16_t*)var.memadr; + movevalue = movevalue > 0 ? choice : -choice; + #endif char axiscode; unsigned int speed = 1500; //FIXME: get default feedrate for manual moves, dont hardcode. switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + case VP_MOVE_X: axiscode = 'X'; if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::X)) goto cannotmove; @@ -568,8 +635,6 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va axiscode = '\0'; movevalue = 0; // ignore value sent from display, this VP is _ONLY_ for homing. break; - - default: return; } if (!movevalue) { @@ -578,7 +643,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va char buf[6] = "G28 X"; buf[4] = axiscode; //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓"); ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); return; @@ -589,7 +654,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va bool old_relative_mode = relative_mode; if (!relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" G91"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G91")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G91")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } char buf[32]; // G1 X9999.99 F12345 @@ -600,18 +665,18 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va int16_t fraction = ABS(movevalue) % 100; snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 %c%s%d.%02d F%d"), axiscode, sign, value, fraction, speed); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (backup_speed != speed) { snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 F%d"), backup_speed); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); } //while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (!old_relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM("G90"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G90")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G90")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } } @@ -625,6 +690,390 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va return; } +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleMotorLockUnlock"); + + char buf[4]; + const int16_t lock = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + strcpy_P(buf, lock ? PSTR("M18") : PSTR("M17")); + + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); +} + +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (value) { + queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION); + } + else { + recovery.cancel(); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + } + } + +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleSettings"); + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (value) { + default: break; + case 1: + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + print_job_timer.initStats(); + #endif + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M502\nM500")); + break; + case 2: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M501")); break; + case 3: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M500")); break; + } +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::axis_t axis; + switch (var.VP) { + case VP_X_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::X; break; + case VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Y; break; + case VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Z; break; + default: return; + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value, axis); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(axis)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break; + #endif + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value,extruder); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(extruder)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t rawvalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V1:", rawvalue); + float value = (float)rawvalue / 10; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V2:", value); + float newvalue = 0; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("V3:", newvalue); + *(float *)var.memadr = newvalue; + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePIDAutotune"); + + char buf[32] = {0}; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: break; + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0: // Autotune Extruder 0 + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + break; + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E-1 C5 S70 U1"); + break; + #endif + } + + if (buf[0]) queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + sendinfoscreen(PSTR("PID is autotuning"), PSTR("please wait"), NUL_STR, NUL_STR, true, true, true, true); + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING); + #endif + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleProbeOffsetZChanged"); + + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr)/100; + ExtUI::setZOffset_mm(value); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleLiveAdjustZ"); + + int16_t flag = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + int16_t steps = flag ? -20 : 20; + ExtUI::smartAdjustAxis_steps(steps,ExtUI::axis_t::Z,true); + ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); + return; + } +#endif + +#if FAN_COUNT + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFanControl"); + *(uint8_t*)var.memadr = *(uint8_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : 255; + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleHeaterControl"); + + uint8_t preheat_temp = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 3 + case VP_E2_CONTROL: + #endif + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + break; + + case VP_BED_CONTROL: + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + break; + } + + *(int16_t*)var.memadr = *(int16_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : preheat_temp; +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePreheat"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + uint8_t bed_temp = 0; + const uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Preheat PLA + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Preheat ABS + #if defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Preheat PET + #if defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Preheat FLEX + #if defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 7: // Custom preheat + break; + case 9: // Cool down + e_temp = 0; + bed_temp = 0; + break; + default: + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + } + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 0); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 1); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + } + + // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentOption"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + filament_data.heated = false; + uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (preheat_option <= 8) // Load filament type + filament_data.action = 1; + else if (preheat_option >= 10) { // Unload filament type + preheat_option -= 10; + filament_data.action = 2; + filament_data.purge_length = DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH; + } + else // Cancel filament operation + filament_data.action = 0; + + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Load PLA + #ifdef PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Load ABS + #if ENABLED(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Load PET + #ifdef PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Load FLEX + #ifdef PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 9: // Cool down + default: + e_temp = 0; + break; + } + + if (filament_data.action == 0) { // Go back to utility screen + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + #endif + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY); + } + else { // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + } + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING); + } + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentLoadUnload"); + if (filament_data.action <= 0) return; + + // If we close to the target temperature, we can start load or unload the filament + if (thermalManager.hotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder) && \ + thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder)) { + float movevalue = DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME; + + if (filament_data.action == 1) { // load filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder)+movevalue; + } + else { // unload filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + // Before unloading extrude to prevent jamming + if (filament_data.purge_length >= 0) { + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) + movevalue; + filament_data.purge_length -= movevalue; + } + else + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) - movevalue; + } + ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(movevalue, filament_data.extruder); + } + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateNewScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens newscreen, bool popup) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SetNewScreen: ", newscreen); @@ -655,7 +1104,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // nothing to do, likely a bug or boring screen. } - // Round-Robbin updating of all VPs. + // Round-robin updating of all VPs. VPList += update_ptr; bool sent_one = false; @@ -669,15 +1118,12 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // Screen completed. } - if (VP == skipVP) { - skipVP = 0; - continue; - } + if (VP == skipVP) { skipVP = 0; continue; } DGUS_VP_Variable rcpy; if (populate_VPVar(VP, &rcpy)) { uint8_t expected_tx = 6 + rcpy.size; // expected overhead is 6 bytes + payload. - // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overruning the Tx Buffer. + // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overrunning the Tx Buffer. // But send at least one VP, to avoid getting stalled. if (rcpy.send_to_display_handler && (!sent_one || expected_tx <= dgusdisplay.GetFreeTxBuffer())) { //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" calling handler for ", rcpy.VP); @@ -697,7 +1143,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { } void DGUSDisplay::loop() { - // protection against recursion… ProcessRx() might call indirectly idle() when trying to injecting gcode commands if the queue is full. + // protect against recursion… ProcessRx() may indirectly call idle() when injecting gcode commands. if (!no_reentrance) { no_reentrance = true; ProcessRx(); @@ -706,18 +1152,25 @@ void DGUSDisplay::loop() { } void DGUSDisplay::InitDisplay() { - RequestScreen( - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT - #else - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + dgusserial.begin(DGUS_BAUDRATE); + + if (true + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + && !recovery.valid() #endif - ); + ) + RequestScreen( + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + #endif + ); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -732,7 +1185,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t values void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariablePGM(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -763,6 +1216,9 @@ bool DGUSScreenVariableHandler::loop() { #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) static bool booted = false; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (!booted && recovery.valid()) booted = true; + #endif if (!booted && ELAPSED(ms, BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT)) { booted = true; GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); @@ -779,13 +1235,16 @@ void DGUSDisplay::RequestScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen) { void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { - if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.is_rx_overrun()) { - // if we've got an overrun, but reset the flag only when we've emptied the buffer - // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); - rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; - dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); - } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) + if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.buffer_overruns()) { + // Overrun, but reset the flag only when the buffer is empty + // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); + rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; + //dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); + dgusserial.flush(); + } + #endif uint8_t receivedbyte; while (dgusserial.available()) { @@ -805,8 +1264,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { case DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN: // Waiting for the length byte rx_datagram_len = dgusserial.read(); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(") "); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len, ") "); // Telegram min len is 3 (command and one word of payload) rx_datagram_state = WITHIN(rx_datagram_len, 3, DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE) ? DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM : DGUS_IDLE; @@ -864,13 +1322,13 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { break; } - // discard what we do not understand. + // discard anything else rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; } } } -size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return dgusserial.GetTxBufferFree(); } +size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE(); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteHeader(uint16_t adr, uint8_t cmd, uint8_t payloadlen) { dgusserial.write(DGUS_HEADER1); @@ -885,210 +1343,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WritePGM(const char str[], uint8_t len) { while (len--) dgusserial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++)); } -// Serial implementation stolen from MarlinSerial.cpp -- but functinality reduced to our use case -// (no XON/XOFF, no Emergency Parser, no error statistics, no support to send from interrupts ...) - -// Define all UART registers -#define _TNAME(X,Y,Z) X##Y##Z -#define TNAME(X,Y,Z) _TNAME(X,Y,Z) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_RX_vect) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_UDRE_vect) -#define DGUS_UCSRxA TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,A) -#define DGUS_UCSRxB TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,B) -#define DGUS_UCSRxC TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,C) -#define DGUS_UBRRxH TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,H) -#define DGUS_UBRRxL TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,L) -#define DGUS_UDRx TNAME(UDR,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - -#define U2Xx TNAME(U2X,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXENx TNAME(RXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXENx TNAME(TXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXCx TNAME(TXC,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXCIEx TNAME(RXCIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDRIEx TNAME(UDRIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDREx TNAME(UDRE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory"); -DGUSSerial::DGUSSerial() { - // Initialize UART - DGUS_UCSRxA = 1 << U2Xx; - const uint16_t baud_setting = (F_CPU / 4 / DGUS_BAUDRATE - 1) / 2; - DGUS_UBRRxH = baud_setting >> 8; - DGUS_UBRRxL = baud_setting; - DGUS_UCSRxC = 0x06; - DGUS_UCSRxB = 1 << RXCIEx | 1 << TXENx | 1 << RXENx; // Enable TX,RX and the RX interrupts. -} - -DGUSSerial::~DGUSSerial() { DGUS_UCSRxB = 0; } - -// "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts: -// This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called -// from the RX ISR itself! -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_head() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Keep reading until 2 consecutive reads return the same value, - // meaning there was no update in-between caused by an interrupt. - // This works because serial RX interrupts happen at a slower rate - // than successive reads of a variable, so 2 consecutive reads with - // the same value means no interrupt updated it. - r_ring_buffer_pos_t vold, vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - do { - vold = vnew; - vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - } while (vold != vnew); - return vnew; - #else - // With an 8bit index, reads are always atomic. No need for special handling - return rx_buffer.head; - #endif -} - -// Set RX tail index, taking into account the RX ISR could interrupt -// the write to this variable in the middle - So a backup strategy -// is used to ensure reads of the correct values. -// -Must NOT be called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value) { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Store the new value in the backup - rx_tail_value_backup = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Flag we are about to change the true value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = true; - sw_barrier(); - // Store the new value - rx_buffer.tail = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Signal the new value is completely stored into the value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - sw_barrier(); - #else - rx_buffer.tail = value; - #endif -} - -// Get the RX tail index, taking into account the read could be -// interrupting in the middle of the update of that index value -// -Called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_tail() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // If the true index is being modified, return the backup value - if (rx_tail_value_not_stable) return rx_tail_value_backup; - #endif - // The true index is stable, return it - return rx_buffer.tail; -} - -// (called with RX interrupts disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::store_rxd_char() { - // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while this ISR is executing, but there's - // a chance that this ISR interrupted the main process while it was updating the index. - // The backup mechanism ensures the correct value is always returned. - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - // Get the head pointer - This ISR is the only one that modifies its value, so it's safe to read here - r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head; - - // Get the next element - r_ring_buffer_pos_t i = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (h + 1) & (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Read the character from the USART - uint8_t c = DGUS_UDRx; - - // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail - // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is - // full, so don't write the character or advance the head. - if (i != t) { - rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c; - h = i; - } - else - dgus_rx_overrun = true; - - // Store the new head value - The main loop will retry until the value is stable - rx_buffer.head = h; -} - -// (called with TX irqs disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::tx_udr_empty_irq() { - // Read positions - uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail; - const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head; - // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could - // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX - // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect. - if (h == t) { - CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed) - return; - } - - // There is something to TX, Send the next byte - const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (t + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - DGUS_UDRx = c; - tx_buffer.tail = t; - - // Clear the TXC bit (by writing a one to its bit location). - // Ensures flush() won't return until the bytes are actually written/ - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - - // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte - if (h == t) CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); -} - -r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::available() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail; - return (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE + h - t) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); -} - -int DGUSSerial::read() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(); - - // Read the tail. Main thread owns it, so it is safe to directly read it - r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail; - - // If nothing to read, return now - if (h == t) return -1; - - // Get the next char - const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (t + 1) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Advance tail - Making sure the RX ISR will always get an stable value, even - // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle. - atomic_set_rx_tail(t); - return v; -} - -void DGUSSerial::write(const uint8_t c) { - // are we currently tranmitting? If not, we can just place the byte in UDR. - if (!TEST(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx) && TEST(DGUS_UCSRxA, UDREx)) { - DGUS_UDRx = c; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - return; - } - - const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - while (i == tx_buffer.tail) sw_barrier(); - - // Store new char. head is always safe to move - tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c; - tx_buffer.head = i; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // Enable Interrupts to finish off. -} - -t_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::GetTxBufferFree() { - const t_ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. - h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. - int ret = t - h - 1; - if (ret < 0) ret += DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE + 1; - return ret; -} - -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT) { dgusserial.tx_udr_empty_irq(); } -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT) { dgusserial.store_rxd_char(); } - -#endif // DGUS_LCD +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h index 46d451a1d9..698f825c5d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "DGUSVPVariable.h" enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t; @@ -116,10 +116,52 @@ public: static void HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for "Change Flowrate" static void HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + // Hook for manual move option + static void HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif // Hook for manual move. static void HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for manual extrude. static void HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for motor lock and unlook + static void HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + // Hook for power loss recovery. + static void HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for settings + static void HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + // Hook for "Change this temperature PID para" + static void HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for PID autotune + static void HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for "Change probe offset z" + static void HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + // Hook for live z adjust action + static void HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + // Hook for fan control + static void HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for heater control + static void HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + // Hook for preheat + static void HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + // Hook for filament load and unload filament option + static void HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for filament load and unload + static void HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Callback for VP "Display wants to change screen when there is a SD card" @@ -134,6 +176,8 @@ public: static void DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// User confirmed the abort action static void DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + /// User hit the tune button + static void DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// Send a single filename to the display. static void DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); /// Marlin informed us that a new SD has been inserted. @@ -164,8 +208,20 @@ public: static void DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + static void DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + static void DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + static void DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif /// Send a value from 0..100 to a variable with a range from 0..255 static void DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); @@ -199,6 +255,25 @@ public: } } + /// Send a float value to the display. + /// Display will get a 2-byte integer scaled to the number of digits: + /// Tell the display the number of digits and it cheats by displaying a dot between... + template + static void DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + float f = *(float *)var.memadr; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" >> ", f, 6); + f *= cpow(10, decimals); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = f; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } + } + /// Force an update of all VP on the current screen. static inline void ForceCompleteUpdate() { update_ptr = 0; ScreenComplete = false; } /// Has all VPs sent to the screen diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h index f90cfa948b..b79ea2cff6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h @@ -38,155 +38,13 @@ struct VPMapping { extern const struct VPMapping VPMap[]; -enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 20, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 30, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 32, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 40, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE=42, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE = 44, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" - DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 -}; - -// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) -// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... - -// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display -// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version -// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) -// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed -// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused - -// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, -// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. - -// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. - -// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; - -// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. -// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. -// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. -constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. - -constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. - -// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) - -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) - -// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values -// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) -// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us -// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; -constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; - -// Firmware version on the boot screen. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. - -// Place for status messages. -constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; -constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; - -// Temperatures. -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer - -// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer - -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer - -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer - -// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; - -constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) -constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) - -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106; -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10; - -// Actual Position -constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy -constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy -constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy - -constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy - -// SDCard File Listing -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. -constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; - -// SPs for certain variables... -// located at 0x5000 and up -// Not used yet! -// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; - // List of VPs handled by Marlin / The Display. extern const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[]; + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h" +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d953b88c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + +#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#include "DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E1], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + #endif + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe_offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca465697f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 10, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 18, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 192, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 71, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 73, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 75, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 212, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 214, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 218, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 30, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c25f64b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + +#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#include "DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + #endif + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe_offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..776b78f11a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 17, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 40, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 86, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 48, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 70, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 80, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 76, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 82, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 84, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 3, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 7, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 9, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 122, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 126, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 128, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 131, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp similarity index 55% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp index de15d54597..ca56052829 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp @@ -24,16 +24,21 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) #include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" #include "DGUSDisplay.h" #include "../../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../ultralcd.h" +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { VP_MARLIN_VERSION, 0x0000 @@ -49,7 +54,7 @@ const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E1_I, VP_T_E1_S, + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, @@ -63,16 +68,16 @@ const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E1_I, VP_T_E1_S, + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, #endif VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, - VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, 0x0000 @@ -102,7 +107,7 @@ const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { }; const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { - VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, 0x0000 }; @@ -150,15 +155,33 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { // Helper to detect touch events VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + #endif VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr @@ -171,39 +194,82 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_S, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 3 - #error More than 2 Hotends currently not implemented on the Display UI design. + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + #endif #endif - // Fan Data. - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VPHELPER(VP_Fan_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) #endif - // Feedrate. + // Feedrate VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), - // Position Data. + // Position Data VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - // Print Progress. - VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + #endif // Print Time VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif // SDCard File listing. #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -217,6 +283,17 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe_offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), #endif // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. @@ -228,4 +305,4 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. }; -#endif // DGUS_LCD +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c76363094 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 20, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 30, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 32, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 40, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE=42, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE = 44, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT=120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY=110, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING=146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING=148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING=158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 170, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_CONTROL = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_CONTROL = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_CONTROL = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_CONTROL = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_CONTROL = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x33A2; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x33A4; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x33A6; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h index 1863d0ec29..854b8897b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h @@ -179,5 +179,5 @@ #else - #error Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE board specified. To add a new board, modify "ftdi_eve_boards.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE board specified. To add a new board, modify 'ftdi_eve_boards.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp index d21511856f..f57d2d896a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ uint16_t CLCD::FontMetrics::get_text_width(progmem_str str, size_t n) const { /************************** HOST COMMAND FUNCTION *********************************/ void CLCD::host_cmd (unsigned char host_command, unsigned char byte2) { // Sends 24-Bit Host Command to LCD - if (host_command != ACTIVE) { + if (host_command != FTDI::ACTIVE) { host_command |= 0x40; } spi_ftdi_select(); @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ void CLCD::init() { host_cmd(CLKINT, 0); } - host_cmd(ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock + host_cmd(FTDI::ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock /* read the device-id until it returns 0x7c or times out, should take less than 150ms */ uint8_t counter; @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ void CLCD::default_display_orientation() { #endif } #elif ANY(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT, TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED) - #error PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800 + #error "PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800." #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_INVERTED) mem_write_32(REG::ROTATE, 1); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h index e1439a75c6..471530cadf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h @@ -124,5 +124,5 @@ } #else - #error Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify "ftdi_eve_resolutions.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify 'ftdi_eve_resolutions.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h index 0ef9779c71..ef2b23a3a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h @@ -210,7 +210,9 @@ #define ENABLED(b) _CAT(SWITCH_ENABLED_, b) #define DISABLED(b) !ENABLED(b) #define ANY(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) + #define EITHER(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) #define BOTH(A,B) (ENABLED(A) && ENABLED(B)) + #define NONE(A,B) (DISABLED(A) && DISABLED(B)) // Remove compiler warning on an unused variable #ifndef UNUSED diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp index 5d33fc850f..624c58576c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ -#include "../../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "language.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp index cd5cda4a71..aabc5ef27a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp @@ -130,6 +130,28 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t, const int8_t, const float) { } #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:", rst); + switch (rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT); + break; + case PID_DONE: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); + break; + } + GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + } + #endif // HAS_PID_HEATING } #endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h index c2818570f1..d474644b8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #ifdef CR10_TFT_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_DEPRECATED_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_D4 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_ENABLE @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP2_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_SPI_CS BTN_EN1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp index 58a545937c..016996e265 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS)) .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) .enabled( - #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) 1 #endif ) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp index 6964a468a9..d9910ffa04 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp @@ -45,19 +45,19 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); - w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); + w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); + w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); #endif - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); w.increments(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.toggle (8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); + w.toggle(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE - w.toggle (9, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); + w.toggle(9, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); if (screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets) { char str[19]; @@ -69,38 +69,37 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { dtostrf(getZOffset_mm(), 4, 2, str); strcat(str, " "); strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); #endif - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + #if HOTENDS > 1 format_position(str, getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU), str); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU), str); #endif } #endif } bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { - const float inc = getIncrement(); + const float inc = getIncrement(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; + const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; #else constexpr bool link = true; #endif int16_t steps; switch (tag) { - case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x -= steps; break; - case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x += steps; break; - case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y -= steps; break; - case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y += steps; break; - case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z -= steps; break; - case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z += steps; break; + case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x -= steps; break; + case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x += steps; break; + case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y -= steps; break; + case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y += steps; break; + case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z -= steps; break; + case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z += steps; break; #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; + case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; #endif - case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; - default: - return false; + case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; + default: return false; } #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE SaveSettingsDialogBox::settingsChanged(); @@ -112,9 +111,9 @@ bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { if (tag == 1) { SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); return true; - } else { - return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } + else + return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } void NudgeNozzleScreen::onIdle() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h index 4e6d8d3e2d..176c8145e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ class SpinnerDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public CachedScreen { private: static void draw_axis_position(draw_mode_t); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/status_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/status_screen.cpp index bc2cce2ff6..e71f200a35 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/status_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/status_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h index 95494bbae8..933e91db80 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ namespace Theme { constexpr uint32_t gray_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.78); constexpr uint32_t gray_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.91); // Lightest - #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) // Lulzbot TAZ Pro constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = gray_color_1; constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = gray_color_2; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp index 253017493f..8c8133f22b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif { #if HOTENDS - static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = heater - H0; thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); #endif @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { value *= TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING; #endif #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = extruder - E0; enableHeater(extruder); thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h index ea5eaa8b74..536da132c0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { enum axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z }; enum extruder_t : uint8_t { E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 }; enum heater_t : uint8_t { H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, BED, CHAMBER }; - enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5 }; + enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7 }; + enum result_t : uint8_t { PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM, PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH, PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT, PID_DONE }; constexpr uint8_t extruderCount = EXTRUDERS; constexpr uint8_t hotendCount = HOTENDS; @@ -318,6 +319,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onLoadSettings(const char *); void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success); void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume(); + #endif + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst); + #endif }; /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp index c2daacd70a..04b30acf83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp @@ -28,12 +28,14 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD #include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" #include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h" #include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +extern const char NUL_STR[]; + namespace ExtUI { void onStartup() { @@ -44,15 +46,26 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onIdle() { ScreenHandler.loop(); } void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P error, PGM_P component) { - extern const char NUL_STR[]; ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED), error, NUL_STR, GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true); ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL); while (!ScreenHandler.loop()); // Wait while anything is left to be sent } - void onMediaInserted() { ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); } - void onMediaError() { ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); } - void onMediaRemoved() { ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); } + void onMediaInserted() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); + #endif + } + void onMediaError() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); + #endif + } + void onMediaRemoved() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); + #endif + } void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration) {} void onPrintTimerStarted() {} @@ -75,8 +88,69 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { ScreenHandler.setstatusmessage(msg); } void onFactoryReset() {} - void onLoadSettings() {} - void onStoreSettings() {} -} + void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // into buff. -#endif // DGUS_LCD + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(buff, &myDataStruct, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // from buff + + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(&myDataStruct, buff, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // whether successful or not. + } + + void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // whether successful or not. + } + + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { + // Called when any mesh points are updated + } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS); + } + #endif + + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:",rst); + switch(rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM)); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH)); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT)); + break; + case PID_DONE: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED)); + break; + } + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); + } + #endif + +} +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp index 9a00db5f80..5e65af7381 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onFactoryReset() {} void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { - // This is called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes // into buff. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { - // This is called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes // from buff @@ -80,18 +80,30 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, // whether successful or not. } void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, // whether successful or not. } void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { - // This is called when any mesh points are updated + // Called when any mesh points are updated } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + } + #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + } + #endif } #endif // EXTUI_EXAMPLE && EXTENSIBLE_UI diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp index fdccd082c3..ffa6d0df70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD #include "ultralcd.h" - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #endif #include "fontutils.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h index aa96ed531b..c4fbbe1be6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Boquilla ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ixoriador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ixoriador ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ixoriador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Restaurar memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Tornar a cargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Informacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informacion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Achustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impresion"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h index f13735f700..19e0b90e52 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Легло"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Вентилатор"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Вентилатор ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Вентилатор ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Поток"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Поток ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Управление"); @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зареди от EPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Фабрични настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обнови"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Преглед"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Преглед"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Действия"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настройка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Пауза"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h index 102473d757..d1cc0cf7bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Llit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VViatge min"); @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carrega memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Restaura valors"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualitza"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantalla Info."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla Info."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausa impressio"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h index 23db2ac751..6a65f09407 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h @@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. ="); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Průtok"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Průtok ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládaní"); @@ -266,14 +266,6 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID automatika"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID automatika *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrat"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrat *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrychl"); @@ -323,7 +315,7 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizace z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset tiskárny"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnovit"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info obrazovka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Připrava tisku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladění tisku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustit tisk"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h index 0aece36234..67baf9d217 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Plade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = _UxGT(" \002 Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = _UxGT(" \002 Max"); @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hent fra EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Gendan failsafe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Genopfrisk"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info skærm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info skærm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Forbered"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause printet"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Forsæt printet"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h index e2c604c83a..6d5b665dbf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h @@ -245,14 +245,6 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto Temperatur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("an"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("aus"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Auswählen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Auswählen *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Beschleunigung"); @@ -303,7 +295,7 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("FW Update vom Medium"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Drucker neustarten"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aktualisieren"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Vorbereitung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Justierung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Starte Druck"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h index 8f95cf63e0..6ebae11576 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h index dc05e356f7..c2acbf400a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); @@ -102,14 +102,6 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Αυτομ. ρύθμιση θερμοκρασίας"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_A; @@ -120,7 +112,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vμεγ *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vμεγ *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vελαχ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -148,7 +140,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h index 0ce4100d2f..a0e54b5b31 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h @@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Enclosure"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Speed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Speed ="); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Stored Fan ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Speed ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Stored Fan ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); @@ -265,6 +265,8 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Select"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Select *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Media Update"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset Printer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Refresh"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info Screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info Screen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepare"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Tune"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start Print"); @@ -393,6 +395,9 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s First"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Probe Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe X Offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Y Offset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Z Offset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h index 6a69de275e..1a54244c16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Recinto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ventilador ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flujo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flujo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Actualizar SD/USB"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetear Impresora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Recargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Iniciar impresión"); @@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Auto-Prueba"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reiniciar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo Software"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo 5V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo OD"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h index 29292157c7..1ef40626d6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h @@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Pita ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Ohea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxua"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxua ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrola"); @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Larri. berriz."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM-a hasieratu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Berriz kargatu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantaila info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantaila info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prestatu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doitu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausatu inprimak."); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h index f262eee2b4..a9a65709a8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace Language_fi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Suutin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Alusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Virtaus"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Virtaus ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrolli"); @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ namespace Language_fi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Lataa muistista"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Palauta oletus"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Päivitä"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Seuraa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Seuraa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Valmistele"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Säädä"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Keskeytä tulostus"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h index 3dc6f69a4e..2d47744e49 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h @@ -99,16 +99,16 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Niveau du lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Niveau des coins"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Coin suivant"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Edition Maillage"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifier maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Arrêt édit. maillage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Modif. maille"); // 13 car. max + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Modification arrêtée"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valeur Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Commandes perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Touche point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Ecart sonde Z M48"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Ecart"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Point M48"); @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("Buse 2 X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("Buse 2 Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("Buse 2 Z"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Chauffe lit"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Chauffe buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26: Chauffage du lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Buse en chauffe..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Amorce manuelle..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Amorce longueur fixe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Amorce terminée"); @@ -142,60 +142,60 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Température buse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Editer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Editer maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Réglage fin maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Terminer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Créer maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Créer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Créer maille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Créer maille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Créer maille froide"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajuster haut. maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hauteur"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Valider maille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Valider maille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Valider maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Modif. grille perso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Terminer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Créer la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Créer grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajuster haut. couche"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hauteur (x0.1mm)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Impr. grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuer grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par mailles"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau grille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Maille de niveau"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Point latéral"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Effectuer mesures"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Points latéraux"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Type de carte"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Voir maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Voir pour hôte"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Voir pour CSV"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Voir pour sauveg."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Voir info UBL"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Taux de remplissage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Exporter grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Export pour hôte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Export en CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Export sauvegarde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Infos debug UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Nombre de points"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage manuel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage auto"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Maille remplissage"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tout annuler"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Annuler le plus près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Remplissage grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tout effacer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Effacer le + près"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Réglage fin (proche)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Stockage maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Réglage fin + près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Stockage grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot mémoire"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Charger maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Sauver maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Maille %i chargée"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Maille %i enreg."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Charger la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Stocker la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("Grille %i chargée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("Grille %i enreg."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Pas de mémoire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Enreg. UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Ouvrir UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Offset: "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Décal. Z arrêté"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Pas à pas"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Créer maille froide"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Remplissage auto"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Sauver maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Assistant UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Compléter auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Stocker grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Contrôle LED"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Lumière"); @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Caisson"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. "); // 15 car. max - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. ="); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Vit. enreg. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Vit. enreg. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra ventil. "); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra ventil. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra ventil. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("MaJ Firmware SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("RaZ imprimante"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualiser"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Surveiller"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Surveiller"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Préparer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Régler"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Démarrer impression"); @@ -365,6 +365,9 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Déployer Sonde Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ranger Sonde Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Origine %s%s%s Premier"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Position sonde Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Butée abandon"); @@ -406,7 +409,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau linéaire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau bilinéaire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau maillage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Stats. imprimante"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Infos carte"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistances"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h index 383bec9fd5..d6f6d941b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ namespace Language_gl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar de memo."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Cargar de firm."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Volver a cargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Monitorizacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizacion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Axustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impres."); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h index 573ebb9f1a..65562204fc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ namespace Language_hr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Učitaj memoriju"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Učitaj failsafe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Osvježi"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info screen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Pripremi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pauziraj print"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Nastavi print"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h index 8deb208ad2..66b45f2987 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h @@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Piatto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Camera"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventola"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventola ="); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ventola mem. ="); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventola ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ventola mem. ~"); // Max 15 characters PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra vel.vent."); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. ="); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. ~"); // Max 15 characters PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flusso"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flusso ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controllo"); @@ -255,14 +255,6 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Off"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seleziona"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seleziona *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -312,7 +304,7 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aggiorna media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetta stampante"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aggiorna"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Schermata info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Schermata info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Regola"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Avvia stampa"); @@ -391,7 +383,10 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai Sonda-Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s prima"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Offsets sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset X sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Y sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Z sonda"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h index 80be159a8e..81580b71ed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h @@ -110,14 +110,6 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("ジドウオンドセイギョ"); // "Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("オン"); // "On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("オフ"); // "Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("センタク"); // "Select" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("センタク *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("カソクド mm/s²"); // "Accel" @@ -151,7 +143,7 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMカラヨミコミ"); // "Load memory" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("セッテイリセット"); // "Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("リフレッシュ"); // "Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン"); // "Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン"); // "Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("ジュンビセッテイ"); // "Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("チョウセイ"); // "Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("イチジテイシ"); // "Pause print" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h index ac2b7b68f7..7d33ccc508 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ namespace Language_ko_KR { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("노즐 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("베드"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("펜 속도"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("펜 속도 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("펜 속도 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("온도"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("동작"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("설정 저장하기"); @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ namespace Language_ko_KR { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("설정 되돌리기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM 초기화"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("새로고침"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("처음으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("처음으로"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("준비하기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("일시정지"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("재시작"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h index d7305d3ea3..1d9955c811 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan snelheid"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan snelheid ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan snelheid ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Geheugen laden"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Noodstop reset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ververs"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info scherm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info scherm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Voorbereiden"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afstellen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Print pauzeren"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h index b38d21f814..972f5044b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Stół"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Obudowa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Przepływ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Przepływ ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ustawienia"); @@ -254,14 +254,6 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Wył."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Wybierz"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Wybierz *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie"); @@ -311,7 +303,7 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Uaktualnij kartę"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetuj drukarkę"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Odswież"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Ekran główny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Ekran główny"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Przygotuj"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Strojenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start wydruku"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h index 769b1fc463..b96839e1f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controlo"); @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carregar da memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Rest. de emergen."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT(" Recarregar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Monitorizar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afinar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h index cc455c1658..93451bc971 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Bocal ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Mesa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Vazão"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Vazão ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controle"); @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Atualiz. SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetar Impressora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Atualização"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Informações"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informações"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h index 410688c54c..d7e4de5dd2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Другие настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Автостарт"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Выкл. двигатели"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Выключить двигатели"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Меню отладки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Тест индикатора"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Авто парковка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Автопарковка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Парковка X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Парковка Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Парковка Z"); @@ -88,9 +88,13 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Следующий угол"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Редактировать сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Точка сетки:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Индекс X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Индекс Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Значение Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Свои команды"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Проверка датчика Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Проверка Z-датчика"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Отклонение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Измерение"); @@ -112,13 +116,13 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Активировать UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Деактивировать UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Температура стола"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Редактор сеток"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Редакт. свою сетку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Точная настр. сетки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Править свою сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Точная правка сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Правка сетки завершена"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Построить свою сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Построить сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Построить сетку ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; @@ -140,17 +144,17 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Вывести карту сетки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Вывести на хост"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Вывести в CSV"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Забекапить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Резервировать сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Вывод информации UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Кол-во заполнителя"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ручное заполнение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Умное заполнение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Заполнить сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Аннулировать всё"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Аннулир. ближ. точку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Обнулить ближ. точку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Точная правка всего"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Настр. ближ. точки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Хранилище сетей"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Хранилище сеток"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Слот памяти"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Загрузить сетку стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Сохранить сетку стола"); @@ -169,23 +173,23 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Точная настр. всего"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Сохранить сетку стола"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройки LED"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Подсветку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройка подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Подсветка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Предустановки света"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Красный свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Оранжевый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Жёлтый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Зелёный свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Синий свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Индиго свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Фиолетовый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Белый свет"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Красный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Оранжевый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Жёлтый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Зелёный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Синий"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Индиго"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Фиолетовый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Белый"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Свет по умолчанию"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Свои настр. света"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Интенсивн. красного"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Интенсивн. зелёного"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Интенсивн. синего"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Интенсивн. белого"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Свой цвет подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Уровень красного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Уровень зелёного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Уровень синего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Уровень белого"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Движемся..."); @@ -195,6 +199,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Движение по Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Экструдер"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Экструдер *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Сопло не нагрето"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Движение %sмм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Движение 0.1мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Движение 1мм"); @@ -217,14 +222,6 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпература"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Вкл."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Выкл."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Выбор"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Выбор *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Ускорение"); @@ -273,7 +270,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Обновление прошивки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Сброс принтера"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обновить"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Информационный экран"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Главный экран"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Подготовить"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настроить"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Начало печати"); @@ -305,7 +302,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Возврат смены мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Возврат V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("Возврат смены V"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Авто Втягивание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Автовтягивание"); // TODO: Filament Change Swap / Purge Length @@ -323,18 +320,21 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Активировать SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Сменить SD карту"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Деактивировать SD"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z датчик вне стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-датчик вне стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Фактор наклона"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Тестирование BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Сброс BLTouch"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Установка BLTouch"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Набивка BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Опустить BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Поднять BLTouch"); // TODO: TouchMI Probe, Manual deploy/stow PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Паркуй %s%s%s сначала"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Отступы Z-датчика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение по X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение по Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение по Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Микрошаг X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Микрошаг Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Микрошаг Z"); @@ -374,21 +374,23 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Высота"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Радиус"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("О принтере"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Инф. о принтере"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Данные принтера"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Линейная калибровка"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Билинейная калибр."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка линейная"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка билинейная"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка сетки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Статистика принтера"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Информация о плате"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Данные платы"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Термисторы"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Экструдеры"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Бод"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Скорость БОД"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Протокол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Выкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Вкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Подсветка корпуса"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость подсветки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Неверный принтер"); #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 @@ -404,8 +406,8 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Наидольшее"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Выдавлено"); #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Мин. Т"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Макс. Т"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура мин."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура макс"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("БП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Сила привода"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Привод %"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h index 3c52eecd74..b21e8d05bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h @@ -243,9 +243,10 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Prietok"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Prietok ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládanie"); @@ -257,14 +258,6 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrať"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrať *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrýchlenie"); @@ -314,7 +307,7 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizovať z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reštart. tlačiar."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnoviť"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info. obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info. obrazovka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Príprava tlače"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladenie tlače"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustiť tlač"); @@ -387,13 +380,16 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("POZOR: Zlé nastav. môže spôsobiť poškoden. Pokračovať?"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inicializ. TouchMI"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test ofsetu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z ofsetu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Uložiť"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Zasunúť TouchMI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Zasunúť sondu Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Vysunúť sondu Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Najskôr os %s%s%s domov"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ofsety sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("X ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Y ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z ofset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h index b03d92039a..9278283a5a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(DISPLAYTEST) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Display test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Display test"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = STRG_OKTAL_b; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = STRG_OKTAL_c; #endif @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(WEST) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(CYRIL) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(KANA) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h index 24b9e9137a..e68b62228d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h @@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozul ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Tabla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Hızı"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Hızı ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Hızı ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Akış"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Akış ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("SD Güncellemesi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Yazıcıyı Resetle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Yenile"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Hazırlık"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ayar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Duraklat"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h index a81778f8c5..f7234fb83f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Сопло ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Стіл"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Охолодж."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Охолодж. ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Охолодж. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Потік"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Потік ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Налаштування"); @@ -102,14 +102,6 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпер."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Увімк."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Вимк."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Вибрати"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Вибрати *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Приск."); @@ -149,7 +141,7 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зчитати з ПЗП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Відновити базові"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Поновити"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Інформація"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Інформація"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Підготувати"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Підлаштування"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Призупинити друк"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h index 344826efa6..b5ecd019ac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h @@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Đầu phun ~"); // Nozzle PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bàn"); // bed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt"); // fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt ="); // fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt ~"); // fan speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ"); // Extra fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ ="); // Extra fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ ~"); // Extra fan speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Điều khiển"); // Control @@ -222,14 +222,6 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tự động"); // Autotemp PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Bật"); // on PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Tắt"); // off - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Lựa"); // Select PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Lựa *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Tăng Tốc"); @@ -279,7 +271,7 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Cập Nhật phương tiện"); // Update media PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Bặt Lại Máy In"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Cập Nhật"); // Refresh - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin"); // Info screen + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin"); // Info screen PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Chuẩn bị"); // Prepare PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Điều Chỉnh"); // Tune PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Tạm dừng in"); // Pause print diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h index 8d13210623..4e730924e2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h @@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 热床"); //"Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("风扇速率"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("风扇速率 ="); //"Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("风扇速率 ~"); //"Fan speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("额外风扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 ="); // "Extra fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 ~"); // "Extra fan speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("挤出速率"); //"Flow" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("挤出速率 ~"); //"Flow" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" @@ -199,14 +199,6 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自动控温"); //"Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("开"); //"On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("关"); //"Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); //"PID-P" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); //"PID-I" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); //"PID-D" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); //"PID-C" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("选择"); //"Select" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("选择 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration @@ -251,7 +243,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("恢复安全值"); //"Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化设置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("信息屏"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("信息屏"); //"Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("准备"); //"Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("调整"); //"Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暂停打印"); //"Pause print" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h index 58c7dc705b..f260836916 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h @@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 熱床"); //"Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("風扇速率"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("風扇速率 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("風扇速率 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("額外風扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("擠出速率"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("擠出速率 ~"); //"Flow" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" @@ -199,14 +199,6 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自動控溫"); //"Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("開"); //"On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("關"); //"Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); //"PID-P" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); //"PID-I" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); //"PID-D" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); //"PID-C" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("選擇"); //"Select" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("選擇 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration @@ -251,7 +243,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("恢復安全值"); //"Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化設置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("資訊界面"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("資訊界面"); //"Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("準備"); //"Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("調整"); //"Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暫停列印"); //"Pause print" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp index f4a2e6cbbd..2bae1258e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void MenuItem_bool::action(PGM_P const, bool * const ptr, screenFunc_t callback) ///////////////// Menu Tree //////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" bool printer_busy() { return planner.movesplanned() || printingIsActive(); @@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { if (ui.should_draw()) { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) if (!do_probe) - MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z), ftostr43sign(hotend_offset[active_extruder].z)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z), LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(hotend_offset[active_extruder].z)); else #endif - MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), ftostr43sign(probe_offset.z)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(probe_offset.z)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY) if (do_probe) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(probe_offset.z); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h index ce821d0dd2..5c7fc77306 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern int8_t encoderLine, encoderTopLine, screen_items; #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); #endif void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu); @@ -47,6 +47,14 @@ typedef void (*selectFunc_t)(); void _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(const float zvalue); #endif +#if Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN >= -9 && Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX <= 9 + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(N) ftostr54sign(N) + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float43 +#else + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(N) ftostr52sign(N) + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float52 +#endif + //////////////////////////////////////////// ///////////// Base Menu Items ////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -350,7 +358,7 @@ class MenuItem_bool : public MenuEditItemBase { * MenuItem_::action(arg3...) * * Examples: - * BACK_ITEM(MSG_WATCH) + * BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN) * MenuItem_back::action(plabel, ...) * MenuItem_back::draw(sel, row, plabel, ...) * diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp index 3deb5ec043..ec03a0066c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp @@ -114,9 +114,8 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, N, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N], 0, 999) for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(n); + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); #endif #endif @@ -124,12 +123,10 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED, &parser.volumetric_enabled, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); if (parser.volumetric_enabled) { - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[0], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_DIAM(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float43, N, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E, &planner.filament_size[N], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) EDIT_FIL_DIAM(n); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float43, n, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E, &planner.filament_size[n], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); #endif } #endif @@ -143,20 +140,16 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); #endif ; - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[0].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, N, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E, &fc_settings[N].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(n); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); #endif - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[0].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_LOAD(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, N, MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E, &fc_settings[N].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) EDIT_FIL_LOAD(n); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); #endif #endif @@ -252,6 +245,12 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(4); #if HOTENDS > 5 DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(5); + #if HOTENDS > 6 + DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(6); + #if HOTENDS > 7 + DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(7); + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -307,7 +306,7 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ - EDIT_ITEM(float3, PID_LABEL(MSG_PID_F,N), &PID_PARAM(Kf, N), 1, 9990) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float3, N, MSG_PID_F_E, &PID_PARAM(Kf, N), 1, 9990) #else #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) #endif @@ -337,6 +336,12 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(4); #if HOTENDS > 5 PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(5); + #if HOTENDS > 6 + PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(6); + #if HOTENDS > 7 + PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(7); + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -385,12 +390,12 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); EDIT_VMAX(B); EDIT_VMAX(C); - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_VMAX_E(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, N, MSG_VMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(N)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e) + #if E_STEPPERS EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) EDIT_VMAX_E(n); - #elif E_STEPPERS - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_VMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(n)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); #endif // M205 S Min Feedrate @@ -434,15 +439,14 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); #endif #define EDIT_AMAX(Q,L) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_##Q, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[_AXIS(Q)], L, max_accel_edit_scaled[_AXIS(Q)], []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }) - EDIT_AMAX(A,100); EDIT_AMAX(B,100); EDIT_AMAX(C, 10); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_AMAX_E(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(long5_25, N, MSG_AMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(N)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ _reset_e_acceleration_rate(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) EDIT_AMAX_E(n); + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(long5_25, n, MSG_AMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(n)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ _reset_e_acceleration_rate(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #elif E_STEPPERS EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); #endif @@ -488,29 +492,41 @@ void menu_cancelobject(); END_MENU(); } - // M92 Steps-per-mm - void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { - START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - - #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_##Q##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }) - EDIT_QSTEPS(A); - EDIT_QSTEPS(B); - EDIT_QSTEPS(C); - - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_ESTEPS(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float51, N, MSG_EN_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(N)], 5, 9999, []{ _planner_refresh_e_positioning(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) EDIT_ESTEPS(n); - #elif E_STEPPERS - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); - #endif - - END_MENU(); - } + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + void menu_probe_offsets() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET, &probe_offset.x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE); + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET, &probe_offset.y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + END_MENU(); + } + #endif #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS +// M92 Steps-per-mm +void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + + #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_##Q##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }) + EDIT_QSTEPS(A); + EDIT_QSTEPS(B); + EDIT_QSTEPS(C); + + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float51, n, MSG_EN_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(n)], 5, 9999, []{ _planner_refresh_e_positioning(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #elif E_STEPPERS + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); + #endif + + END_MENU(); +} + void menu_advanced_settings() { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM lcd_runout_distance_mm = runout.runout_distance(); @@ -536,12 +552,17 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { // M205 - Max Jerk SUBMENU(MSG_JERK, menu_advanced_jerk); - if (!printer_busy()) { - // M92 - Steps Per mm - SUBMENU(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); - } + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS, menu_probe_offsets); + #endif #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS + // M92 - Steps Per mm + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) SUBMENU(MSG_BACKLASH, menu_backlash); #endif @@ -571,8 +592,8 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { #if EXTRUDERS == 1 EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, N, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N], 0, 999) - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) EDIT_ADVANCE_K(n); + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp index f4fbf59a42..6cc40cab6c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #endif ); - bool MarlinUI::wait_for_bl_move; // = false - // // Bed leveling is done. Wait for G29 to complete. // A flag is used so that this can release control @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ // ** This blocks the command queue! ** // void _lcd_level_bed_done() { - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { #if MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT > 0 && DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) // Display "Done" screen and wait for moves to complete line_to_z(MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ // // The last G29 records the point and enables bed leveling // - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_done); #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 S2")); @@ -146,7 +144,7 @@ MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT), msg); } ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_NO_REDRAW); - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); + if (!ui.wait_for_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); } // @@ -156,7 +154,7 @@ ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_moving); // G29 Records Z, moves, and signals when it pauses - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(manual_probe_index ? PSTR("G29 S2") : PSTR("G29 S1")); #elif ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) @@ -281,7 +279,7 @@ void menu_bed_leveling() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); #endif #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp index 5199f90ea0..c23017c3e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ void menu_configuration() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); #endif const bool busy = printer_busy(); @@ -358,7 +358,11 @@ void menu_configuration() { // #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU) #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) - if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) + if (true + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + && PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) + #endif + ) SUBMENU(MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light); else #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp index f6178133be..8d50a1b25d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp @@ -50,20 +50,82 @@ void _lcd_user_gcode(PGM_P const cmd) { void menu_user() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); - #if defined(USER_DESC_1) && defined(USER_GCODE_1) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_1), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_1 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #define HAS_USER_ITEM(N) (defined(USER_DESC_##N) && defined(USER_GCODE_##N)) + #define USER_ITEM(N) ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_##N), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_##N _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(1) + USER_ITEM(1); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_2) && defined(USER_GCODE_2) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_2), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_2 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(2) + USER_ITEM(2); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_3) && defined(USER_GCODE_3) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_3), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_3 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(3) + USER_ITEM(3); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_4) && defined(USER_GCODE_4) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_4), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_4 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(4) + USER_ITEM(4); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_5) && defined(USER_GCODE_5) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_5), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_5 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(5) + USER_ITEM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(6) + USER_ITEM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(7) + USER_ITEM(7); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(8) + USER_ITEM(8); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(9) + USER_ITEM(9); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(10) + USER_ITEM(10); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(11) + USER_ITEM(11); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(12) + USER_ITEM(12); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(13) + USER_ITEM(13); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(14) + USER_ITEM(14); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(15) + USER_ITEM(15); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(16) + USER_ITEM(16); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(17) + USER_ITEM(17); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(18) + USER_ITEM(18); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(19) + USER_ITEM(19); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(20) + USER_ITEM(20); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(21) + USER_ITEM(21); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(22) + USER_ITEM(22); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(23) + USER_ITEM(23); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(24) + USER_ITEM(24); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(25) + USER_ITEM(25); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp index 75c427bafa..e26a0966c2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp @@ -41,10 +41,14 @@ #endif void _man_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { - do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - ui.synchronize(); - move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); - ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { + ui.wait_for_move = true; + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + ui.wait_for_move = false; + ui.synchronize(); + move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); + ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); + } } #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp index 51f96677fc..894d8de238 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp @@ -233,7 +233,6 @@ void menu_pause_option() { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR if (runout.filament_ran_out) EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); - else #endif ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME, []{ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; }); END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp index 4f9748dc12..68ccc39aff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,13 @@ void menu_game() { START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM( + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + MSG_INFO_MENU + #else + MSG_MAIN + #endif + ); #if ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) SUBMENU(MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp index e7b4dbe7ce..5bbc8ce7dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp @@ -152,6 +152,24 @@ void menu_info_thermistors() { VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E6 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E7 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + #if EXTRUDERS { STATIC_ITEM( @@ -302,19 +320,22 @@ void menu_info() { SKIP_ITEM(); SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp index 0b0b040921..1ac69aff75 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp @@ -38,9 +38,8 @@ static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume() { queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); } -static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); - card.autostart_index = 0; +void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { + recovery.cancel(); ui.return_to_status(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp index fadf0ab030..85beddb6dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ extern const char M21_STR[]; void menu_main() { START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_WATCH); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN); const bool busy = printingIsActive() #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -271,20 +271,24 @@ void menu_main() { #if ENABLED(GAMES_EASTER_EGG) SKIP_ITEM(); SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp index 0c90a88753..d2483b9d3f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ void menu_temperature() { #if HOTENDS == 1 EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_TARGET(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, N, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[N] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) - HOTEND_LOOP() EDIT_TARGET(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) @@ -191,40 +191,79 @@ void menu_temperature() { // Chamber: // #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 5, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); #endif // // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 1, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, editable.uint8); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 1, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif #if HAS_FAN1 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif - #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif #if HAS_FAN2 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif - #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND @@ -232,7 +271,7 @@ void menu_temperature() { // // Preheat for Material 1 and 2 // - #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_1, menu_preheat_m1); SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_2, menu_preheat_m2); #else diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp index ef0e207a60..ff6a50ccfc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp @@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -76,6 +79,12 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -107,6 +116,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -125,6 +137,12 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -183,6 +201,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -201,6 +222,12 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp index 4fba6fe719..1610c2d5eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ } if (ui.should_draw()) { const float spm = planner.steps_to_mm[axis]; - MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.accum)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(spm * babystep.accum)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) const bool in_view = (true #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ #endif lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL)); lcd_put_wchar(':'); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)])); + lcd_put_u8str(LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)])); } #endif } @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ void menu_tune() { #if HOTENDS == 1 EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_NOZZLE(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, N, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[N] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) - HOTEND_LOOP() EDIT_NOZZLE(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) @@ -147,45 +147,96 @@ void menu_tune() { // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 1, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, editable.uint8); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 1, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif #if HAS_FAN1 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif - #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 2, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif #if HAS_FAN2 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif - #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2 - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 3, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, []{ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 // // Flow: - // Flow [1-5]: // - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[0], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(0); }); - #elif EXTRUDERS + #if EXTRUDERS EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[active_extruder], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(active_extruder); }); - #define EDIT_FLOW(N) EDIT_ITEM_N(int3, N, MSG_FLOW_N, &planner.flow_percentage[N], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) EDIT_FLOW(n); + // Flow En: + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(int3, n, MSG_FLOW_N, &planner.flow_percentage[n], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif + #endif + + // + // Advance K: + // + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) + #if EXTRUDERS == 1 + EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif #endif // diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp index 2290c83860..5e2bee4d35 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void _menu_ubl_height_adjust() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_EDIT_MESH); EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT, &ubl_height_amount, -9, 9, _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 P4 T")); SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST, _menu_ubl_height_adjust); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); #endif ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling() { BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING, PSTR("G29 J0")); SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_grid_level); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void _menu_ubl_fillin() { EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT, &ubl_fillin_amount, 0, 9, _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P2 B T0")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH, PSTR("G29 P1 C")); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL, _lcd_ubl_invalidate); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 I")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -531,7 +531,6 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() { * Output for Host * Output for CSV * Off Printer Backup - * Output Mesh Map */ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { START_MENU(); @@ -539,7 +538,6 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST, PSTR("G29 T0")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV, PSTR("G29 T1")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP, PSTR("G29 S-1")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP, _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp index e8176c1b1b..04ebd5079f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp @@ -30,11 +30,13 @@ #include "../feature/host_actions.h" #endif +// All displays share the MarlinUI class #include "ultralcd.h" MarlinUI ui; -// All displays share the MarlinUI class #if HAS_DISPLAY + #include "../module/printcounter.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "fontutils.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" @@ -43,6 +45,10 @@ MarlinUI ui; #endif #endif +#if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + bool MarlinUI::wait_for_move; // = false +#endif + #if HAS_SPI_LCD #if ENABLED(STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING) uint8_t MarlinUI::status_scroll_offset; // = 0 @@ -91,15 +97,8 @@ MarlinUI ui; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/planner.h" -#include "../module/printcounter.h" #include "../module/motion.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" - -#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" -#endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif @@ -785,6 +784,9 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { if (ELAPSED(ms, next_button_update_ms)) { encoderDiff = (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM) * (ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP) * encoderDirection; if (buttons & EN_A) encoderDiff *= -1; + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + if (external_control) ubl.encoder_diff = encoderDiff; + #endif next_button_update_ms = ms + repeat_delay; // Assume the repeat delay if (!wait_for_unclick) { next_button_update_ms += 250; // Longer delay on first press @@ -1275,7 +1277,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { } // next_button_update_ms - #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL + #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && DISABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) static uint8_t lastEncoderBits; #define encrot0 0 @@ -1443,9 +1445,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif } - #include "../Marlin.h" - #include "../module/printcounter.h" - PGM_P print_paused = GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINT_PAUSED); /** @@ -1520,10 +1519,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { synchronize(GET_TEXT(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)); #endif - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false); - #endif - #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) host_prompt_open(PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME, PSTR("UI Pause"), PSTR("Resume")); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h index 71e820e57f..c98d3d5627 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #include "../feature/pause.h" @@ -532,10 +532,12 @@ public: #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) - static bool wait_for_bl_move; + #define LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE EITHER(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU, DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) || (ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) + + #if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + static bool wait_for_move; #else - static constexpr bool wait_for_bl_move = false; + static constexpr bool wait_for_move = false; #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU && EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, G26_MESH_VALIDATION) diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md deleted file mode 100644 index 712ced551b..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -Arduino-6470 library revision 0.7.0 or above is required. - -This software can be used with any L647x chip and the powerSTEP01. L647x and powerSTEP01 devices can not be mixed within a system. A flag in the library must be set to enable use of a powerSTEP01. - -These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. Phase current is not directly controlled. Each microstep corresponds to a particular PWM duty cycle. The KVAL\_HOLD register scales the PWM duty cycle. - -This software assumes that all L6470 drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. - -``` - The hardware setup is: - - MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device - - SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device - - SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller - - all devices share the same SCK, SS\_PIN and RESET\_PIN - - Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). - - Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the SS\_PIN **goes high**. -``` - -The L6470 drivers operate in STEP\_CLOCK mode. In this mode the direction and enable are done via SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to step pulses (generated in the usual way). - -There are two different SPI routines used. - -- **uint8\_t** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t data, int \_SSPin, const uint8\_t chain\_position) is used to setup the chips and by the maintenance/status code. This code uses the Arduino-6470 library. - -- **void** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t L6470\_buf[], const uint8\_t length) is used by the set\_directions() routine to send the direction/enable commands. The library is NOT used by this code. - -**HARDWARE/SOFTWARE interaction** - -Powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. Can't do one without the other. - -**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. - -SPI transfers, when setting the directions, are minimized by using arrays and a SPI routine dedicated to this function. L6470 library calls are not used. For N L6470 drivers, this results in a N byte transfer. If library calls were used then N\*N bytes would be sent. - -**Power up (reset) sequence:** - -1. Stepper objects are created before the **setup()** entry point is reached. - -2. After the **setup()** entry point is reached and before the steppers are initialized, L6470\_init() is called to do the following - -3. If present, the hardware reset is pulsed. - -4. The L6470\_chain array is populated during **setup()**. This array is used to tell where in the SPI stream the commands/data for an stepper is positioned. - -5. The L6470 soft SPI pins are initialized. - -6. The L6470 chips are initialized during **setup()**. They can be re-initialized using the **L6470\_init\_to\_defaults()** function - -The steppers are **NOT** powered up during this sequence. - -**L6470\_chain** array - -This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. - -``` - Location 0 - number of drivers in chain - - Location 1 - axis index for first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) - - ... - - Location N - axis index for last device in the N device long chain (closest to MISO) -``` - -**Direction set and enable** - -The DIR\_WRITE macros for the L6470 drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the set\_directions() routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array *L6470\_dir\_commands*. - -At the end of the set\_directions() routine, the array *L6470\_chain* is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array *L6470\_dir\_commands* and put them in the correct sequence in the array *L6470\_buf*. Array *L6470\_buf* is then passed to the **void** L6470\_Transfer function which actually sends the data to the devices. - -**Utilities and misc** - -The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. G28 sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE – these registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the M114 D command. - -The **L6470\_monitor** feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The KVAL\_HOLD value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. - -**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. - -**M906** can be used to set the KVAL\_HOLD register one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. - -**M916, M917 & M918** - -These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and KVAL\_HOLD settings. In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic KVAL\_HOLD setting because of the lag between setting KVAL\_HOLD and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the **L6470\_monitor** feature during prints will provide the **final useful KVAL\_HOLD setting**. - -The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration and top speed increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed and power dissipated by the driver. - -**M916 -** Increases KVAL\_HOLD while moving one axis until get thermal warning. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate KVAL\_HOLD where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. - -**M917 -** Find minimum current thresholds. This is done by doing the following steps while moving an axis: - -1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error - -2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - -3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error - -4. Increase stall until stall error goes away - -**M918 -** Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 549ba3c364..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,796 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470_Marlin.h" - -L6470_Marlin L6470; - -#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" - -#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) -#include "../../core/debug_out.h" - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; // array to hold direction command for each driver - -char L6470_Marlin::index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3] = { "X ", "Y ", "Z ", "X2", "Y2", "Z2", "Z3", "E0", "E1", "E2", "E3", "E4", "E5" }; - -bool L6470_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L6470] = { - INVERT_X_DIR , // 0 X - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 1 Y - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 2 Z - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_X_DIR ^ INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #else - INVERT_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_Y_DIR ^ INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #else - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #endif - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 5 Z2 - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 6 Z3 - INVERT_E0_DIR , // 7 E0 - INVERT_E1_DIR , // 8 E1 - INVERT_E2_DIR , // 9 E2 - INVERT_E3_DIR , //10 E3 - INVERT_E4_DIR , //11 E4 - INVERT_E5_DIR , //12 E5 -}; - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::axis_xref[MAX_L6470] = { - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X2 - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E0 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E1 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E2 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E4 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS) // E5 -}; - -volatile bool L6470_Marlin::spi_abort = false; -bool L6470_Marlin::spi_active = false; - -void L6470_Marlin::populate_chain_array() { - - #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); - #endif -} - -void L6470_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips - #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_RESET_CHAIN) - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, LOW); // hardware reset of drivers - delay(1); - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, HIGH); - delay(1); // need about 650uS for the chip to fully start up - #endif - populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes - L6470_spi_init(); // Set up L6470 soft SPI pins - init_to_defaults(); // init the chips -} - -uint16_t L6470_Marlin::get_status(const uint8_t axis) { - - #define GET_L6470_STATUS(Q) stepper##Q.getStatus() - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -uint32_t L6470_Marlin::get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param) { - - #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param,Q) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0 ; // not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -void L6470_Marlin::set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value) { - - #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: SET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } -} - -inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { - DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); -} -inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const bool stall) { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); - serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); -} -inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - motion out of bounds"); } - -bool L6470_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold -) { - // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill - - uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning - uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - - if (!all_axes_homed()) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - home all before running this command"); - //return true; - } - - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { - displacement = _displacement; - uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); - axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // axis ASCII value (target character) - if (axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E') // Single axis, E0, or E1 - axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; - else if (axis_offset == 0) { // one or more axes - uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference - for (j = 0; j < MAX_L6470; j++) // see how many drivers on this axis - if (axis_mon[0][0] == index_to_axis[j][0]) { - axis_mon[driver_count_local][0] = axis_mon[0][0]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][1] = index_to_axis[j][1]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][2] = index_to_axis[j][2]; // append end of string - axis_index[driver_count_local] = j; // set axis index - driver_count_local++; - } - driver_count = driver_count_local; - } - break; // only take first axis found - } - - // - // Position calcs & checks - // - - const xyze_pos_t center = { - LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position.x), - LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position.y), - LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z), - current_position.e - }; - - switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { - default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; - - case 'X': { - position_min = center.x - displacement; - position_max = center.x + displacement; - echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef X_MIN_POS - || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef X_MAX_POS - || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Y': { - position_min = center.y - displacement; - position_max = center.y + displacement; - echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Y_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Y_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Z': { - position_min = center.z - displacement; - position_max = center.z + displacement; - echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Z_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Z_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'E': { - position_min = center.e - displacement; - position_max = center.e + displacement; - echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); - } break; - } - - // - // Work on the drivers - // - for (uint8_t k = 0; k < driver_count; k++) { - bool not_found = true; - for (j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const char * const ind_axis = index_to_axis[L6470::chain[j]]; - if (ind_axis[0] == axis_mon[k][0] && ind_axis[1] == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver - not_found = false; - break; - } - } - if (not_found) { - driver_count = k; - axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid - break; - } - } - - if (driver_count == 0) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - not a L6470 axis"); - return true; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); - L6470_EOL(); - - // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor - - // - // kVAL_HOLD checks & settings - // - - kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); - if (kval_hold) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); - } - else { - // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers - kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); - } - - // - // Overcurrent checks & settings - // - - if (over_current_flag) { - - uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly - STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... - - over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); - - if (over_current_threshold) { - - OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; - LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); - STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; - LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); - uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, - STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; - if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { - OCD_TH_val_local++; - OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); - echo_oct_used(STALL_TH_actual, true); - echo_oct_used(OCD_TH_actual, false); - - #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - } - else { - // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers - STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); - OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); - - echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); - echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); - } // over_current_threshold - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - - OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - } // end of overcurrent - - // - // Feedrate - // - - final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); - if (final_feedrate == 0) { - static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; - const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); - for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { - if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; - break; - } - } - if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate - uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; - if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; - else - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder - } - final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute - } // end of feedrate - - return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems -} - -#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR("YES") : PSTR("NO ")); } -#endif - -void L6470_Marlin::say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label/*=true*/) { - if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][0]); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][1]); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); -} - -void L6470_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { // assumes status bits have been inverted - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - char temp_buf[10]; - say_axis(axis); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); - serialprintPGM((status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); - echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_OCD); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); - echo_yes_no(status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - L6470_EOL(); - #else - UNUSED(status); UNUSED(axis); - #endif -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines -//// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - - struct L6470_driver_data { - uint8_t driver_index; - uint32_t driver_status; - bool is_otw; - uint8_t otw_counter; - bool is_ot; - bool is_hi_Z; - uint8_t com_counter; - }; - - L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } - #endif - }; - - inline void append_stepper_err(char * &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr) { - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][0]), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][1])); - if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); - } - - void L6470_monitor_update(uint8_t stepper_index, uint16_t status) { - if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - uint8_t kval_hold; - char temp_buf[120]; - char* p = &temp_buf[0]; - uint8_t j; - for (j = 0; j < L6470::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper - if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; - - driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; - uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low - - if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - } - } - else { - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - init_to_defaults(); - } - else { - // no com problems - do the usual checks - if (_status & L6470_ERROR_MASK) { - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); - - if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // the driver has shut down HiZ is active high - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); - // if (_status & STATUS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - } - else - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; - - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD - kval_hold -= KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - } - else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user - } - } - - #ifdef L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - if (_status & (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) - kill(temp_buf); - #endif - - - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - - if (_status & STATUS_OCD) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); - - if (_status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); - - if (_status & STATUS_UVLO) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); - - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); - #endif - - DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; - - } // end usual checks - } // comms established but have errors - } // comms re-established - } // end L6470_monitor_update() - - #define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Q) L6470_monitor_update(Q, stepper##Q.getStatus()) - - void L6470_Marlin::monitor_driver() { - static millis_t next_cOT = 0; - if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { - next_cOT = millis() + 500; - - spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E5); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) - if (report_L6470_status) L6470_EOL(); - #endif - - spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - spi_abort = false; - } - } - -#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc9a033e4a..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#include - -#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) - -enum L6470_driver_enum : unsigned char { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, MAX_L6470 }; - -#define L6470_ERROR_MASK (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B) -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 - -class L6470_Marlin { -public: - static bool index_to_dir[MAX_L6470]; - static uint8_t axis_xref[MAX_L6470]; - static char index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3]; - static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; - - // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer - static volatile bool spi_abort; - static bool spi_active; - - L6470_Marlin() {} - - static uint16_t get_status(const uint8_t axis); - - static uint32_t get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param); - - static void set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value); - - static bool get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); - - static void error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis); - - static void monitor_driver(); - - static void init(); - static void init_to_defaults(); - - static void say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label=true); - -private: - void populate_chain_array(); -}; - -extern L6470_Marlin L6470; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfa28586b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,914 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64XX_Marlin.h" + +L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; + +#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" +#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } + +char L64XX_Marlin::index_to_axis[MAX_L64XX][3] = { "X ", "Y ", "Z ", "X2", "Y2", "Z2", "Z3", "Z4", "E0", "E1", "E2", "E3", "E4", "E5", "E6", "E7" }; + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) +#include "../../core/debug_out.h" + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; // array to hold direction command for each driver + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX] = { (INVERT_X_DIR), // 0 X + (INVERT_Y_DIR), // 1 Y + (INVERT_Z_DIR), // 2 Z + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) // 3 X2 + (INVERT_X_DIR) ^ (INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR), + #else + (INVERT_X_DIR), + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) // 4 Y2 + (INVERT_Y_DIR) ^ (INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR), + #else + (INVERT_Y_DIR), + #endif + (INVERT_Z_DIR), // 5 Z2 + (INVERT_Z_DIR), // 6 Z3 + (INVERT_Z_DIR), // 7 Z4 + + (INVERT_E0_DIR), // 8 E0 + (INVERT_E1_DIR), // 9 E1 + (INVERT_E2_DIR), // 10 E2 + (INVERT_E3_DIR), // 11 E3 + (INVERT_E4_DIR), // 12 E4 + (INVERT_E5_DIR), // 13 E5 + (INVERT_E6_DIR), // 14 E6 + (INVERT_E7_DIR) // 15 E7 + }; + +volatile uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_abort = false; +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_active = false; + +L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t L64XX_Marlin::shadow; + +//uint32_t UVLO_ADC = 0x0400; // ADC undervoltage event + +void L6470_populate_chain_array() { + + #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); + #endif +} + + +/** + * Some status bit positions & definitions differ per driver. + * Copy info to known locations to simplfy check/display logic. + * 1. Copy stepper status + * 2. Copy status bit definitions + * 3. Copy status layout + * 4. Make all error bits active low (as needed) + */ +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_stepper_status(L64XX &st) { + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW = st.getStatus(); + shadow.STATUS_AXIS = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT = st.L6470_status_layout; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX = st.OCD_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX = st.STALL_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG = st.L64XX_CONFIG; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_STATUS = st.L64XX_STATUS; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD = st.STATUS_OCD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD = st.STATUS_SCK_MOD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD = st.STATUS_TH_SD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN = st.STATUS_TH_WRN; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO = st.STATUS_UVLO; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD = st.STATUS_WRONG_CMD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR = st.STATUS_CMD_ERR; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD = st.STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD; + + switch (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6470 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD ; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerSTEP01 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + } + return shadow.STATUS_AXIS; +} + + +void L64XX_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(LOW); // hardware reset of drivers + DELAY_US(100); + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(HIGH); + DELAY_US(1000); // need about 650µs for the chip(s) to fully start up + L6470_populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes + + spi_init(); // Since L64XX SPI pins are unset we must init SPI here + + init_to_defaults(); // init the chips +} + +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + + #define STATUS_L6470(Q) get_stepper_status(stepper##Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return STATUS_L6470(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return STATUS_L6470(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return STATUS_L6470(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return STATUS_L6470(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return STATUS_L6470(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return STATUS_L6470(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return STATUS_L6470(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return STATUS_L6470(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return STATUS_L6470(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return STATUS_L6470(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return STATUS_L6470(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return STATUS_L6470(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return STATUS_L6470(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return STATUS_L6470(E5); + #endif + } + + return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +uint32_t L64XX_Marlin::get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param) { + + #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param, Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); + #endif + } + + return 0; // not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value) { + + #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : SET_L6470_PARAM(X); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); break; + #endif + } +} + +inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { + DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); +} +inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const uint8_t stall) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); + serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); +} +inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - motion out of bounds"); } + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold +) { + // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill + + uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning + uint8_t j; // general purpose counter + + if (!all_axes_homed()) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - home all before running this command"); + return true; + } + + uint8_t found_displacement = false; + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { + found_displacement = true; + displacement = _displacement; + uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); + axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // axis ASCII value (target character) + uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // Can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference + if (axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E') { // Single axis, E0, or E1 + axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; + for (j = 0; j < MAX_L64XX; j++) { // See how many drivers on this axis + const char * const str = index_to_axis[j]; + if (axis_mon[0][0] == str[0]) { + char * const mon = axis_mon[driver_count_local]; + mon[0] = str[0]; + mon[1] = str[1]; + mon[2] = str[2]; // append end of string + axis_index[driver_count_local] = (L64XX_axis_t)j; // set axis index + driver_count_local++; + } + } + } + else if (axis_offset == 0) { // One or more axes + for (j = 0; j < MAX_L64XX; j++) { // See how many drivers on this axis + const char * const str = index_to_axis[j]; + if (axis_mon[0][0] == str[0]) { + char * const mon = axis_mon[driver_count_local]; + mon[0] = str[0]; + mon[1] = str[1]; + mon[2] = str[2]; // append end of string + axis_index[driver_count_local] = (L64XX_axis_t)j; // set axis index + driver_count_local++; + } + } + driver_count = driver_count_local; + } + break; // only take first axis found + } + + if (!found_displacement) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - AXIS with displacement is required"); + return true; + } + + // + // Position calcs & checks + // + + const float X_center = LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position.x), + Y_center = LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position.y), + Z_center = LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z), + E_center = current_position.e; + + switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { + default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; + + case 'X': { + position_min = X_center - displacement; + position_max = X_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef X_MIN_POS + || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef X_MAX_POS + || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Y': { + position_min = Y_center - displacement; + position_max = Y_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Y_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Y_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Z': { + position_min = Z_center - displacement; + position_max = Z_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Z_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Z_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'E': { + position_min = E_center - displacement; + position_max = E_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); + } break; + } + + // + // Work on the drivers + // + + for (uint8_t k = 0; k < driver_count; k++) { + uint8_t not_found = true; + for (j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + const char * const ind_axis = index_to_axis[L64XX::chain[j]]; + if (ind_axis[0] == axis_mon[k][0] && ind_axis[1] == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver + not_found = false; + break; + } + } + if (not_found) { + driver_count = k; + axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid + break; + } + } + + if (driver_count == 0) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - not a L6470 axis"); + return true; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); + DEBUG_EOL(); + + // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor + + // + // TVAL & kVAL_HOLD checks & settings + // + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 - use TVAL + uint16_t TVAL_current = parser.ushortval('T'); + if (TVAL_current) { + uint8_t TVAL_count = (TVAL_current / sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV) - 1; + LIMIT(TVAL_count, 0, sh.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6474_TVAL, TVAL_count); + } + // only print the tval from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6474_TVAL); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (kval_hold + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + } + else { + kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); + if (kval_hold) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + } + else { + // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); + } + } + + // + // Overcurrent checks & settings + // + + if (over_current_flag) { + + uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly + STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... + + over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); + + if (over_current_threshold) { + + OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; + LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); + STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; + LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); + uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, + STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; + if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { + OCD_TH_val_local++; + OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + + #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + } + else { + // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers + STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); + OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); + + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + } // over_current_threshold + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + + OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + } // end of overcurrent + + // + // Feedrate + // + + final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); + if (final_feedrate == 0) { + static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); + for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { + if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; + break; + } + } + if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate + uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; + if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; + else + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder + } + final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute + } // end of feedrate + + return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label/*=true*/) { + if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); + const char * const str = L64xxManager.index_to_axis[axis]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', str[0], str[1], ' '); +} + +#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + + // Assumes status bits have been inverted + void L64XX_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ) { + say_axis(axis); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); + serialprintPGM((status & _status_axis_th_sd) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & _status_axis_th_wrn) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); + echo_yes_no((status & _status_axis_ocd) != 0); + if (!(_status_axis_layout == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) { // L6474 doesn't have these bits + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); + echo_yes_no((status & (_status_axis_step_loss_a | _status_axis_step_loss_b)) != 0); + } + DEBUG_EOL(); + } + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines +//// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + + bool L64XX_Marlin::monitor_paused = false; // Flag to skip monitor during M122, M906, M916, M917, M918, etc. + + struct L6470_driver_data { + uint8_t driver_index; + uint32_t driver_status; + uint8_t is_otw; + uint8_t otw_counter; + uint8_t is_ot; + uint8_t is_hi_Z; + uint8_t com_counter; + }; + + L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } + #endif + }; + + void L64XX_Marlin::append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err/*=nullptr*/) { + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), index_to_axis[stepper_index][0], index_to_axis[stepper_index][1]); + if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); + } + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index) { + if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(stepper_index); // get stepper status and details + uint16_t status = sh.STATUS_AXIS; + uint8_t kval_hold, tval; + char temp_buf[120], *p = temp_buf; + uint8_t j; + for (j = 0; j < L64XX::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper + if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; + + driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; + uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low + + if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + } + } + else { + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + init_to_defaults(); + } + else { + // no com problems - do the usual checks + if (_status & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK) { + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); + + if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // The driver has shut down. HiZ is active high + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); + //if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user + } + } + + #if ENABLED(L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR) + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) + kill(temp_buf); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); + + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); + + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); + #endif + + DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; + } // end usual checks + + } // comms established but have errors + } // comms re-established + } // end monitor_update() + + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_driver() { + static millis_t next_cOT = 0; + if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { + next_cOT = millis() + 500; + + if (!monitor_paused) { // Skip during M122, M906, M916, M917 or M918 (could steal status result from test) + + spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + monitor_update(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + monitor_update(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + monitor_update(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + monitor_update(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + monitor_update(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + monitor_update(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + monitor_update(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + monitor_update(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + monitor_update(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + monitor_update(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + monitor_update(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + monitor_update(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + monitor_update(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + monitor_update(E5); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) + if (report_L6470_status) DEBUG_EOL(); + #endif + + spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + spi_abort = false; + } + } + } + +#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c233fdf03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#include +#if !(L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION >= 0x000800) + #error 'L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION 0x000800 or later required' +#endif + +#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) + +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK 0x58 +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 +#define HAS_L64XX_EXTRUDER (AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)) + +enum L64XX_axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, MAX_L64XX }; + +class L64XX_Marlin : public L64XXHelper { +public: + static char index_to_axis[MAX_L64XX][3]; + + static uint8_t index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX]; + static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; + + // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer + static volatile uint8_t spi_abort; + static uint8_t spi_active; + + L64XX_Marlin() {} + + static void init(); + static void init_to_defaults(); + + static uint16_t get_stepper_status(L64XX &st); + + static uint16_t get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis); + + static uint32_t get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param); + + static void set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value); + + //static void send_command(const L64XX_axis_t axis, uint8_t command); + + static uint8_t get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); + + static void transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length); + + //static char* index_to_axis(const uint8_t index); + static void say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label=true); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t, const L64XX_axis_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint8_t + ){} + #endif + + // ~40 bytes SRAM to simplify status decode routines + typedef struct { + uint8_t STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT; // Copy of L6470_status_layout + uint8_t AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // Size of OCD_TH field + uint8_t AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX; // Size of STALL_TH field + float AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + float AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + uint8_t L6470_AXIS_CONFIG, // Address of the CONFIG register + L6470_AXIS_STATUS; // Address of the STATUS register + uint16_t L6470_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B + L6474_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD + STATUS_AXIS_RAW, // Copy of status register contents + STATUS_AXIS, // Copy of status register contents but with all error bits active low + STATUS_AXIS_OCD, // Overcurrent detected bit position + STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD, // Step clock mode is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, // Stall detected on A bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, // Stall detected on B bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, // Thermal shutdown bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, // Thermal warning bit position + STATUS_AXIS_UVLO, // Undervoltage lockout is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD, // Last command not valid bit position + STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR, // Command error bit position + STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD; // Last command not performed bit position + } L64XX_shadow_t; + + static L64XX_shadow_t shadow; + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + static bool monitor_paused; + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool p) { monitor_paused = p; } + static void monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index); + static void monitor_driver(); + #else + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool) {} + #endif + +//protected: + // L64XXHelper methods + static void spi_init(); + static uint8_t transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin); + static uint8_t transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position); + +private: + static void append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr); + +}; + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); + +extern L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c68d8ca0ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +### L64XX Stepper Driver + +*Arduino-L6470* library revision 0.8.0 or above is required. + +This software can be used with the L6470, L6474, L6480 and the powerSTEP01 (collectively referred to as "L64xx" from now on). Different drivers can be mixed within a system. + +These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. On the L6474 the phase current is controlled by the `TVAL` register. On all the other drivers the phase current is indirectly controlled via the `KVAL_HOLD` register which scales the PWM duty cycle. + +This software assumes that all drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. + +### Hardware Setup + +- MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device + +- SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device + +- SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller + +- All devices share the same `SCK` and `SS_PIN` pins. The user must supply a macro to control the `RESET_PIN`(s). + +- Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). + +- Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the `SS_PIN` **goes high**. + +The L6474 uses the standard STEP DIR interface. Phase currents are changed in response to step pulses. The direction is set by the DIR pin. Instead of an ENA pin, stepper power is controlled with SPI commands. + +The other drivers operate in `STEP_CLOCK` mode. In this mode the Direction / Enable functions are done with SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to STEP pulses. + +### Hardware / Software Interaction + +Except for the L6474, powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. You can't do one without the other. + +**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. + +When setting direction, SPI transfers are minimized by using arrays and a specialized SPI method. *Arduino-L6470* library calls are not used. For N L64xx drivers, this results in N bytes transferred. If library calls were used then N2 bytes would be sent. + +### Power-up (Reset) Sequence + +- Stepper objects are instantiated before the `setup()` entry point is reached. + +- In `setup()` (before stepper drivers are initialized) the `L6470_init()` method is called to do the following: + + - If present, pulse the hardware reset pin. + + - Populate the `L6470_chain` array, which maps positions in the SPI stream to commands/data for L64XX stepper drivers. + + - Initialize the L64XX Software SPI pin states. + + - Initialize L64XX drivers. They may be reset later by a call to `L6470_init_to_defaults()`. + +The steppers are **NOT** powered up (enabled) during this sequence. + +### `L6470_chain` array + +This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. For a chain with N devices, the array contains: + +Index|Value +-----|----- +0|Number of drivers in chain +1|Axis index of the first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) +...| +N|Axis index of the last device chain (closest to MISO) + +### Set Direction and Enable + +The `DIR_WRITE` macros for the L64xx drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the `set_directions()` routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array `L6470_dir_commands`. On the L6474 the array the command used just enables the stepper because direction is set by the DIR pin. + +At the end of the `set_directions()` routine, the array `L6470_chain` is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array `L6470_dir_commands` and put them in the correct sequence in the array `L6470_buf`. Array `L6470_buf` is then passed to the **`void`** `L6470_Transfer` function which actually sends the data to the devices. + +### Utilities, etc. + +The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. `G28` sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE: These registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the `M114 D` command. + +The `L6470_monitor` feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The `KVAL_HOLD` value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. + +**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. + +**M906** can be used to set the `KVAL_HOLD` register (`TVAL` on L6474) one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. + +**M916, M917 & M918** + +These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and `KVAL_HOLD` settings (`TVAL` on L6474). In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) setting because of the lag between setting `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the `L6470_monitor` feature during prints will provide the **final useful setting**. + +The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration, top speed, and micro-steps increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed, micro-steps, and power dissipated by the driver. + +**M916** - Increases `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) while moving one axis until a thermal warning is generated. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. + +**M917** - Find minimum current thresholds. This is accomplished by doing the following steps while moving an axis: + +1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error. + +2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away. + +3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error (not available on the L6474). + +4. Increase stall until stall error goes away (not available on the L6474). + +**M918** - Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp index b95a7c8afc..f9b09c2fa9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Nozzle nozzle; -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/motion.h" #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) @@ -157,26 +157,24 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @param argument depends on the cleaning pattern */ void Nozzle::clean(const uint8_t &pattern, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius, const uint8_t &objects, const uint8_t cleans) { - xyz_pos_t start = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, end = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT; + xyz_pos_t start[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, end[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT, middle[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; if (pattern == 2) { if (!(cleans & (_BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS)))) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Warning : Clean Circle requires XY"); return; } - constexpr xyz_pos_t middle NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; - end = middle; } else { - if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start.x = end.x = current_position.x; - if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start.y = end.y = current_position.y; + if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].x = end[active_extruder].x = current_position.x; + if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].y = end[active_extruder].y = current_position.y; } - if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start.z = end.z = current_position.z; + if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].z = end[active_extruder].z = current_position.z; switch (pattern) { - case 1: zigzag(start, end, strokes, objects); break; - case 2: circle(start, end, strokes, radius); break; - default: stroke(start, end, strokes); + case 1: zigzag(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes, objects); break; + case 2: circle(start[active_extruder], middle[active_extruder], strokes, radius); break; + default: stroke(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h index 39d56b26f7..5623496d9d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ * @return value read */ FORCE_INLINE static bool fastDigitalRead(uint8_t pin) { - return g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_PDSR & g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + return digitalRead(pin); } /** @@ -75,10 +75,7 @@ * @param[in] level value to write */ FORCE_INLINE static void fastDigitalWrite(uint8_t pin, bool value) { - if (value) - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_SODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; - else - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_CODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + digitalWrite(pin, value); } #endif // !CORE_TEENSY diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp index 1a090613f8..85b0b850b0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ */ // Change EEPROM version if the structure changes -#define EEPROM_VERSION "V74" +#define EEPROM_VERSION "V75" #define EEPROM_OFFSET 100 // Check the integrity of data offsets. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "../core/language.h" #include "../libs/vector_3.h" // for matrix_3x3 #include "../gcode/gcode.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -114,12 +114,16 @@ #include "../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" +#endif + #pragma pack(push, 1) // No padding between variables -typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; -typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; +typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; +typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; typedef struct { int16_t X, Y, Z, X2; } tmc_sgt_t; -typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; +typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; // Limit an index to an array size #define ALIM(I,ARR) _MIN(I, COUNT(ARR) - 1) @@ -212,6 +216,18 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // uint16_t servo_angles[EEPROM_NUM_SERVOS][2]; // M281 P L U + // + // Temperature first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + int16_t z_offsets_probe[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe)], // M871 P I V + z_offsets_bed[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed)] // M871 B I V + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , z_offsets_ext[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext)] // M871 E I V + #endif + ; + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -227,11 +243,12 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { delta_diagonal_rod, // M665 L delta_segments_per_second; // M665 S abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; // M665 XYZ - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS float x2_endstop_adj, // M666 X y2_endstop_adj, // M666 Y - z2_endstop_adj, // M666 Z (S2) - z3_endstop_adj; // M666 Z (S3) + z2_endstop_adj, // M666 (S2) Z + z3_endstop_adj, // M666 (S3) Z + z4_endstop_adj; // M666 (S4) Z #endif // @@ -284,10 +301,10 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // HAS_TRINAMIC // - tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 - tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; // M914 X Y Z X2 - tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 // // LIN_ADVANCE @@ -699,6 +716,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(servo_angles); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -727,7 +757,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); @@ -745,18 +775,24 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + #endif + #endif } @@ -945,6 +981,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_stepper_current.Z3 = stepperZ3.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_stepper_current.Z4 = stepperZ4.getMilliamps(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) tmc_stepper_current.E0 = stepperE0.getMilliamps(); @@ -969,6 +1008,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_stepper_current.E5 = stepperE5.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_stepper_current.E6 = stepperE6.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_stepper_current.E7 = stepperE7.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1008,6 +1057,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0 = stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs(); @@ -1032,6 +1084,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E5 = stepperE5.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E6 = stepperE6.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E7 = stepperE7.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1041,7 +1103,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else const tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold = { .X = 100, .Y = 100, .Z = 3, - .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, + .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, .Z4 = 3, .E0 = 30, .E1 = 30, .E2 = 30, .E3 = 30, .E4 = 30, .E5 = 30 }; @@ -1101,6 +1163,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_stealth_enabled.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_stealth_enabled.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_stealth_enabled.E0 = stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status(); @@ -1125,6 +1190,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_stealth_enabled.E5 = stepperE5.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E6 = stepperE6.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E7 = stepperE7.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1145,7 +1220,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(planner.extruder_advance_K); #else dummy = 0; - for (uint8_t q = EXTRUDERS; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + for (uint8_t q = _MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1); q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif } @@ -1514,6 +1589,20 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(servo_angles_arr); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + temp_comp.reset_index(); + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -1542,7 +1631,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); @@ -1556,16 +1645,21 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) EEPROM_READ(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_READ(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_READ(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_READ(dummy); + #endif #endif } @@ -1757,6 +1851,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) SET_CURR(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + SET_CURR(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) SET_CURR(E0); #endif @@ -1808,6 +1905,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) stepperZ3.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + stepperZ4.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) stepperE0.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0); #endif @@ -1834,7 +1934,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // TMC StallGuard threshold. // X and X2 use the same value // Y and Y2 use the same value - // Z, Z2 and Z3 use the same value + // Z, Z2, Z3 and Z4 use the same value // { tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; @@ -1871,6 +1971,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); + #endif #endif } #endif @@ -1908,6 +2011,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) SET_STEPPING_MODE(E0); #endif @@ -1934,7 +2040,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // Linear Advance // { - float extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; + float extruder_advance_K[_MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1)]; _FIELD_TEST(planner_extruder_advance_K); EEPROM_READ(extruder_advance_K); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -2352,9 +2458,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - constexpr float dpo[XYZ] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + constexpr float dpo[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; static_assert(COUNT(dpo) == 3, "NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET must contain offsets for X, Y, and Z."); - LOOP_XYZ(a) probe_offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + LOOP_XYZ(a) probe_offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #else + probe_offset.x = probe_offset.y = 0; + probe_offset.z = dpo[Z_AXIS]; + #endif #endif // @@ -2385,51 +2496,39 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { delta_segments_per_second = DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND; delta_tower_angle_trim = dta; - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #endif - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.x2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.y2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - endstops.z3_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif + endstops.x2_endstop_adj = X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.y2_endstop_adj = Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #ifndef Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z3_endstop_adj = Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z4_endstop_adj = Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif #endif // @@ -2549,9 +2648,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { planner.extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - saved_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) + saved_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; + #endif } #endif @@ -2719,6 +2818,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if EXTRUDERS > 5 CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T5 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[5])); + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T6 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[6])); + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T7 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[7])); + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -2968,25 +3075,30 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.c) ); - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Endstop adjustment:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" M666"); #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("S1 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S3 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S4 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z4_endstop_adj)); + #endif + #else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #endif #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); #endif // [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS @@ -3102,9 +3214,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_units(true); } CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR(" M851 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.x), - SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.y), - SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.z)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(" M851 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset_xy.x), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset_xy.y), + SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(" M851 X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.z) + ); #endif /** @@ -3163,6 +3282,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.getMilliamps()); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + say_M906(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.getMilliamps()); @@ -3232,6 +3356,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + say_M913(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs()); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) say_M913(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs()); @@ -3301,6 +3430,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.homing_threshold()); #endif + #if Z4_SENSORLESS + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + say_M914(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.homing_threshold()); + #endif + #endif // USE_SENSORLESS /** @@ -3360,6 +3495,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I2 Z"), true); } #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I3 Z"), true); } + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) if (stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T0 E"), true); } #endif @@ -3427,6 +3566,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { _ECHO_603(4); #if EXTRUDERS > 5 _ECHO_603(5); + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 + _ECHO_603(6); + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + _ECHO_603(7); + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp index 38d3d8146d..bed5cd24cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "endstops.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_BED_PROBE #include "probe.h" @@ -86,19 +86,23 @@ void recalc_delta_settings() { * Get a safe radius for calibration */ -#if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - float calibration_radius_factor = 1; -#endif +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) -float delta_calibration_radius() { - return FLOOR((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - ( - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - _MAX(HYPOT(probe_offset.x, probe_offset.y), MIN_PROBE_EDGE) - #else - MIN_PROBE_EDGE - #endif - )) * calibration_radius_factor); -} + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + float calibration_radius_factor = 1; + #endif + + float delta_calibration_radius() { + return calibration_radius_factor * ( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + FLOOR((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) - _MAX(HYPOT(probe_offset_xy.x, probe_offset_xy.y), MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + #else + DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #endif + ); + } + +#endif /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics @@ -250,7 +254,7 @@ void home_delta() { - probe_offset.z #endif ); - line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(X_AXIS)); + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); planner.synchronize(); // Re-enable stealthChop if used. Disable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -276,6 +280,14 @@ void home_delta() { sync_plan_position(); + #if DISABLED(DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) + constexpr xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; + if (endstop_backoff.z) { + current_position.z -= ABS(endstop_backoff.z) * Z_HOME_DIR; + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); + } + #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< home_delta", current_position); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h index 17cd330686..3f61907e51 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h @@ -52,7 +52,9 @@ void recalc_delta_settings(); constexpr float calibration_radius_factor = 1; #endif -float delta_calibration_radius(); +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + float delta_calibration_radius(); +#endif /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp index cbe274a692..7d8e270fed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "endstops.h" #include "stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "temperature.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -73,11 +73,14 @@ Endstops::esbits_t Endstops::live_state = 0; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::y2_endstop_adj; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::z2_endstop_adj; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + float Endstops::z4_endstop_adj; + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) @@ -163,6 +166,16 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_X_MAX #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(X_MAX_PIN); @@ -233,6 +246,16 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(CALIBRATION_PIN); @@ -435,6 +458,9 @@ void _O2 Endstops::report_states() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN ES_REPORT(Z3_MIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT(Z4_MIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX ES_REPORT(Z_MAX); #endif @@ -444,6 +470,9 @@ void _O2 Endstops::report_states() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT(Z4_MAX); + #endif #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN print_es_state(READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE)); #endif @@ -457,21 +486,27 @@ void _O2 Endstops::report_states() { default: continue; case 1: pin = FIL_RUNOUT_PIN; break; case 2: pin = FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 3 case 3: pin = FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 4 case 4: pin = FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 5 case 5: pin = FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 5 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 6 case 6: pin = FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 7 + case 7: pin = FIL_RUNOUT7_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 8 + case 8: pin = FIL_RUNOUT8_PIN; break; + #endif + #endif #endif #endif #endif #endif } SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); - if (i > 1) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + i); } + if (i > 1) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + i); print_es_state(extDigitalRead(pin) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING); } #endif @@ -584,19 +619,26 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z_MIN && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if HAS_Z2_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z2_MIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z3_MIN); #endif #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MIN); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z4_MIN); + #endif + #endif #endif #endif @@ -607,20 +649,27 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z_MAX && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS // Check both Z dual endstops - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); #if HAS_Z2_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z2_MAX); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z3_MAX); #endif #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MAX); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z4_MAX); + #endif + #endif #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // If this pin isn't the bed probe it's the Z endstop UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); @@ -686,6 +735,16 @@ void Endstops::update() { } \ }while(0) + #define PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, AXIS2, AXIS3, AXIS4, MINMAX) do { \ + const byte quad_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS2, MINMAX)) << 1) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS3, MINMAX)) << 2) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS4, MINMAX)) << 3); \ + if (quad_hit) { \ + _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS1, MINMAX); \ + /* if not performing home or if both endstops were trigged during homing... */ \ + if (!stepper.separate_multi_axis || quad_hit == 0b1111) \ + planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(AXIS1)); \ + } \ + }while(0) + #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) && !(CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ) #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_AWAY) #define _G38_OPEN_STATE (G38_move >= 4) @@ -747,10 +806,14 @@ void Endstops::update() { if (stepper.axis_is_moving(Z_AXIS)) { if (stepper.motor_direction(Z_AXIS_HEAD)) { // Z -direction. Gantry down, bed up. #if HAS_Z_MIN || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MIN); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MIN); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, Z4, MIN); + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MIN); + #else + PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MIN); + #endif #else #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) if (z_probe_enabled) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN); @@ -769,10 +832,14 @@ void Endstops::update() { } else { // Z +direction. Gantry up, bed down. #if HAS_Z_MAX || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MAX); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MAX); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, Z4, MAX); + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MAX); + #else + PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MAX); + #endif #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // If this pin is not hijacked for the bed probe // then it belongs to the Z endstop @@ -892,6 +959,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_GET_STATE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MAX); + #endif uint16_t endstop_change = live_state_local ^ old_live_state_local; #define ES_REPORT_CHANGE(S) if (TEST(endstop_change, S)) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " STRINGIFY(S) ":", TEST(live_state_local, S)) @@ -942,6 +1015,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MAX); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n"); analogWrite(pin_t(LED_PIN), local_LED_status); local_LED_status ^= 255; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h index 151c428edc..a9abf52381 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ enum EndstopEnum : char { X2_MIN, X2_MAX, Y2_MIN, Y2_MAX, Z2_MIN, Z2_MAX, - Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX + Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX, + Z4_MIN, Z4_MAX }; class Endstops { @@ -47,12 +48,15 @@ class Endstops { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static float y2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) static float z2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 static float z3_endstop_adj; #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static float z4_endstop_adj; + #endif #else typedef uint8_t esbits_t; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp index 484d6a077a..6dbf940add 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp @@ -109,9 +109,15 @@ xyze_pos_t current_position = { X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS, Z_HOME_POS }; */ xyze_pos_t destination; // {0} +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + uint8_t saved_slots; + xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif + // The active extruder (tool). Set with T command. #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - uint8_t active_extruder; // = 0 + uint8_t active_extruder = 0; // = 0 #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) @@ -592,10 +598,14 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { */ void apply_motion_limits(xyz_pos_t &target) { - if (!soft_endstops_enabled || !all_axes_homed()) return; + if (!soft_endstops_enabled) return; #if IS_KINEMATIC + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + if (!all_axes_homed()) return; + #endif + #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && ENABLED(DELTA) // The effector center position will be the target minus the hotend offset. const xy_pos_t offs = hotend_offset[active_extruder]; @@ -604,33 +614,46 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { constexpr xy_pos_t offs{0}; #endif - const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target.x - offs.x, target.y - offs.y); - if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) - target *= delta_max_radius / SQRT(dist_2); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 + if (true + #if IS_SCARA + && TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS) && TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS) + #endif + ) { + const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target.x - offs.x, target.y - offs.y); + if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) + target *= delta_max_radius / SQRT(dist_2); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 + } #else - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOLESS(target.x, soft_endstop.min.x); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOMORE(target.x, soft_endstop.max.x); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOLESS(target.y, soft_endstop.min.y); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOMORE(target.y, soft_endstop.max.y); - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOLESS(target.x, soft_endstop.min.x); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOMORE(target.x, soft_endstop.max.x); + #endif + } + + if (TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOLESS(target.y, soft_endstop.min.y); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOMORE(target.y, soft_endstop.max.y); + #endif + } #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOLESS(target.z, soft_endstop.min.z); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOMORE(target.z, soft_endstop.max.z); - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, Z_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOLESS(target.z, soft_endstop.min.z); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOMORE(target.z, soft_endstop.max.z); + #endif + } } #endif // HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS @@ -1139,6 +1162,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stealth_states.z3 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stealth_states.z4 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS stealth_states.x = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperX); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1208,6 +1234,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ3, enable_stealth.z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ4, enable_stealth.z4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperX, enable_stealth.x); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1253,9 +1282,13 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t // Wait for bed to heat back up between probing points if (axis == Z_AXIS && distance < 0 && thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) { serialprintPGM(msg_wait_for_bed_heating); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); + #if HAS_DISPLAY + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); + #endif thermalManager.wait_for_bed(); - ui.reset_status(); + #if HAS_DISPLAY + ui.reset_status(); + #endif } #endif @@ -1488,7 +1521,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true); @@ -1572,77 +1605,119 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { } } #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - if (adj) { - if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); - do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 + + const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); + if (adj) { + if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); + do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + stepper.set_z_lock(false); + stepper.set_z2_lock(false); + } + + #else + + // Handy arrays of stepper lock function pointers + + typedef void (*adjustFunc_t)(const bool); + + adjustFunc_t lock[] = { + stepper.set_z_lock, stepper.set_z2_lock, stepper.set_z3_lock + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , stepper.set_z4_lock + #endif + }; + float adj[] = { + 0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , endstops.z4_endstop_adj + #endif + }; + + adjustFunc_t tempLock; + float tempAdj; + + // Manual bubble sort by adjust value + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (adj[3] < adj[2]) { + tempLock = lock[2], tempAdj = adj[2]; + lock[2] = lock[3], adj[2] = adj[3]; + lock[3] = tempLock, adj[3] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #endif + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + + if (pos_dir) { + // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move + (*lock[0])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); + // lock the second stepper for the final correction + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + // lock the third stepper for the final correction + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[3] - adj[2]); + #endif + } + else { + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + (*lock[3])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[3]); + #endif + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); + } + stepper.set_z_lock(false); stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - } - } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - // we push the function pointers for the stepper lock function into an array - void (*lock[3]) (bool)= {&stepper.set_z_lock, &stepper.set_z2_lock, &stepper.set_z3_lock}; - float adj[3] = {0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj}; + stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(false); + #endif - void (*tempLock) (bool); - float tempAdj; - - // manual bubble sort by adjust value - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { - tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; - lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; - lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - - if (pos_dir) { - // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move - (*lock[0])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); - // lock the second stepper for the final correction - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); - } - else { - (*lock[2])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); - } - - stepper.set_z_lock(false); - stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #endif } #endif // Reset flags for X, Y, Z motor locking switch (axis) { + default: break; #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case X_AXIS: #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif - stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); - default: break; + stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); } #endif @@ -1679,15 +1754,9 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { if (axis == Z_AXIS && STOW_PROBE()) return; #endif - #ifdef HOMING_BACKOFF_MM + #if DISABLED(DELTA) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) constexpr xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; - const float backoff_mm = endstop_backoff[ - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - Z_AXIS - #else - axis - #endif - ]; + const float backoff_mm = endstop_backoff[axis]; if (backoff_mm) { current_position[axis] -= ABS(backoff_mm) * axis_home_dir; line_to_current_position( diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h index 2e8ff64f52..a30573e797 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ // Axis homed and known-position states extern uint8_t axis_homed, axis_known_position; constexpr uint8_t xyz_bits = _BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS) | _BV(Z_AXIS); +FORCE_INLINE bool no_axes_homed() { return !axis_homed; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_homed() { return (axis_homed & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_known() { return (axis_known_position & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE void set_all_unhomed() { axis_homed = 0; } @@ -64,6 +65,12 @@ extern bool relative_mode; extern xyze_pos_t current_position, // High-level current tool position destination; // Destination for a move +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + extern uint8_t saved_slots; + extern xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif + // Scratch space for a cartesian result extern xyz_pos_t cartes; @@ -291,6 +298,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); */ #if IS_KINEMATIC // (DELTA or SCARA) + #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET extern abc_pos_t scara_home_offset; // A and B angular offsets, Z mm offset #endif @@ -315,13 +323,25 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); } #if HAS_BED_PROBE - // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. - // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. - inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset.x, ry - probe_offset.y) - && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); - } - #endif + + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + + // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. + // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. + inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset.x, ry - probe_offset.y) + && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); + } + + #else + + FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx, ry, MIN_PROBE_EDGE); + } + + #endif + + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE #else // CARTESIAN @@ -340,6 +360,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); inline bool position_is_reachable(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return position_is_reachable(pos.x, pos.y); } #if HAS_BED_PROBE + /** * Return whether the given position is within the bed, and whether the nozzle * can reach the position required to put the probe at the given position. @@ -348,11 +369,12 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); * nozzle must be be able to reach +10,-10. */ inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset.x, ry - probe_offset.y) + return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset_xy.x, ry - probe_offset_xy.y) && WITHIN(rx, probe_min_x() - slop, probe_max_x() + slop) && WITHIN(ry, probe_min_y() - slop, probe_max_y() + slop); } - #endif + + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE #endif // CARTESIAN diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 90d688687c..0552206315 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -1308,7 +1308,21 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if HAS_FAN2 FAN_SET(2); #endif - + #if HAS_FAN3 + FAN_SET(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + FAN_SET(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + FAN_SET(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + FAN_SET(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + FAN_SET(7); + #endif #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) @@ -1395,7 +1409,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); - #else + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif @@ -1432,7 +1446,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); - #else + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif @@ -2749,7 +2763,7 @@ void Planner::refresh_positioning() { inline void limit_and_warn(float &val, const uint8_t axis, PGM_P const setting_name, const xyze_float_t &max_limit) { const uint8_t lim_axis = axis > E_AXIS ? E_AXIS : axis; const float before = val; - LIMIT(val, 1, max_limit[lim_axis]); + LIMIT(val, 0.1, max_limit[lim_axis]); if (before != val) { SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[lim_axis]); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Max "); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index a79c5bfd38..52b6bc1ea4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009-2011 Simen Svale Skogsrud */ -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "motion.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp index 080f4e41a8..db1f204444 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "motion.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp index cef233d9ac..6753a075eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Stopwatch print_job_timer; // Global Print Job Timer instance #endif #include "printcounter.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #if HAS_BUZZER && SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp index 10e9dd5fff..31c1128369 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #include "../feature/backlash.h" #endif -xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #include "../feature/bltouch.h" #endif @@ -86,6 +84,14 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" + +xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() + +#if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + xyz_pos_t &probe_offset_xy = probe_offset; +#endif + + #if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) #ifndef SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET @@ -698,7 +704,7 @@ float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_ xyz_pos_t npos = { rx, ry }; if (probe_relative) { if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(npos)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the probe - npos -= probe_offset; // Get the nozzle position + npos -= probe_offset_xy; // Get the nozzle position } else if (!position_is_reachable(npos)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the nozzle diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h index 9345787d44..a6e8bf4eab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h @@ -31,6 +31,12 @@ extern xyz_pos_t probe_offset; + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + extern xyz_pos_t &probe_offset_xy; + #else + constexpr xy_pos_t probe_offset_xy{0}; + #endif + bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING void move_z_after_probing(); @@ -54,13 +60,14 @@ #else constexpr xyz_pos_t probe_offset{0}; + constexpr xy_pos_t probe_offset_xy{0}; #define DEPLOY_PROBE() #define STOW_PROBE() #endif -#if HAS_BED_PROBE || ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) +#if HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LEVELING #if IS_KINEMATIC constexpr float printable_radius = ( #if ENABLED(DELTA) @@ -71,13 +78,7 @@ ); inline float probe_radius() { - return printable_radius - ( - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE, HYPOT(probe_offset.x, probe_offset.y)) - #else - MIN_PROBE_EDGE - #endif - ); + return printable_radius - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE, HYPOT(probe_offset_xy.x, probe_offset_xy.y)); } #endif @@ -85,10 +86,8 @@ return ( #if IS_KINEMATIC (X_CENTER) - probe_radius() - #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT, X_MIN_POS) #else - _MAX((X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + probe_offset.x) + _MAX((X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + probe_offset_xy.x) #endif ); } @@ -96,10 +95,8 @@ return ( #if IS_KINEMATIC (X_CENTER) + probe_radius() - #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT, X_MAX_POS) #else - _MIN((X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + probe_offset.x) + _MIN((X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + probe_offset_xy.x) #endif ); } @@ -107,10 +104,8 @@ return ( #if IS_KINEMATIC (Y_CENTER) - probe_radius() - #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) - _MIN(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT, Y_MIN_POS) #else - _MAX((Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + probe_offset.y) + _MAX((Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + probe_offset_xy.y) #endif ); } @@ -118,10 +113,8 @@ return ( #if IS_KINEMATIC (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() - #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK, Y_MAX_POS) #else - _MIN((Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + probe_offset.y) + _MIN((Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + probe_offset_xy.y) #endif ); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index c651a24d30..6e4977984f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" #if MB(ALLIGATOR) @@ -117,8 +117,10 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../feature/runout.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L64XX + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used + bool L64XX_OK_to_power_up = false; // flag to keep L64xx steppers powered down after a reset or power up #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) @@ -154,11 +156,16 @@ bool Stepper::abort_current_block; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) bool Stepper::locked_Y_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Y2_motor = false; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - bool Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false; + +#if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , Stepper::locked_Z4_motor = false + #endif + #endif + ; #endif uint32_t Stepper::acceleration_time, Stepper::deceleration_time; @@ -279,6 +286,42 @@ xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ } +#define QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (A##_HOME_DIR < 0) { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + +#define QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (!locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ X_DIR_WRITE(v); X2_DIR_WRITE((v) != INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR); }while(0) #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -312,18 +355,27 @@ xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; #define Y_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Y_STEP_WRITE(v) #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); Z4_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #else + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); Z4_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #endif +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #else #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) @@ -371,21 +423,17 @@ void Stepper::wake_up() { */ void Stepper::set_directions() { - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L6470 + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used - #endif - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); #endif #define SET_STEP_DIR(A) \ if (motor_direction(_AXIS(A))) { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = -1; \ } \ else { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = 1; \ } @@ -425,25 +473,25 @@ void Stepper::set_directions() { #endif #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX + if (L64XX_OK_to_power_up) { // OK to send the direction commands (which powers up the L64XX steppers) + if (L64xxManager.spi_active) { + L64xxManager.spi_abort = true; // Interrupted SPI transfer needs to shut down gracefully + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // Fill buffer with NOOPs + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // Send enough NOOPs to complete any command + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + } - if (L6470.spi_active) { - L6470.spi_abort = true; // interrupted a SPI transfer - need to shut it down gracefully - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // fill buffer with NOOP commands - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send enough NOOPs to complete any command - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); + // L64xxManager.dir_commands[] is an array that holds direction command for each stepper + + // Scan command array, copy matches into L64xxManager.transfer + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = L64xxManager.dir_commands[L64XX::chain[j]]; + + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers } - - // The L6470.dir_commands[] array holds the direction command for each stepper - - //scan command array and copy matches into L6470.transfer - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = L6470.dir_commands[L6470::chain[j]]; - - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers - #endif // A small delay may be needed after changing direction @@ -1405,6 +1453,9 @@ void Stepper::isr() { ENABLE_ISRS(); } +#define ISR_PULSE_CONTROL (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) +#define ISR_MULTI_STEPS (ISR_PULSE_CONTROL && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM)) + /** * This phase of the ISR should ONLY create the pulses for the steppers. * This prevents jitter caused by the interval between the start of the @@ -1435,9 +1486,11 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { step_events_completed += events_to_do; // Take multiple steps per interrupt (For high speed moves) - bool firstStep = true; + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; + #endif xyze_bool_t step_needed{0}; - hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; do { #define _APPLY_STEP(AXIS) AXIS ##_APPLY_STEP @@ -1487,14 +1540,14 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // Don't step E here - But remember the number of steps to perform motor_direction(E_AXIS) ? --LA_steps : ++LA_steps; #else - step_needed[E_AXIS] = delta_error.e >= 0; + step_needed.e = delta_error.e >= 0; #endif } #elif HAS_E0_STEP PULSE_PREP(E); #endif - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS if (firstStep) firstStep = false; else @@ -1514,7 +1567,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - if (step_needed[E_AXIS]) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); + if (step_needed.e) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); #elif HAS_E0_STEP PULSE_START(E); #endif @@ -1525,7 +1578,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #endif // TODO: need to deal with MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE over i2s - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS START_HIGH_PULSE(); AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif @@ -1558,7 +1611,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS if (events_to_do) START_LOW_PULSE(); #endif @@ -1841,8 +1894,8 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif if ( - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - true // Always set direction for L6470 (This also enables the chips) + #if HAS_L64XX + true // Always set direction for L64xx (This also enables the chips) #else current_block->direction_bits != last_direction_bits #if DISABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1854,6 +1907,10 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 last_moved_extruder = stepper_extruder; #endif + + #if HAS_L64XX + L64XX_OK_to_power_up = true; + #endif set_directions(); } @@ -1947,11 +2004,13 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { //const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); // Step E stepper if we have steps - bool firstStep = true; - hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; + #endif while (LA_steps) { - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS if (firstStep) firstStep = false; else @@ -1966,13 +2025,13 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif // Enforce a minimum duration for STEP pulse ON - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL START_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif LA_steps < 0 ? ++LA_steps : --LA_steps; - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif @@ -1985,7 +2044,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // For minimum pulse time wait before looping // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - #if (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL if (LA_steps) START_LOW_PULSE(); #endif } // LA_steps @@ -2040,100 +2099,121 @@ void Stepper::init() { // Init Dir Pins #if HAS_X_DIR - X_DIR_INIT; + X_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_X2_DIR - X2_DIR_INIT; + X2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_Y_DIR - Y_DIR_INIT; + Y_DIR_INIT(); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_DIR - Y2_DIR_INIT; + Y2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_DIR - Z_DIR_INIT; - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_DIR - Z2_DIR_INIT; + Z_DIR_INIT(); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_DIR + Z2_DIR_INIT(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_DIR - Z3_DIR_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_DIR + Z3_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_DIR + Z4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_DIR - E0_DIR_INIT; + E0_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E1_DIR - E1_DIR_INIT; + E1_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E2_DIR - E2_DIR_INIT; + E2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E3_DIR - E3_DIR_INIT; + E3_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E4_DIR - E4_DIR_INIT; + E4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E5_DIR - E5_DIR_INIT; + E5_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_DIR + E6_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_DIR + E7_DIR_INIT(); #endif // Init Enable Pins - steppers default to disabled. #if HAS_X_ENABLE - X_ENABLE_INIT; + X_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_X2_ENABLE - X2_ENABLE_INIT; + X2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Y_ENABLE - Y_ENABLE_INIT; + Y_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_ENABLE - Y2_ENABLE_INIT; + Y2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_ENABLE - Z_ENABLE_INIT; + Z_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_ENABLE - Z2_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_ENABLE + Z2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_ENABLE - Z3_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_ENABLE + Z3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_ENABLE + Z4_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - E0_ENABLE_INIT; + E0_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E0_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E1_ENABLE - E1_ENABLE_INIT; + E1_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E1_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E2_ENABLE - E2_ENABLE_INIT; + E2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E3_ENABLE - E3_ENABLE_INIT; + E3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E4_ENABLE - E4_ENABLE_INIT; + E4_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E5_ENABLE - E5_ENABLE_INIT; + E5_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E5_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if HAS_E6_ENABLE + E6_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E6_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_ENABLE + E7_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E7_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif - #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT + #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT() #define _WRITE_STEP(AXIS, HIGHLOW) AXIS ##_STEP_WRITE(HIGHLOW) #define _DISABLE(AXIS) disable_## AXIS() @@ -2147,7 +2227,7 @@ void Stepper::init() { // Init Step Pins #if HAS_X_STEP #if EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - X2_STEP_INIT; + X2_STEP_INIT(); X2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_X_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(X, X); @@ -2155,21 +2235,25 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if HAS_Y_STEP #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Y2_STEP_INIT; + Y2_STEP_INIT(); Y2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(Y, Y); #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - Z2_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 + Z2_STEP_INIT(); Z2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Z3_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + Z3_STEP_INIT(); Z3_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + Z4_STEP_INIT(); + Z4_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); + #endif AXIS_INIT(Z, Z); #endif @@ -2191,6 +2275,12 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_STEP E_AXIS_INIT(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(7); + #endif #if DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) HAL_timer_start(STEP_TIMER_NUM, 122); // Init Stepper ISR to 122 Hz for quick starting @@ -2683,6 +2773,13 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(Z3_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS1_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS2_PIN); @@ -2725,6 +2822,20 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(E5_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif static const uint8_t microstep_modes[] = MICROSTEP_MODES; for (uint16_t i = 0; i < COUNT(microstep_modes); i++) @@ -2753,7 +2864,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS1_PIN, ms1); @@ -2764,25 +2875,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS1_PIN, ms1); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS1_PIN, ms1); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif } if (ms2 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2806,7 +2926,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS2_PIN, ms2); @@ -2817,25 +2937,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS2_PIN, ms2); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS2_PIN, ms2); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif } if (ms3 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2859,7 +2988,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) WRITE(Z_MS3_PIN, ms3); @@ -2870,25 +2999,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS3) WRITE(Z3_MS3_PIN, ms3); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + WRITE(Z4_MS3_PIN, ms3); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif } } @@ -2925,77 +3063,94 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { } void Stepper::microstep_readings() { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("MS1,MS2,MS3 Pins\nX: "); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("MS1|MS2|MS3 Pins"); #if HAS_X_MICROSTEPS - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(X_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("X: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) + , '0' + READ(X_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Y: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Y_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Y_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Z: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Z_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Z_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E0: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E0_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E0_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E1: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E1_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E1_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E2: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E2_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E2_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E3: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E3_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E3_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E4: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E4_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E4_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E5: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E5_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E5_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E6: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E6_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E6_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E6_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E7: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E7_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E7_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E7_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h index 4a686d6f7c..808f4630d4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #ifdef CPU_32_BIT /** * Duration of START_TIMED_PULSE - * + * * ...as measured on an LPC1768 with a scope and converted to cycles. * Not applicable to other 32-bit processors, but as long as others * take longer, pulses will be longer. For example the SKR Pro @@ -274,11 +274,15 @@ class Stepper { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static bool locked_Y_motor, locked_Y2_motor; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor; - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - static bool locked_Z3_motor; + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , locked_Z3_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , locked_Z4_motor + #endif + #endif + ; #endif static uint32_t acceleration_time, deceleration_time; // time measured in Stepper Timer ticks @@ -430,12 +434,15 @@ class Stepper { FORCE_INLINE static void set_y_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_y2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y2_motor = state; } #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || (ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) && Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) FORCE_INLINE static void set_z_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_z2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z2_motor = state; } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z4_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z4_motor = state; } + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d682193aa9..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * stepper/L6470.cpp - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470.h" - -#define _L6470_DEFINE(ST) L6470 stepper##ST((const int)L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN) - -// L6470 Stepper objects -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E0); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E1); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E4); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E5); -#endif - -// not using L6470 library's init command because it -// briefly sends power to the steppers - -#define _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) do{ \ - stepper##Q.resetDev(); \ - stepper##Q.softFree(); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 \ - | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 \ - | CONFIG_SR_290V_us \ - | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP \ - | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.setMicroSteps(Q##_MICROSTEPS); \ - stepper##Q.setOverCurrent(Q##_OVERCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.setStallCurrent(Q##_STALLCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); \ - stepper##Q.getStatus(); \ -}while(0) - -void L6470_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); - #endif -} - -#endif // L6470 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c731a8042..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * stepper/L6470.h - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - -// L6470 has STEP on normal pins, but DIR/ENABLE via SPI -#define L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Q) do{ L6470_dir_commands[Q] = (STATE ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD); }while(0) - -// X Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X) - #define X_DIR_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y) - #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z) - #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// X2 Stepper -#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X2) - #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y2 Stepper -#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y2) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z2 Stepper -#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z2) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z3) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E0 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E0_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E0) - #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E1 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E1_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E1) - #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E2 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E2) - #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E3 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E3) - #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E4 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E4_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E4) - #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E5 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E5_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E5) - #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40f74c175a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.cpp + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64xx.h" + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif + +// Not using L64XX class init method because it +// briefly sends power to the steppers + +inline void L6470_init_chip(L64XX &st, const int ms, const int oc, const int sc, const int mv, const int slew_rate) { + st.set_handlers(L64xxManager.spi_init, L64xxManager.transfer_single, L64xxManager.transfer_chain); // specify which external SPI routines to use + switch (st.L6470_status_layout) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR; + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.free(); + //st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + //st.SetParam(L6474_TVAL, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setTVALCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR & ~CONFIG_EN_TQREG; // clear out slew rate and set current to be controlled by TVAL register + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(+-L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG,(st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG) | PWR_VCC_7_5V)); + st.getStatus(); // must clear out status bits before can set slew rate + st.getStatus(); + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_220V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_220V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_400V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_400V_us); break; + case 2: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_520V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_520V_us); break; + case 3: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_980V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_980V_us); break; + } + break; + } + } +} + +#define L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) L6470_init_chip(stepper##Q, Q##_MICROSTEPS, Q##_OVERCURRENT, Q##_STALLCURRENT, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE, Q##_SLEW_RATE) + +void L64XX_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); + #endif +} + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35b3d723de --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.h + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + +// Convert option names to L64XX classes +#define CLASS_L6470 L6470 +#define CLASS_L6474 L6474 +#define CLASS_POWERSTEP01 powerSTEP01 + +#define __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) CLASS_##TYPE +#define _L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) +#define L64XX_CLASS(ST) _L64XX_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE) + +#define L6474_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = dSPIN_L6474_ENABLE; WRITE(A##_DIR_PIN, STATE); }while(0) +#define L64XX_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = (STATE) ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD; }while(0) + +// X Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX; + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX.free()) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6474) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() (stepper##X.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Y Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY; + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY.free()) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6474) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Z Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ; + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ.free()) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6474) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// X2 Stepper +#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2; + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX2.free()) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6474) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepper##X2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Y2 Stepper +#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2; + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY2.free()) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6474) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Z2 Stepper +#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2; + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ2.free()) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6474) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Z3 Stepper +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3; + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ3.free()) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6474) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ4.free()) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6474) + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() READ(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E0 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0; + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE0.free()) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6474) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E0_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepper##E0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E1 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1; + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE1.free()) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6474) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E1_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepper##E1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E2 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2; + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE2.free()) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6474) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepper##E2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E3 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3; + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE3.free()) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6474) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepper##E3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E4 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4; + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE4.free()) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6474) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepper##E4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E5 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5; + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE5.free()) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6474) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E5_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepper##E5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E6) stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE6.free()) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE6.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6474) + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() READ(E6_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E6_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() (stepper##E6.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E7) stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE7.free()) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE7.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6474) + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() READ(E7_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E7_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() (stepper##E7.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp index 8acb735c9d..58d9463a2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z3); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z4); +#endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E0); #endif @@ -75,6 +78,12 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E5); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E6); +#endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E7); +#endif #define _TMC26X_INIT(A) do{ \ stepper##A.setMicrosteps(A##_MICROSTEPS); \ @@ -103,6 +112,9 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E0); #endif @@ -121,6 +133,12 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E7); + #endif } #endif // TMC26X diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h index a1c2704823..73cba31706 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.setEnabled(STATE) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.setEnabled(STATE) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -82,23 +82,31 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif // Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && ENABLED(Z3_IS_TMC26X) +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.setEnabled(STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.setEnabled(STATE) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E1 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.setEnabled(STATE) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -114,7 +122,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E2 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.setEnabled(STATE) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -122,7 +130,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E3 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.setEnabled(STATE) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E4 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.setEnabled(STATE) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -138,7 +146,23 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E5 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.setEnabled(STATE) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp index 2037c1b84e..f784d4911c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers() { tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init_to_defaults(); + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init_to_defaults(); #endif #if HAS_TRINAMIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h index ed87fde83c..d05c7e3db3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "L6470.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "L64xx.h" #endif #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) @@ -49,91 +49,91 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // X Stepper #ifndef X_ENABLE_INIT - #define X_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X_ENABLE_READ() READ(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X_DIR_INIT - #define X_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define X_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X_STEP_WRITE #define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define X_STEP_READ READ(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X_STEP_PIN)) // Y Stepper #ifndef Y_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y_DIR_INIT - #define Y_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Y_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y_STEP_WRITE #define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Y_STEP_READ READ(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y_STEP_PIN)) // Z Stepper #ifndef Z_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z_DIR_INIT - #define Z_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Z_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z_STEP_WRITE #define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Z_STEP_READ READ(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z_STEP_PIN)) // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE #ifndef X2_ENABLE_INIT - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X2_DIR_INIT - #define X2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define X2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X2_STEP_WRITE #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define X2_STEP_READ READ(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X2_STEP_PIN)) #endif // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE #ifndef Y2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y2_DIR_INIT - #define Y2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y2_STEP_WRITE #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_READ READ(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE #ifndef Z2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z2_DIR_INIT - #define Z2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z2_STEP_WRITE #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_READ READ(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -162,146 +162,256 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z3 Stepper #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE #ifndef Z3_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z3_DIR_INIT - #define Z3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z3_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z3_STEP_WRITE #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_READ READ(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z3_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #ifndef Z4_ENABLE_INIT + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_DIR_INIT + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() READ(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z4_STEP_PIN) + #ifndef Z4_STEP_WRITE + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_STEP_PIN,STATE) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_READ READ(Z4_STEP_PIN) +#else + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP +#endif + // E0 Stepper #ifndef E0_ENABLE_INIT - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E0_DIR_INIT - #define E0_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E0_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E0_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E0_STEP_WRITE #define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E0_STEP_READ READ(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E0_STEP_PIN)) // E1 Stepper #ifndef E1_ENABLE_INIT - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E1_DIR_INIT - #define E1_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E1_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E1_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E1_STEP_WRITE #define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E1_STEP_READ READ(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E1_STEP_PIN)) // E2 Stepper #ifndef E2_ENABLE_INIT - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E2_DIR_INIT - #define E2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E2_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E2_STEP_WRITE #define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E2_STEP_READ READ(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E2_STEP_PIN)) // E3 Stepper #ifndef E3_ENABLE_INIT - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E3_DIR_INIT - #define E3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E3_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E3_STEP_WRITE #define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E3_STEP_READ READ(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E3_STEP_PIN)) // E4 Stepper #ifndef E4_ENABLE_INIT - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E4_DIR_INIT - #define E4_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E4_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E4_STEP_WRITE #define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E4_STEP_READ READ(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E4_STEP_PIN)) // E5 Stepper #ifndef E5_ENABLE_INIT - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E5_DIR_INIT - #define E5_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E5_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E5_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E5_STEP_WRITE #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E5_STEP_READ READ(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E5_STEP_PIN)) + +// E6 Stepper +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_INIT + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E6_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_INIT + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E6_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E6_STEP_WRITE + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E6_STEP_PIN)) + +// E7 Stepper +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_INIT + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E7_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_INIT + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E7_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E7_STEP_WRITE + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E7_STEP_PIN)) /** * Extruder indirection for the single E axis */ #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) // One stepper driver per two extruders, reversed on odd index - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 6 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 5 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 4 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 3 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 2 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #else #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) E0_STEP_WRITE(V) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ E0_DIR_WRITE(E ? INVERT_E0_DIR : !INVERT_E0_DIR); }while(0) @@ -319,23 +429,100 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #elif E_STEPPERS > 1 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 7: E7_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 4 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 3 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 2 + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #else + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) @@ -355,7 +542,15 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { DUPE(STEP,V); } else _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V); }while(0) #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); _DUPE(7,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); NDIR(7); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); RDIR(7); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); }while(0) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) @@ -397,3 +592,322 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define REV_E_DIR(E) NOOP #endif + +// +// X, Y, Z Stepper enable / disable +// +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperX; + #define X_enable() NOOP + #define X_disable() stepperX.free() +#elif HAS_X_ENABLE + #define X_enable() X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #define X_disable() X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define X_enable() NOOP + #define X_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperX2; + #define X2_enable() NOOP + #define X2_disable() stepperX2.free() +#elif HAS_X2_ENABLE + #define X2_enable() X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #define X2_disable() X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define X2_enable() NOOP + #define X2_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#define enable_X() do{ X_enable(); X2_enable(); }while(0) +#define disable_X() do{ X_disable(); X2_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperY; + #define Y_enable() NOOP + #define Y_disable() stepperY.free() +#elif HAS_Y_ENABLE + #define Y_enable() Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #define Y_disable() Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Y_enable() NOOP + #define Y_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperY2; + #define Y2_enable() NOOP + #define Y2_disable() stepperY2.free() +#elif HAS_Y2_ENABLE + #define Y2_enable() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #define Y2_disable() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Y2_enable() NOOP + #define Y2_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#define enable_Y() do{ Y_enable(); Y2_enable(); }while(0) +#define disable_Y() do{ Y_disable(); Y2_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperZ; + #define Z_enable() NOOP + #define Z_disable() stepperZ.free() +#elif HAS_Z_ENABLE + #define Z_enable() Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #define Z_disable() Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Z_enable() NOOP + #define Z_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperZ2; + #define Z2_enable() NOOP + #define Z2_disable() stepperZ2.free() +#elif HAS_Z2_ENABLE + #define Z2_enable() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #define Z2_disable() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Z2_enable() NOOP + #define Z2_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperZ3; + #define Z3_enable() NOOP + #define Z3_disable() stepperZ3.free() +#elif HAS_Z3_ENABLE + #define Z3_enable() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #define Z3_disable() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Z3_enable() NOOP + #define Z3_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperZ4; + #define Z4_enable() NOOP + #define Z4_disable() stepperZ4.free() +#elif HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #define Z4_enable() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #define Z4_disable() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define Z4_enable() NOOP + #define Z4_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#define enable_Z() do{ Z_enable(); Z2_enable(); Z3_enable(); Z4_enable(); }while(0) +#define disable_Z() do{ Z_disable(); Z2_disable(); Z3_disable(); Z4_disable(); CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) + +// +// Extruder Stepper enable / disable +// + +// define the individual enables/disables +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE0; + #define E0_enable() NOOP + #define E0_disable() do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define E0_enable() E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E0_disable() E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E0_enable() NOOP + #define E0_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE1; + #define E1_enable() NOOP + #define E1_disable() do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define E1_enable() E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E1_disable() E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E1_enable() NOOP + #define E1_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE2; + #define E2_enable() NOOP + #define E2_disable() do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define E2_enable() E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E2_disable() E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E2_enable() NOOP + #define E2_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE3; + #define E3_enable() NOOP + #define E3_disable() do{ stepperE3.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define E3_enable() E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E3_disable() E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E3_enable() NOOP + #define E3_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE4; + #define E4_enable() NOOP + #define E4_disable() do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define E4_enable() E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E4_disable() E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E4_enable() NOOP + #define E4_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE5; + #define E5_enable() NOOP + #define E5_disable() do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define E5_enable() E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E5_disable() E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E5_enable() NOOP + #define E5_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE6; + #define E6_enable() NOOP + #define E6_disable() do{ stepperE6.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define E6_enable() E6_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E6_disable() E6_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E6_enable() NOOP + #define E6_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6470) + extern L6470 stepperE7; + #define E7_enable() NOOP + #define E7_disable() do{ stepperE7.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) +#elif E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define E7_enable() E7_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #define E7_disable() E7_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) +#else + #define E7_enable() NOOP + #define E7_disable() NOOP +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + + /** + * Mixing steppers synchronize their enable (and direction) together + */ + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 7 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); E5_enable(); E6_enable(); E7_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); E5_disable(); E6_disable(); E7_disable(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 6 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); E5_enable(); E6_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); E5_disable(); E6_disable(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); E5_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); E5_disable(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); E4_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); E4_disable(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); E3_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); E3_disable(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); E2_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); E2_disable(); } + #else + #define enable_E0() { E0_enable(); E1_enable(); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_disable(); E1_disable(); } + #endif + #define enable_E1() NOOP + #define disable_E1() NOOP + #define enable_E2() NOOP + #define disable_E2() NOOP + #define enable_E3() NOOP + #define disable_E3() NOOP + #define enable_E4() NOOP + #define disable_E4() NOOP + #define enable_E5() NOOP + #define disable_E5() NOOP + #define enable_E6() NOOP + #define disable_E6() NOOP + #define enable_E7() NOOP + #define disable_E7() NOOP + +#else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER + + #if HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define enable_E0() E0_enable() + #define disable_E0() E0_disable() + #else + #define enable_E0() NOOP + #define disable_E0() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define enable_E1() E1_enable() + #define disable_E1() E1_disable() + #else + #define enable_E1() NOOP + #define disable_E1() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define enable_E2() E2_enable() + #define disable_E2() E2_disable() + #else + #define enable_E2() NOOP + #define disable_E2() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define enable_E3() E3_enable() + #define disable_E3() E3_disable() + #else + #define enable_E3() NOOP + #define disable_E3() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define enable_E4() E4_enable() + #define disable_E4() E4_disable() + #else + #define enable_E4() NOOP + #define disable_E4() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define enable_E5() E5_enable() + #define disable_E5() E5_disable() + #else + #define enable_E5() NOOP + #define disable_E5() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define enable_E6() E6_enable() + #define disable_E6() E6_disable() + #else + #define enable_E6() NOOP + #define disable_E6() NOOP + #endif + + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define enable_E7() E7_enable() + #define disable_E7() E7_disable() + #else + #define enable_E7() NOOP + #define disable_E7() NOOP + #endif + +#endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp index 24e3d8cce3..ba65c32eb6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z3, Z); #endif +#if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z4, Z); +#endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(0); #endif @@ -249,6 +252,13 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z3, Z); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z4, Z); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z4, Z); + #endif + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 0); @@ -291,6 +301,20 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 5); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 6); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 6); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 7); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 7); + #endif + #endif void tmc_serial_begin() { #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X) @@ -342,6 +366,13 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; stepperZ3.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperZ4.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); @@ -384,6 +415,20 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; stepperE5.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE6.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE7.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif } #endif @@ -616,6 +661,9 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) stepperZ3.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + stepperZ4.push(); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) stepperE0.push(); #endif @@ -634,6 +682,12 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) stepperE5.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + stepperE6.push(); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + stepperE7.push(); + #endif } void reset_trinamic_drivers() { @@ -678,6 +732,9 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) _TMC_INIT(Z3, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + _TMC_INIT(Z4, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) _TMC_INIT(E0, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif @@ -696,6 +753,12 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) _TMC_INIT(E5, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + _TMC_INIT(E6, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + _TMC_INIT(E7, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif #if USE_SENSORLESS #if X_SENSORLESS @@ -727,6 +790,9 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); + #endif #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h index 8c6e9c21aa..afa8847108 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h @@ -34,15 +34,40 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" -#define ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) TMCMarlin -#define ___TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) -#define __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ___TMC_CLASS(_##MODEL, A, I, E) -#define _TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) +#define CLASS_TMC2130 TMC2130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2160 TMC2160Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2208 TMC2208Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2209 TMC2209Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2660 TMC2660Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5130 TMC5130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5160 TMC5160Stepper + +#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' +#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' +#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' + +#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' +#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' +#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' +#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' +#define TMC_Z4_LABEL 'Z', '4' + +#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' +#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' +#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' +#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' +#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' +#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' +#define TMC_E6_LABEL 'E', '6' +#define TMC_E7_LABEL 'E', '7' + +#define __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, L, I, A) TMCMarlin +#define _TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) #define TMC_CLASS(ST, A) _TMC_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE, TMC_##ST##_LABEL, A##_AXIS) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E##I) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E##N) #else - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E) #endif typedef struct { @@ -66,7 +91,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) extern TMC_CLASS(X, X) stepperX; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -79,7 +104,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) extern TMC_CLASS(Y, Y) stepperY; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -92,7 +117,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) extern TMC_CLASS(Z, Z) stepperZ; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -105,7 +130,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) extern TMC_CLASS(X2, X) stepperX2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -118,7 +143,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) extern TMC_CLASS(Y2, Y) stepperY2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -131,7 +156,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) extern TMC_CLASS(Z2, Z) stepperZ2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -144,7 +169,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) extern TMC_CLASS(Z3, Z) stepperZ3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -153,11 +178,24 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #endif #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + extern TMC_CLASS(Z4, Z) stepperZ4; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z4) + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z4_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) extern TMC_CLASS_E(0) stepperE0; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -170,7 +208,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) extern TMC_CLASS_E(1) stepperE1; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -183,7 +221,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) extern TMC_CLASS_E(2) stepperE2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -196,7 +234,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) extern TMC_CLASS_E(3) stepperE3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -209,7 +247,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) extern TMC_CLASS_E(4) stepperE4; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -222,7 +260,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) extern TMC_CLASS_E(5) stepperE5; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif @@ -230,3 +268,29 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E5_STEP_PIN); }while(0) #endif #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(6) stepperE6; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E6) + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E6_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(7) stepperE7; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E7) + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E7_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index daaa008bf9..559b3d5a1e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -27,11 +27,14 @@ #include "temperature.h" #include "endstops.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "planner.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) #include "Adafruit_MAX31865.h" @@ -259,6 +262,10 @@ Temperature thermalManager; #endif // HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + probe_info_t Temperature::temp_probe; // = { 0 } +#endif + // Initialized by settings.load() #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) //hotend_pid_t Temperature::pid[HOTENDS]; @@ -280,7 +287,7 @@ Temperature thermalManager; float Temperature::redundant_temperature = 0.0; #endif -volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; +volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) int32_t Temperature::last_e_position, Temperature::lpq[LPQ_MAX_LEN]; @@ -296,9 +303,11 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; sensor_heater_2 { HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_3 { HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_4 { HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, - sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; + sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_6 { HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_7 { HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; - temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5); + temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5, sensor_heater_6, sensor_heater_7); #endif #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED @@ -399,6 +408,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; if (target > GHV(BED_MAXTEMP - 10, temp_range[heater].maxtemp - 15)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif return; } @@ -423,7 +435,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (temp_meas_ready) { // temp sample ready + if (raw_temps_ready) { // temp sample ready updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // Get the current temperature and constrain it @@ -512,6 +524,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #endif if (current_temp > target + MAX_OVERSHOOT_PID_AUTOTUNE) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif break; } @@ -554,6 +569,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #define MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE 20L #endif if (((ms - t1) + (ms - t2)) > (MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE * 60L * 1000L)) { + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT); break; } @@ -602,6 +620,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif goto EXIT_M303; } @@ -613,6 +634,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif EXIT_M303: #if ENABLED(NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING) @@ -636,11 +660,11 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { case H_CHAMBER: return temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount; #endif default: - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount; - #else - return 0; - #endif + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount + #endif + ); } } @@ -664,6 +688,12 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { , REPEAT2(4,_EFAN,4) 4 #if HOTENDS > 5 , REPEAT2(5,_EFAN,5) 5 + #if HOTENDS > 6 + , REPEAT2(6,_EFAN,6) 6 + #if HOTENDS > 7 + , REPEAT2(7,_EFAN,7) 7 + #endif + #endif #endif #endif #endif @@ -729,6 +759,12 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 case 5: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E5, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 + case 6: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E6, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 + case 7: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E7, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E case CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(CHAMBER, fan_on, CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif @@ -871,7 +907,6 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kc; } #endif // PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) if (thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder] > PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) { work_pid[ee].Kf = PID_PARAM(Kf, ee) + (PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR) * thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder]; @@ -880,7 +915,6 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { //pid_output -= work_pid[ee].Ki; //pid_output += work_pid[ee].Ki * work_pid[ee].Kf #endif // PID_FAN_SCALING - LIMIT(pid_output, 0, PID_MAX); } temp_dState[ee] = temp_hotend[ee].celsius; @@ -1019,7 +1053,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { if (emergency_parser.killed_by_M112) kill(); #endif - if (!temp_meas_ready) return; + if (!raw_temps_ready) return; updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // also resets the watchdog @@ -1056,10 +1090,10 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if WATCH_HOTENDS // Make sure temperature is increasing - if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? - if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? + if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? + if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); - else // Start again if the target is still far off + else // Start again if the target is still far off start_watching_hotend(e); } #endif @@ -1264,6 +1298,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND5_BETA, 0 }, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND6_BETA, 0 }, + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND7_BETA, 0 }, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, BED_BETA, 0 }, #endif @@ -1309,6 +1349,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_HOTEND_5 ? PSTR("HOTEND 5") : #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_6 ? PSTR("HOTEND 6") : + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_7 ? PSTR("HOTEND 7") : + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_BED ? PSTR("BED") : #endif @@ -1380,7 +1426,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { SERIAL_ECHO((int)e); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM); kill(); - return 0.0; + return 0; } switch (e) { @@ -1454,6 +1500,26 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #else break; #endif + case 6: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_6, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif + case 7: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_7, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif default: break; } @@ -1480,6 +1546,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } @@ -1498,11 +1565,31 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + // Derived from RepRap FiveD extruder::getTemperature() + // For probe temperature measurement. + float Temperature::analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw) { + #if ENABLED(PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_PROBE, raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR) + SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE(PROBE_TEMPTABLE, PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + UNUSED(raw); + return 0; + #endif + } +#endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE + /** * Get the raw values into the actual temperatures. * The raw values are created in interrupt context, @@ -1525,6 +1612,9 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER temp_chamber.celsius = analog_to_celsius_chamber(temp_chamber.raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.celsius = analog_to_celsius_probe(temp_probe.raw); + #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) redundant_temperature = analog_to_celsius_hotend(redundant_temperature_raw, 1); #endif @@ -1535,7 +1625,7 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { // Reset the watchdog on good temperature measurement watchdog_refresh(); - temp_meas_ready = false; + raw_temps_ready = false; } #if MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI @@ -1587,8 +1677,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #endif #if MB(RUMBA) - #define _AD(N) (ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495)) - #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) || _AD(3) || _AD(4) || _AD(5) || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) + #define _AD(N) ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495) + #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) /* RUMBA has 3 E plugs // || _AD(3) || _AD(4) || _AD(5) || _AD(6) || _AD(7) */ \ + || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) // Disable RUMBA JTAG in case the thermocouple extension is plugged on top of JTAG connector MCUCR = _BV(JTD); MCUCR = _BV(JTD); @@ -1622,6 +1713,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_HEATER_5 OUT_WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, HEATER_5_INVERTING); #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_6 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, HEATER_6_INVERTING); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_7 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, HEATER_7_INVERTING); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED #ifdef ALFAWISE_UX0 @@ -1644,6 +1741,21 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_FAN2 INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN2_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN3_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN4_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN5_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN7_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) INIT_FAN_PIN(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1685,6 +1797,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_5_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_7_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(JOY_X_PIN); #endif @@ -1703,6 +1821,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(FILWIDTH_PIN); #endif @@ -1731,6 +1852,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(5,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,4)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(6,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,5)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(7,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,5) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,6)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E INIT_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1792,6 +1919,22 @@ void Temperature::init() { #ifdef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP _TEMP_MAX_E(5); #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #ifdef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(6); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(6); + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #ifdef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(7); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(7); + #endif + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -2161,9 +2304,9 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif // HAS_MAX6675 /** - * Get raw temperatures + * Update raw temperatures */ -void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { +void Temperature::update_raw_temperatures() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 && DISABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675) temp_hotend[0].update(); @@ -2183,6 +2326,12 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { temp_hotend[4].update(); #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 temp_hotend[5].update(); + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + temp_hotend[6].update(); + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + temp_hotend[7].update(); + #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 @@ -2197,6 +2346,10 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { temp_chamber.update(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.update(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.update(); #endif @@ -2207,13 +2360,13 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { joystick.z.update(); #endif - temp_meas_ready = true; + raw_temps_ready = true; } void Temperature::readings_ready() { // Update the raw values if they've been read. Else we could be updating them during reading. - if (!temp_meas_ready) set_current_temp_raw(); + if (!raw_temps_ready) update_raw_temperatures(); // Filament Sensor - can be read any time since IIR filtering is used #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) @@ -2235,6 +2388,10 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { temp_chamber.reset(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.reset(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.reset(); #endif @@ -2451,6 +2608,21 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #if HAS_FAN2 _FAN_PWM(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif #endif } else { @@ -2478,6 +2650,21 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif } @@ -2542,6 +2729,21 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #if HAS_FAN2 _PWM_FAN(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif } #if HAS_FAN0 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(0, LOW); @@ -2552,6 +2754,21 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif // FAN_SOFT_PWM // SOFT_PWM_SCALE to frequency: @@ -2643,6 +2860,11 @@ void Temperature::tick() { case MeasureTemp_CHAMBER: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_chamber); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case PrepareTemp_PROBE: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_PROBE: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_probe); break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 case PrepareTemp_1: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_1_PIN); break; case MeasureTemp_1: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[1]); break; @@ -2668,6 +2890,16 @@ void Temperature::tick() { case MeasureTemp_5: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[5]); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case PrepareTemp_6: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_6: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[6]); break; + #endif + + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case PrepareTemp_7: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_7: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[7]); break; + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) case Prepare_FILWIDTH: HAL_START_ADC(FILWIDTH_PIN); break; case Measure_FILWIDTH: @@ -2694,11 +2926,14 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #endif #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #ifndef ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 + #endif case Prepare_ADC_KEY: HAL_START_ADC(ADC_KEYPAD_PIN); break; case Measure_ADC_KEY: if (!HAL_ADC_READY()) next_sensor_state = adc_sensor_state; // redo this state - else if (ADCKey_count < 16) { + else if (ADCKey_count < ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) { raw_ADCKey_value = HAL_READ_ADC(); if (raw_ADCKey_value <= 900UL * HAL_ADC_RANGE / 1024UL) { NOMORE(current_ADCKey_raw, raw_ADCKey_value); @@ -2712,9 +2947,9 @@ void Temperature::tick() { } } } - if (ADCKey_count == 16) ADCKey_pressed = true; + if (ADCKey_count == ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) ADCKey_pressed = true; break; - #endif // ADC_KEYPAD + #endif // HAS_ADC_BUTTONS case StartupDelay: break; @@ -2753,6 +2988,9 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER case H_CHAMBER: k = 'C'; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case H_PROBE: k = 'P'; break; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND default: k = 'T'; break; #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -2821,6 +3059,14 @@ void Temperature::tick() { , H_CHAMBER ); #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + print_heater_state(degProbe(), 0 + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + , rawProbeTemp() + #endif + , H_PROBE + ); + #endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE #if HOTENDS > 1 HOTEND_LOOP() print_heater_state(degHotend(e), degTargetHotend(e) #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) @@ -2891,6 +3137,7 @@ void Temperature::tick() { ) { #if TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -2908,7 +3155,7 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #endif float target_temp = -1.0, old_temp = 9999.0; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; do { @@ -2961,6 +3208,8 @@ void Temperature::tick() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; + #endif // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M109 R0 @@ -2981,8 +3230,6 @@ void Temperature::tick() { } #endif - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) { @@ -3130,6 +3377,7 @@ void Temperature::tick() { bool Temperature::wait_for_chamber(const bool no_wait_for_cooling/*=true*/) { #if TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -3138,7 +3386,7 @@ void Temperature::tick() { #endif float target_temp = -1, old_temp = 9999; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; @@ -3191,6 +3439,7 @@ void Temperature::tick() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; #endif // TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M191 R0 @@ -3203,9 +3452,6 @@ void Temperature::tick() { old_temp = temp; } } - - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) ui.reset_status(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h index 4eff4e4f62..da73ed37a4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ // Identifiers for other heaters typedef enum : int8_t { - INDEX_NONE = -4, - H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, - H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5 + INDEX_NONE = -5, + H_PROBE, H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, + H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5, H_E6, H_E7 } heater_ind_t; // PID storage @@ -114,6 +114,9 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER PrepareTemp_CHAMBER, MeasureTemp_CHAMBER, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + PrepareTemp_PROBE, MeasureTemp_PROBE, + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 PrepareTemp_1, MeasureTemp_1, #endif @@ -129,6 +132,12 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 PrepareTemp_5, MeasureTemp_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + PrepareTemp_6, MeasureTemp_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + PrepareTemp_7, MeasureTemp_7, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X PrepareJoy_X, MeasureJoy_X, #endif @@ -202,6 +211,9 @@ struct PIDHeaterInfo : public HeaterInfo { typedef heater_info_t bed_info_t; #endif #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + typedef temp_info_t probe_info_t; +#endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER typedef heater_info_t chamber_info_t; #elif HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER @@ -258,6 +270,9 @@ typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max, mintemp, maxtemp; } temp_range_t; #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_BED, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + CTI_PROBE, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_CHAMBER, #endif @@ -289,11 +304,12 @@ class Temperature { #endif static hotend_info_t temp_hotend[HOTEND_TEMPS]; #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED static bed_info_t temp_bed; #endif - + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static probe_info_t temp_probe; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static chamber_info_t temp_chamber; #endif @@ -301,7 +317,6 @@ class Temperature { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_E_FANS) static uint8_t autofan_speed[HOTENDS]; #endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN) static uint8_t chamberfan_speed; #endif @@ -345,7 +360,7 @@ class Temperature { static bool inited; // If temperature controller is running #endif - static volatile bool temp_meas_ready; + static volatile bool raw_temps_ready; #if WATCH_HOTENDS static heater_watch_t watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; @@ -467,6 +482,9 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_BED static float analog_to_celsius_bed(const int raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static float analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw); + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static float analog_to_celsius_chamber(const int raw); #endif @@ -662,6 +680,19 @@ class Temperature { #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawProbeTemp() { return temp_probe.raw; } + #endif + FORCE_INLINE static float degProbe() { return temp_probe.celsius; } + #endif + + #if WATCH_PROBE + static void start_watching_probe(); + #else + static inline void start_watching_probe() {} + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawChamberTemp() { return temp_chamber.raw; } @@ -686,7 +717,7 @@ class Temperature { static void setTargetChamber(const int16_t celsius) { temp_chamber.target = #ifdef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP) + _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10) #else celsius #endif @@ -774,7 +805,7 @@ class Temperature { #endif private: - static void set_current_temp_raw(); + static void update_raw_temperatures(); static void updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); #define HAS_MAX6675 EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85ca169a1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define OVM(V) OV((V)*(0.327/0.327)) + +// R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, bed thermistor +const short temptable_332[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OVM( 268), 150 }, + { OVM( 293), 145 }, + { OVM( 320), 141 }, + { OVM( 379), 133 }, + { OVM( 445), 122 }, + { OVM( 516), 108 }, + { OVM( 591), 98 }, + { OVM( 665), 88 }, + { OVM( 737), 79 }, + { OVM( 801), 70 }, + { OVM( 857), 55 }, + { OVM( 903), 46 }, + { OVM( 939), 39 }, + { OVM( 954), 33 }, + { OVM( 966), 27 }, + { OVM( 977), 22 }, + { OVM( 999), 15 }, + { OVM(1004), 5 }, + { OVM(1008), 0 }, + { OVM(1012), -5 }, + { OVM(1016), -10 }, + { OVM(1020), -15 } +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h index 8dac7e2aee..875f742ccb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #define OV(N) int16_t((N) * (OVERSAMPLENR) * (THERMISTOR_TABLE_SCALE)) -#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n) +#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n || THERMISTORPROBE == n) // Pt1000 and Pt100 handling // @@ -147,9 +147,12 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(201) // Pt100 with LMV324 Overlord #include "thermistor_201.h" #endif -#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for MEGA #include "thermistor_331.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(332) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for DUE + #include "thermistor_332.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(666) // beta25 = UNK, R25 = 200K, Pull-up = 10 kOhm, "Unidentified 200K NTC thermistor (Einstart S)" #include "thermistor_666.h" #endif @@ -232,6 +235,26 @@ #define HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_6) + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 6 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_7) + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 7 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + #ifdef THERMISTORBED #define BED_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORBED) #define BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(BED_TEMPTABLE) @@ -249,13 +272,21 @@ #else #define CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#ifdef THERMISTORPROBE + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORPROBE) + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(PROBE_TEMPTABLE) +#else + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif // The SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE macro needs alteration? static_assert( HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_2_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_3_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_4_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 - && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, + && HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 && HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 + && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 + && PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, "Temperature conversion tables over 255 entries need special consideration." ); @@ -316,6 +347,24 @@ static_assert( #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_BED_USES_THERMISTOR) #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp index b392e751d5..45c5805f4d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -929,11 +929,20 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) && !SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS // Switching Nozzle (single servo) // Raise by a configured distance to avoid workpiece, except with // SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS, as both nozzles will lift instead. - current_position.z += _MAX(-diff.z, 0.0) + toolchange_settings.z_raise; - #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS - NOMORE(current_position.z, soft_endstop.max.z); - #endif - if (!no_move) fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + if (!no_move) { + #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS + const float maxz = _MIN(soft_endstop.max.z, Z_MAX_POS); + #else + constexpr float maxz = Z_MAX_POS; + #endif + + // Check if Z has space to compensate at least z_offset, and if not, just abort now + const float newz = current_position.z + _MAX(-diff.z, 0.0); + if (newz > maxz) return; + + current_position.z = _MIN(newz + toolchange_settings.z_raise, maxz); + fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + } move_nozzle_servo(new_tool); #endif @@ -942,7 +951,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #endif // The newly-selected extruder XYZ is actually at... - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XY by { ", diff.x, ", ", diff.y, ", ", diff.z, " }"); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XYZ by { ", diff.x, ", ", diff.y, ", ", diff.z, " }"); current_position += diff; // Tell the planner the new "current position" @@ -1058,6 +1067,10 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { fanmux_switch(active_extruder); #endif + #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(active_extruder)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h index e778c4e335..1a7967d579 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h @@ -99,3 +99,5 @@ #define MISO_PIN 19 #define SCK_PIN 18 #define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers + diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h index c2e1759c1e..cffdfa465d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ #define HEATER_BED_PIN 144 // 4 #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 147 -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 148 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 149 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 148 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 149 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder #define FAN1_PIN 149 // @@ -118,6 +118,7 @@ #define MISO_PIN 19 #define SCK_PIN 18 #define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers ////////////////////////// // LCDs and Controllers // @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 152 + #define BEEPER_PIN 151 //#define LCD_PINS_D5 150 //#define LCD_PINS_D6 151 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h index 48cdb1dd62..2cb6fb597b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #define KILL_PIN 41 - #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) #define DOGLCD_A0 27 #define DOGLCD_CS 25 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h index 348b73d79c..516913c2d4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h @@ -21,7 +21,11 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 +#ifdef SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + #ifndef MCU_LPC1769 + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." + #endif +#elif !defined(MCU_LPC1768) #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -54,6 +58,9 @@ #ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN #define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN #endif +#if HOTENDS == 1 && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define TEMP_PROBE_PIN P0_25_A2 // TEMP_1_PIN +#endif // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h index afcae1cad1..abf5e821ca 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ // requires jumpers on the SKR V1.1 board as documented here: // https://www.facebook.com/groups/505736576548648/permalink/630639874058317/ #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #else #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h index e673807128..7f74456a48 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h @@ -25,32 +25,31 @@ /** * Limit Switches - * - * For Stallguard homing to max swap the min / max pins so - * the MAX physical connectors can be used for other things. */ -#if X_HOME_DIR == -1 || !X_STALL_SENSITIVITY +#if X_HOME_DIR > 0 && X_STALL_SENSITIVITY && !defined(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + // For StallGuard homing to MAX swap the MIN / MAX pins + // so the MAX physical connectors may be used for other things. + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 // X_MAX (free) + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_29 // X_MIN +#else // else, non-endstop is free and appears in M43 output #define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 // X_MIN #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X_MAX -#else - #define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 // X_MAX - #define X_MAX_PIN P1_29 // X_MIN #endif -#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1 || !Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY +#if Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY && !defined(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // Y_MAX (free) + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // Y_MIN +#else #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 // Y_MIN #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y_MAX -#else - #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // Y_MAX - #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // Y_MIN #endif -#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 || !Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY +#if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY && !defined(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_24 // Z_MAX (free) + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_25 // Z_MIN +#else #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 // Z_MIN #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z_MAX -#else - #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_24 // Z_MAX - #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_25 // Z_MIN #endif #define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Board has built-in pullups @@ -271,11 +270,35 @@ #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + + #elif ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** + * Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | · · | GND + * (MOSI) P1_23 | · · | P1_22 (LCD_CS) + * (LCD_A0) P1_21 | · · | P1_20 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET P1.19 | · · | P1_18 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) P0_28 | · · | P1_30 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_18 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_20 + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_21 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P1_30 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_23 #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 #endif #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h index bb5574e6ef..8e2a0cec23 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h @@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ */ #pragma once -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4" +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4" +#endif // // SD Connection diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h index fd87dbe1e2..b830f3dcb8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h @@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ * MKS SBASE pin assignments */ -#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 +#if defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1769) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." +#elif !defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1768) #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..846f38556e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4 TURBO" +#define SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + +// +// Include SKR 1.4 pins +// +#include "../lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h index 30172e19ed..7586415b43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS SGen" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SGEN" +#define MKS_HAS_LPC1769 #include "../lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h index 3915c1cfed..d54fbb13b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV11 pin assignments */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h index b9a96c410b..5628df7f10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV12 pin assignments */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h index 2fad8d576e..c62be6befc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CNControls V15 for HMS434 pin assignments */ @@ -64,7 +87,7 @@ // // Fans // -#define FAN0_PIN 8 +#define FAN_PIN 8 #define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 #define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 #define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dba2241c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Leapfrog Xeed Driver board pin assignments + * + * This board is used by other Leapfrog printers in addition to the Xeed, + * such as the Creatr HS and Bolt. The pin assignments vary wildly between + * printer models. As such this file is currently specific to the Xeed. + */ + +#ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Mega 2560' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Leapfrog Xeed 2015" + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // 'X Min' +#define Y_STOP_PIN 48 // 'Y Min' +#define Z_STOP_PIN 49 // 'Z Min' + +// +// Steppers +// The Xeed utilizes three Z-axis motors, which use the X, Y, and Z stepper connectors +// on the board. The X and Y steppers use external drivers, attached to signal-level +// Y-axis and X-axis connectors on the board, which map to distinct CPU pins from +// the on-board X/Y stepper drivers. +// + +// X-axis signal-level connector +#define X_STEP_PIN 65 +#define X_DIR_PIN 64 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 66 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// Y-axis signal-level connector +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// ZMOT connector (Front Right Z Motor) +#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 30 + +// XMOT connector (Rear Z Motor) +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 28 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 63 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// YMOT connector (Front Left Z Motor) +#define Z3_STEP_PIN 14 +#define Z3_DIR_PIN 15 +#define Z3_ENABLE_PIN 39 + +// EMOT2 connector +#define E0_STEP_PIN 37 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 40 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 36 + +// EMOT connector +#define E1_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 35 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 33 + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 42 // ROT2 Connector +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 44 // ROT1 Connector + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // T3 Connector +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // T1 Connector +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // BED Connector (Between T1 and T3) + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 8 // Misc Connector, pins 3 and 4 (Out2) +#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 // Misc Connector, pins 5 and 6 (Out3) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 6 // Misc Connector, pins 9(-) and 10(+) (OutA) + +#define FAN_PIN 10 // Misc Connector, pins 7(-) and 8 (+) (Out4) + +#define LED_PIN 13 + +#define SOL1_PIN 7 // Misc Connector, pins 1(-) and 2(+) (Out1) + +// Door Closed Sensor +//#define DOOR_PIN 45 // HM1 Connector diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h index 481bb14037..bd799e5e91 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h @@ -170,6 +170,8 @@ #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(FYSETC_F6_13) #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_13 +#elif MB(FYSETC_F6_14) + #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_14 #elif MB(DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS) #include "ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(VORON) @@ -185,7 +187,6 @@ #elif MB(MKS_GEN_L_V2) #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 - // // RAMBo and derivatives // @@ -247,6 +248,8 @@ #include "mega/pins_OVERLORD.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(HJC2560C_REV2) #include "mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 +#elif MB(LEAPFROG_XEED2015) + #include "mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 @@ -385,6 +388,8 @@ #include "lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 #elif MB(TH3D_EZBOARD) #include "lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 +#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO) + #include "lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 // // Due (ATSAM) boards @@ -446,6 +451,8 @@ #include "sam/pins_ADSK.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_debug #elif MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2) #include "sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h" // SAM3X8C env:DUE_USB +#elif MB(CNCONTROLS_15D) + #include "sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_USB // // STM32 ARM Cortex-M3 @@ -523,10 +530,12 @@ #include "stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h" // STM32F4 env:RUMBA32 #elif MB(BLACK_STM32F407VE) #include "stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F407VE_black -#elif MB(STEVAL) - #include "stm32/pins_STEVAL.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(STEVAL_3DP001V1) + #include "stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F401VE_STEVAL #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1) #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO +#elif MB(BIGTREE_GTR_V1_0) + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_GTR #elif MB(BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0) #include "stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_BTT002 #elif MB(LERDGE_K) @@ -571,7 +580,57 @@ #include "linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h" // Linux env:linux_native #else - #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + + // + // Obsolete or unknown board + // + + #define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 + #define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 + #define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 + #define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 + #define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 + #define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 + #define BOARD_STM32F103R -1006 + #define BOARD_ESP32 -1007 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 -1008 + #define BOARD_STEVAL -1009 + + #if MB(MKS_13) + #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(TRIGORILLA) + #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(RURAMPS4D) + #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) + #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F1R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F103R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F103R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_ESP32 + #error "BOARD_ESP32 has been renamed BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STEVAL) + #error "BOARD_STEVAL has been renamed BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1. Please update your configuration." + #else + #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + #endif + + #undef BOARD_MKS_13 + #undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA + #undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D + #undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 + #undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_STM32F1R + #undef BOARD_STM32F103R + #undef BOARD_ESP32 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 + #undef BOARD_STEVAL + #endif // Define certain undefined pins @@ -656,6 +715,24 @@ #ifndef E5_MS3_PIN #define E5_MS3_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_MS1_PIN + #define E6_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS2_PIN + #define E6_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS3_PIN + #define E6_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS1_PIN + #define E7_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS2_PIN + #define E7_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS3_PIN + #define E7_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef E0_STEP_PIN #define E0_STEP_PIN -1 @@ -711,6 +788,24 @@ #ifndef E5_ENABLE_PIN #define E5_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_STEP_PIN + #define E6_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_PIN + #define E6_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_PIN + #define E6_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_STEP_PIN + #define E7_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_PIN + #define E7_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_PIN + #define E7_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef X_CS_PIN #define X_CS_PIN -1 @@ -739,6 +834,12 @@ #ifndef E5_CS_PIN #define E5_CS_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN -1 @@ -782,6 +883,12 @@ #ifndef HEATER_5_PIN #define HEATER_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_PIN + #define HEATER_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_PIN + #define HEATER_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN #define HEATER_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -804,6 +911,12 @@ #ifndef TEMP_5_PIN #define TEMP_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef TEMP_6_PIN + #define TEMP_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_7_PIN + #define TEMP_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN #define TEMP_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -883,6 +996,20 @@ #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #endif #endif +#ifndef E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif +#ifndef E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif #ifndef CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #ifdef ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN @@ -1098,7 +1225,7 @@ #endif // The Z2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #ifndef Z2_STEP_PIN #define Z2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1145,7 +1272,7 @@ #define Z2_MS3_PIN -1 #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #ifndef Z3_STEP_PIN #define Z3_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z3_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1176,6 +1303,7 @@ #define Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #define Z4_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Z3_E_INDEX) #endif #ifndef Z3_CS_PIN @@ -1191,6 +1319,52 @@ #define Z3_MS3_PIN -1 #endif +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_STEP_PIN + #define Z4_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define Z4_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define Z4_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, ENABLE) + #if Z4_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + #error "No E stepper plug left for Z4!" + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS1) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS2) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS3) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_1) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1) #define ST7920_DELAY_1 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h index 23a1abe8b7..1972c3ba94 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h @@ -45,9 +45,35 @@ #line 46 // manually add pins that have names that are macros which don't play well with these macros -#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 && (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - static const char RXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "RXD" }; - static const char TXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "TXD" }; +#if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #endif #endif ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -85,11 +111,59 @@ const PinInfo pin_array[] PROGMEM = { // manually add pins ... #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - { RXD_NAME, 0, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 1, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY - { RXD_NAME, 8, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 9, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #endif + #endif + + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #endif #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h index 993c23b5c0..ca8c3f9a99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h @@ -90,6 +90,15 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS3) #undef Z3_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + #undef Z4_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + #undef Z4_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + #undef Z4_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS1) #undef E0_MS1_PIN #endif @@ -144,6 +153,24 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) #undef E5_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1) + #undef E6_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + #undef E6_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + #undef E6_MS3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1) + #undef E7_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS2) + #undef E7_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + #undef E7_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP) #undef E0_STEP_PIN @@ -199,6 +226,24 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_ENABLE) #undef E5_ENABLE_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP) + #undef E6_STEP_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR) + #undef E6_DIR_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) + #undef E6_ENABLE_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP) + #undef E7_STEP_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR) + #undef E7_DIR_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) + #undef E7_ENABLE_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) #undef X_CS_PIN @@ -227,6 +272,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS) #undef E5_CS_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) + #undef E6_CS_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) + #undef E7_CS_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN) #undef FAN_PIN @@ -238,6 +289,21 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) #undef FAN2_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #undef FAN3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #undef FAN4_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #undef FAN5_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #undef FAN6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #undef FAN7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) #undef CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN #endif @@ -270,6 +336,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5) #undef HEATER_5_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_6) + #undef HEATER_6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_7) + #undef HEATER_7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) #undef HEATER_BED_PIN #endif @@ -292,6 +364,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) #undef TEMP_5_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) + #undef TEMP_6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) + #undef TEMP_7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) #undef TEMP_BED_PIN #endif @@ -354,6 +432,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) && TEMP_5_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_5_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) && TEMP_6_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) && TEMP_7_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_7_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) && TEMP_BED_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_BED_PIN) #endif @@ -677,6 +761,54 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_STEP_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_STEP_PIN) +#endif #if defined(ENET_CRS) && ENET_CRS >= 0 REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ENET_CRS) #endif @@ -756,6 +888,18 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN3_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN4_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN5_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN7_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) #endif @@ -927,6 +1071,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, PHOTOGRAPH_PIN) #endif @@ -1335,6 +1485,27 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_STEP_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(ZRIB_V20_D6) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN) #endif @@ -1383,6 +1554,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif @@ -1419,6 +1596,18 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_CHAIN_SCK) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN) #endif @@ -1452,3 +1641,6 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(TOUCH_INT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, TOUCH_INT_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h index 1168948d93..d009630392 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once // -// FYSETC F6 pin assignments +// FYSETC F6 1.3 (and 1.4) pin assignments // #ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@ //#error "SD_DETECT_INVERTED must be disabled for the FYSETC_F6_13 board." #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" +#endif #define RESET_PIN 30 #define SPI_FLASH_CS 83 @@ -54,7 +56,9 @@ #define Y_MIN_PIN 14 #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 #define Z_MIN_PIN 12 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#ifndef Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO2_PIN @@ -124,18 +128,42 @@ * Software serial communication pins. * At the moment, F6 rx pins are not pc interrupt pins */ - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 + #endif + #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #endif #endif // @@ -197,9 +225,11 @@ #define DOGLCD_A0 16 #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 27 + #endif + #define KILL_PIN 41 #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. // Seems to work best if left open. diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..088955ff0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// +// FYSETC F6 v1.4 pin assignments +// + +#define BOARD_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.4" + +#define Z_MAX_PIN 2 + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + */ + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 72 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 71 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 73 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 78 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 75 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 77 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 76 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 80 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN 62 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 +#endif + +#include "pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h index 676197b84d..f6ccff24f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h @@ -508,7 +508,9 @@ #ifndef SD_DETECT_PIN #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #endif - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #ifndef KILL_PIN + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #endif #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h index 1202638d1c..5bee03bd95 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h @@ -31,13 +31,9 @@ #if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 #error "RL200v1 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if DISABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Update Configuration_adv.h or comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS != 2 + #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 2 or comment out this line to continue." +#elif !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) #error "You must set ([XYZ]|Z2|E0)_DRIVER_TYPE to DRV8825 in Configuration.h for RL200." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h index 031ab8e16b..987d2a0756 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h @@ -37,6 +37,12 @@ #define SERVO3_PIN 6 #endif +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MAX_PIN 43 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 19 + // Labeled pins #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN 10 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe9bfb9afd --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/** + * CNControls V15 for HMS434 with DUE pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __SAM3X8E__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Arduino Due' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "CN Controls V15D" + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN 6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 39 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 62 + +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 14 +#define X_DIR_PIN 25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 27 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 65 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 63 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 8 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 7 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// Analog Inputs +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 + +#ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 5 +#endif + +// +// Heaters +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 32 +#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 33 + +// +// Fans +// +//#define FAN0_PIN 8 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN 10 + +// +// SD card +// +#define SCK_PIN 76 +#define MISO_PIN 74 +#define MOSI_PIN 75 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 40 + +// Common I/O + +//#define PWM_1_PIN 6 // probe +//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 +//#define SPARE_IO 17 +#define BEEPER_PIN 13 +#define CALIBRATION_PIN 66 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 31 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h index 66fbd47890..59faeee770 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ #include "pins_MELZI.h" -// For the stock CR-10 use the REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -// option for the display in Configuration.h - +// +// For the stock CR-10 enable CR10_STOCKDISPLAY in Configuration.h +// #undef LCD_SDSS #undef LED_PIN #undef LCD_PINS_RS diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h index 9fc7d6f1a2..d6d7efcf70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h @@ -156,9 +156,21 @@ // #if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 + + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) + + #elif ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 #if IS_MELZI #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select @@ -177,7 +189,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 #endif - #else // DOGM SPI LCD Support + #else #define DOGLCD_A0 30 @@ -201,71 +213,64 @@ #endif // Uncomment screen orientation - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #else // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #endif // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #else - #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 - #if IS_MELZI - #define BTN_ENC 29 - #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi - #else - #define BTN_ENC 30 - #endif + #endif - #elif ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 - #define BTN_ENC 28 - #define BTN_EN1 29 - #define BTN_EN2 30 - - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BTN_ENC 28 + #define BTN_EN1 29 + #define BTN_EN2 30 #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define BTN_EN1 -1 + #define BTN_EN2 -1 - #define BTN_EN1 -1 - #define BTN_EN2 -1 + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #else // !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 && !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD + #if IS_MELZI + #define BTN_ENC 29 + #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #else + #define BTN_ENC 30 + #endif - #define BTN_ENC 16 - #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #else // !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD && !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + + #define BTN_ENC 16 + #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) && !defined(BTN_EN1) - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 10 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 10 #endif - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h index b0ec52b45c..2492f31816 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h @@ -277,6 +277,54 @@ #endif #endif +#define _E6_CS +#define _E6_MS2 +#define _E6_MS3 +#define _E6_MS4 + +#if E_NEEDED(6) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + #undef _E6_CS + #define _E6_CS E6_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + #undef _E6_MS2 + #define _E6_MS2 E6_MS2_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + #undef _E6_MS3 + #define _E6_MS3 E6_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS4) + #undef _E6_MS4 + #define _E6_MS4 E6_MS4_PIN, + #endif +#endif + +#define _E7_CS +#define _E7_MS3 +#define _E7_MS4 +#define _E7_MS5 + +#if E_NEEDED(7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + #undef _E7_CS + #define _E7_CS E7_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + #undef _E7_MS3 + #define _E7_MS3 E7_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS4) + #undef _E7_MS4 + #define _E7_MS4 E7_MS4_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS5) + #undef _E7_MS5 + #define _E7_MS5 E7_MS5_PIN, + #endif +#endif + // // E Steppers // @@ -287,6 +335,8 @@ #define _E3_PINS #define _E4_PINS #define _E5_PINS +#define _E6_PINS +#define _E7_PINS #if EXTRUDERS #undef _E0_PINS @@ -303,7 +353,9 @@ #define _E2_PINS E2_STEP_PIN, E2_DIR_PIN, E2_ENABLE_PIN, _E2_CS _E2_MS1 _E2_MS2 _E2_MS3 #endif #endif + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #undef _E1_PINS #define _E1_PINS E1_STEP_PIN, E1_DIR_PIN, E1_ENABLE_PIN, _E1_CS _E1_MS1 _E1_MS2 _E1_MS3 #if EXTRUDERS > 2 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 2) @@ -318,10 +370,19 @@ #if EXTRUDERS > 5 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 5) #undef _E5_PINS #define _E5_PINS E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, E5_ENABLE_PIN, _E5_CS _E5_MS1 _E5_MS2 _E5_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 6) + #undef _E6_PINS + #define _E6_PINS E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, E6_ENABLE_PIN, _E6_CS _E6_MS1 _E6_MS2 _E6_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 7) + #undef _E7_PINS + #define _E7_PINS E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, E7_ENABLE_PIN, _E7_CS _E7_MS1 _E7_MS2 _E7_MS3 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 3 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 2 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 || MIXING_EXTRUDER // @@ -334,6 +395,8 @@ #define _H3_PINS #define _H4_PINS #define _H5_PINS +#define _H6_PINS +#define _H7_PINS #if HOTENDS #undef _H0_PINS @@ -353,6 +416,14 @@ #if HOTENDS > 5 #undef _H5_PINS #define _H5_PINS HEATER_5_PIN, E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_5_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #undef _H6_PINS + #define _H6_PINS HEATER_6_PIN, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_6_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #undef _H7_PINS + #define _H7_PINS HEATER_7_PIN, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_7_PIN), + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -423,7 +494,7 @@ #define _Y2_PINS #endif -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) #define _Z2_CS Z2_CS_PIN, #else @@ -449,7 +520,7 @@ #define _Z2_PINS #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) #define _Z3_CS Z3_CS_PIN, #else @@ -475,6 +546,32 @@ #define _Z3_PINS #endif +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #define _Z4_CS Z4_CS_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_CS + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + #define _Z4_MS1 Z4_MS1_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS1 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + #define _Z4_MS2 Z4_MS2_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS2 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + #define _Z4_MS3 Z4_MS3_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS3 + #endif + #define _Z4_PINS Z4_STEP_PIN, Z4_DIR_PIN, Z4_ENABLE_PIN, _Z4_CS _Z4_MS1 _Z4_MS2 _Z4_MS3 +#else + #define _Z4_PINS +#endif + // // Generate the final Sensitive Pins array, // keeping the array as small as possible. @@ -513,6 +610,31 @@ #else #define _FAN2 #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define _FAN3 FAN3_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN3 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define _FAN4 FAN4_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN4 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define _FAN5 FAN5_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN5 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define _FAN6 FAN6_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN6 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define _FAN7 FAN7_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN7 +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) #define _FANC CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, #else @@ -524,9 +646,9 @@ #endif #define SENSITIVE_PINS { \ - _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z_PROBE \ - _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _BED_PINS \ - _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS \ - _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FANC \ + _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z4_PINS _Z_PROBE \ + _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _E6_PINS _E7_PINS _BED_PINS \ + _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS _H6_PINS _H7_PINS \ + _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FAN3 _FAN4 _FAN5 _FAN6 _FAN7 _FANC \ HAL_SENSITIVE_PINS \ } diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h index 0aa350163e..6b8d64dd67 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h @@ -29,33 +29,41 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE Btt002 1.0" -#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation // Ignore temp readings during development. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PC3 - // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PD3 -#define X_MAX_PIN PD3 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PD2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PD2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PD1 +#define X_STOP_PIN PD3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PD2 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PD1 // Shares J4 connector with PC3 // -// Z Probe must be this pins ## +// Z Probe must be this pin // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PD1 #endif +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA15 +#endif + +// +// Power Loss Detection +// +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_PIN + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN PD4 +#endif + // // Steppers // @@ -143,19 +151,20 @@ // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // T1 <-> E0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA1 // T2 <-> E1 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA2 // T0 <-> Bed +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA2 // T0 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA0 // T1 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // T2 <-> Bed +#define TEMP_PROBE_PIN PC3 // Shares J4 connector with PD1 // // Heaters / Fans // #define HEATER_0_PIN PE6 // Heater0 #define HEATER_BED_PIN PE5 // Hotbed -#define FAN_PIN PB9 // Fan0 -#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // Fan1 +#define FAN_PIN PB8 // Fan1 +#define FAN1_PIN PB9 // Fan0 -// HAL SPI1 pins +// HAL SPI1 pins #define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) #define SCK_PIN PA5 // SPI1 SCLK @@ -226,3 +235,19 @@ #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// RGB LEDs +// +#ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB5 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB3 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ed2e50d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 8 || E_STEPPERS > 8 + #error "BIGTREE GTR V1.0 supports up to 8 hotends / E-steppers." +#elif HOTENDS > MAX_EXTRUDERS || E_STEPPERS > MAX_EXTRUDERS + #error "Marlin extruder/hotends limit! Increase MAX_EXTRUDERS to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE GTR 1.0" + +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define I2C_EEPROM +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation + +#define TP // Enable to define servo and probe pins + +// +// Servos +// +#if ENABLED(TP) + #define SERVO0_PIN PB11 +#endif + +#define PS_ON_PIN PH6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PF2 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG14 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC13 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG9 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PD3 + +// +// Pins on the extender +// +//#define X_MIN_PIN PI4 +//#define X2_MIN_PIN PF12 +//#define Y_MIN_PIN PF4 +//#define Y2_MIN_PIN PI7 +//#define Z_MIN_PIN PF6 + +#if ENABLED(TP) && !defined(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PH11 // Z Probe must be PH11 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC15 +#define X_DIR_PIN PF0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PF1 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC14 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PE1 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB7 // PB7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB9 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PB5 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PG13 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PD5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PD4 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD1 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PD0 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PD2 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PC12 +#endif + +#define E3_STEP_PIN PF3 +#define E3_DIR_PIN PG3 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN PF8 +#ifndef E3_CS_PIN + #define E3_CS_PIN PG4 +#endif + +#define E4_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define E4_DIR_PIN PD11 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN PG2 +#ifndef E4_CS_PIN + #define E4_CS_PIN PE15 +#endif + +#define E5_STEP_PIN PE12 +#define E5_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define E5_ENABLE_PIN PF14 +#ifndef E5_CS_PIN + #define E5_CS_PIN PE7 +#endif + +#define E6_STEP_PIN PG0 +#define E6_DIR_PIN PG1 +#define E6_ENABLE_PIN PE8 +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN PF15 +#endif + +#define E7_STEP_PIN PH12 +#define E7_DIR_PIN PH15 +#define E7_ENABLE_PIN PI0 +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN PH14 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PG15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB6 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC14 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC14 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE1 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB5 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG10 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD4 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD4 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC12 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC12 + + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG4 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG4 + + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE15 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE15 + + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE7 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE7 + + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF15 + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF15 + + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN PH14 + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN PH14 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC3 // T3 <-> E2 + +#define TEMP_3_PIN PA3 // T4 <-> E3 +#define TEMP_4_PIN PF9 // T5 <-> E4 +#define TEMP_5_PIN PF10 // T6 <-> E5 +//#define TEMP_6_PIN PF7 // T7 <-> E6 +//#define TEMP_7_PIN PF5 // T8 <-> E7 + +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // T0 <-> Bed + +// SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple +// Uses a separate SPI bus +// If you have a two-way thermocouple, you can customize two THERMO_CSx_PIN pins (x:1~2) + +#define THERMO_SCK_PIN PI1 // SCK +#define THERMO_DO_PIN PI2 // MISO +#define THERMO_CS1_PIN PH9 // CS1 +#define THERMO_CS2_PIN PH2 // CS2 + +#define MAX6675_SS_PIN THERMO_CS1_PIN +#define MAX6675_SS2_PIN THERMO_CS2_PIN +#define MAX6675_SCK_PIN THERMO_SCK_PIN +#define MAX6675_DO_PIN THERMO_DO_PIN + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB1 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA1 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater2 + +#define HEATER_3_PIN PD15 // Heater3 +#define HEATER_4_PIN PD13 // Heater4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN PD12 // Heater5 +//#define HEATER_6_PIN PE13 // Heater6 +//#define HEATER_7_PIN PI6 // Heater7 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 // Hotbed + +#define FAN_PIN PE5 // Fan0 +#define FAN1_PIN PE6 // Fan1 +#define FAN2_PIN PC8 // Fan2 + +#define FAN3_PIN PI5 // Fan3 +#define FAN4_PIN PE9 // Fan4 +#define FAN5_PIN PE11 // Fan5 +//#define FAN6_PIN PC9 // Fan6 +//#define FAN7_PIN PE14 // Fan7 + +// +// By default the onboard SD (SPI1) is enabled +// +#define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS +#if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PB12 +#endif + +// HAL SPI1 pins group +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PA4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define SS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | PB10(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PG5 | · · | PG6 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI)PB15 | · · | PH10(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PG7 | · · | PG8 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS)PB12 | · · | PD10(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PA8 | · · | PC10 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK)PB13 | · · | PB14(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PA15 | · · | PC11 (BEEPER) + * ￣￣ ￣￣ + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +// +// LCDs and Controllers +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC11 + #define BTN_ENC PA15 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + #define LCD_SDSS PB12 + #endif + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC10 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PC10 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PG8 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PG7 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PG6 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PG5 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PG6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PG5 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + + //#define DOGLCD_CS PB12 + //#define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_PINS_DC PB14 + //#define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h index 2618e3462e..b23ab1c2db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 - #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout * _____ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h index 26e2327032..82a1f62009 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB5 #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN PA1 // Repurpose servo pin for ADC - CONNECTING TO 5V WILL DAMAGE THE BOARD! - #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout * _____ @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY, ZONESTAR_LCD, and MKS_MINI_12864 are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." + #error "Only ZONESTAR_LCD, MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY, and CR10_STOCKDISPLAY are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h index 227fe4cd55..33756e437a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h @@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ // #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION //#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define I2C_EEPROM +#ifdef I2C_EEPROM + #undef E2END // Defined in Arduino Core STM32 to be used with EEPROM emulation. This board uses a real EEPROM. + #define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#endif // // Limit Switches @@ -93,9 +98,9 @@ #define E2_CS_PIN PC15 #if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - */ + // + // TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + // // // Software serial @@ -159,70 +164,83 @@ // // LCD / Controller // - -#define BEEPER_PIN PC9 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 - -#if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - // - // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 - // - #define DOGLCD_A0 PD2 - #define DOGLCD_CS PC11 - - //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - //#define KILL_PIN -1 - - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC10 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. - // Seems to work best if left open. - - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PC12 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PD0 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PD1 - #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC12 - #endif - -#elif HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC11 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC10 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PC12 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD0 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD1 - - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS PC12 - #define DOGLCD_A0 PD0 - #endif - -#endif - -#if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 PC6 - #define BTN_EN2 PC7 +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 #define BTN_ENC PA8 -#endif -// Alter timing for graphical display -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(103) + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD0 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC11 + #define BTN_EN2 PC10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC12 + + // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. + // It will be defined again at the #HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD section below. + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD2 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC6 + #define BTN_EN2 PC7 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC11 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC10 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel + #define DOGLCD_CS PC11 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PD2 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD0 + #endif + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC10 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PC12 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PD0 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PD1 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC12 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PC12 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD0 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD1 + #endif + #endif - #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(51) + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif #endif - #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(642) - #endif -#endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB6 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h index 2273da994f..b01eb6f7a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h @@ -112,7 +112,8 @@ /** * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers - * Supported screens are based on the ILI9341 and ST7789V (320x240), ILI9328 and 9488 are not. + * Supported screens are based on the ILI9341, ST7789V and ILI9328 (320x240) + * ILI9488 is not supported * Define init sequences for other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp * * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h index 202ea91edf..50f2017201 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // 2K in a AT24C16N -#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (uint16)0x800 // 2048 -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS ((uint32)(0x8000000 + 512 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)) -#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (uint16)0x800 // 2048 +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS ((uint32)(0x8000000 + 512 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)) +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // // Note: MKS Robin mini board is using SPI2 interface. diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h index f29de56120..d080e90744 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 - #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY #define LCD_PINS_D4 PF14 #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_D7 PF13 #endif - #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY #endif #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h deleted file mode 100644 index 062981a1ea..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#ifndef MACHINE_NAME - #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" -#endif - -#undef TEMP_TIMER -#define TEMP_TIMER 9 // the Marlin default of timer 7 doesn't exist on the STM32MF401 series - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -// #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 11 // PA4 -// #endif - -#define SCK_PIN 16 // PB13 SPI_S -#define MISO_PIN 17 // PB14 SPI_M -#define MOSI_PIN 18 // PB15 SPI_M - -// -// Steppers -// - -#define X_STEP_PIN 60 // PE14 X_PWM -#define X_DIR_PIN 61 // PE15 X_DIR -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 59 // PE13 X_RES -#define X_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Y_STEP_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -#define Y_DIR_PIN 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 64 // PE10 Y_RES -#define Y_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Z_STEP_PIN 66 // PC6 Z_PWM -#define Z_DIR_PIN 67 // PC0 Z_DIR -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 65 // PC15 Z_RES -#define Z_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E0_STEP_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -#define E0_DIR_PIN 68 // PC13 E1_DIR -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE -#define E0_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E1_STEP_PIN 72 // PE5 E2_PWM -#define E1_DIR_PIN 73 // PE6 E2_DIR -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 71 // PE4 E2_RESE -#define E1_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E2_STEP_PIN 76 // PB8 E3_PWM -#define E2_DIR_PIN 74 // PE2 E3_DIR -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE -#define E2_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define TEMP_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define HEATER_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -#define FAN_PIN 56 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan -#define FAN1_PIN 57 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan -#define FAN2_PIN 58 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan - -// -// Misc functions -// -#define SDSS 11 // PA4 SPI_CS -#define LED_PIN -1 // Heart beat -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 -#define PWR_LOSS -1 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 24 // PA15 SD_CA -//#define BEEPER_PIN 23 // PC9 SDIO_D1 -//#define LCD_PINS_RS 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 58 // PE8 E3_FAN -//#define LCD_PINS_D4 15 // PB12 SPI_C -//#define LCD_PINS_D5 16 // PB13 SPI_S -//#define LCD_PINS_D6 17 // PB14 SPI_M -//#define LCD_PINS_D7 18 // PB15 SPI_M -//#define BTN_EN1 56 // PC4 E1_FAN -//#define BTN_EN2 57 // PC5 E2_FAN -//#define BTN_ENC 51 // PC3 BED_THE - -// -// Filament runout detection -// -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 55 // PA3 BED_THE - -// -// Extension pins -// -//#define EXT0_PIN 48 // PB0 E2_HEAT -//#define EXT1_PIN 49 // PB1 E3_HEAT -//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 -//#define EXT3_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -//#define EXT4_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -//#define EXT5_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -//#define EXT6_PIN 41 // PD11 -//#define EXT7_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -//#define EXT8_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -//#define EXT9_PIN // PB11 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02c1c66c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// Source: https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32/blob/master/variants/ST3DP001_EVAL/variant.cpp + +/** + * HOW TO COMPILE + * + * PlatformIO - Use the STM32F401VE_STEVAL environment (or the "Auto Build Marlin" extension). + * + * Arduino - Tested with 1.8.10 + * Install library per https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32 + * Make the following selections under the TOOL menu in the Arduino IDE + * Board: "3D printer boards" + * Board part number: "STEVAL-3DP001V1" + * U(S)ART support: "Enabled (generic "Serial")" + * USB support (if available): "CDC (no generic "Serial")" + * Optimize: "Smallest (-Os default)" + * C Runtime Library: "newlib Nano (default)" + */ + +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#ifndef MACHINE_NAME + #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +#define Y_MIN_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +#define Z_MIN_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP + +#define X_MAX_PIN 44 // PD0 W_STOP +#define Y_MAX_PIN 43 // PA8 V_STOP +#define Z_MAX_PIN 42 // PD11 U_STOP + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 16 // PA4 +//#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 53 // PA3 BED_THE + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN 61 // PE14 X_PWM +#define X_DIR_PIN 62 // PE15 X_DIR +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 // PE13 X_RES +#define X_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM +#define Y_DIR_PIN 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 63 // PE10 Y_RES +#define Y_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 // PC6 Z_PWM +#define Z_DIR_PIN 68 // PC0 Z_DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 66 // PC15 Z_RES +#define Z_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +#define E0_DIR_PIN 70 // PC13 E1_DIR +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE +#define E0_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 73 // PE5 E2_PWM +#define E1_DIR_PIN 74 // PE6 E2_DIR +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 72 // PE4 E2_RESE +#define E1_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E2_STEP_PIN 77 // PB8 E3_PWM +#define E2_DIR_PIN 76 // PE2 E3_DIR +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE +#define E2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +// needed to pass a sanity check +#define X2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Y2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E4_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E5_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#if HAS_L64XX + #define L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN 17 // PA5 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN 18 // PA6 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN 19 // PA7 + #define L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN 16 // PA4 + + //#define SCK_PIN L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + //#define MISO_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + //#define MOSI_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN +#else + //#define SCK_PIN 13 // PB13 SPI_S + //#define MISO_PIN 12 // PB14 SPI_M + //#define MOSI_PIN 11 // PB15 SPI_M +#endif + +/** + * Macro to reset/enable L6474 stepper drivers + * + * IMPORTANT - To disable (bypass) L6474s, install the corresponding + * resistors (R11 - R17) and change the "V" to "0" for the + * corresponding pins here: + */ +#define ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(V) do{ OUT_WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + }while(0) + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 3 // Analog input 3, digital pin 54 PA0 E1_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_1_PIN 4 // Analog input 4, digital pin 55 PA1 E2_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog input 5, digital pin 56 PA2 E3_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog input 0, digital pin 51 PC2 BED_THERMISTOR_1 +#define TEMP_BED_1_PIN 1 // Analog input 1, digital pin 52 PC3 BED_THERMISTOR_2 +#define TEMP_BED_2_PIN 2 // Analog input 2, digital pin 53 PA3 BED_THERMISTOR_3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 48 // PC7 E1_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_1_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_2_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 46 // PD14 (BED_HEAT_1 FET +#define HEATER_BED_1_PIN 45 // PD13 (BED_HEAT_2 FET +#define HEATER_BED_2_PIN 47 // PD15 (BED_HEAT_3 FET + +#define FAN_PIN 57 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan FET +#define FAN1_PIN 58 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan FET +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN +#define FAN2_PIN 59 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan FET + +// +// Misc functions +// +#define SDSS 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define LED_PIN -1 // 9 // PE1 green LED Heart beat +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // PWR_LOSS / nAC_FAULT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 66 // PA15 SD_CA +//#define BEEPER_PIN 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +//#define LCD_PINS_RS 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 59 // PE8 E3_FAN +//#define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // PB12 SPI_C +//#define LCD_PINS_D5 13 // PB13 SPI_S +//#define LCD_PINS_D6 12 // PB14 SPI_M +//#define LCD_PINS_D7 11 // PB15 SPI_M +//#define BTN_EN1 57 // PC4 E1_FAN +//#define BTN_EN2 58 // PC5 E2_FAN +//#define BTN_ENC 52 // PC3 BED_THE + +// +// Extension pins +// +//#define EXT0_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT +//#define EXT1_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT +//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 not used (tied to ground +//#define EXT3_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +//#define EXT4_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +//#define EXT5_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP +//#define EXT6_PIN 42 // PD11 +//#define EXT7_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +//#define EXT8_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM + +// WIFI +// 2 // PD3 CTS +// 3 // PD4 RTS +// 4 // PD5 TX +// 5 // PD6 RX +// 6 // PB5 WIFI_WAKEUP +// 7 // PE11 WIFI_RESET +// 8 // PE12 WIFI_BOOT + + +// I2C USER +// 14 // PB7 SDA +// 15 // PB6 SCL + +// JTAG +// 20 // PA13 JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// 21 // PA14 JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// 22 // PB3 JTAG_TDO/SWO + +// +// SD support +// +//#define SDIO_SUPPORT +// 23 // PC8 SDIO_D0 +// 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +// 25 // PA15 SD_CARD_DETECT +// 26 // PC10 SDIO_D2 +// 27 // PC11 SDIO_D3 +// 28 // PC12 SDIO_CK +// 29 // PD2 SDIO_CMD + +#define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD +#define SDSS 27 // PC11 SDIO_D3 +#define SCK_PIN 28 // PC12 SDIO_CK +#define MISO_PIN 23 // PC8 SDIO_D0 +#define MOSI_PIN 29 // PD2 SDIO_CMD + +// OTG +// 30 // PA11 OTG_DM +// 31 // PA12 OTG_DP + +// USER_PINS +// 34 // PD7 USER3 +// 35 // PB9 USER1 +// 36 // PE0 USER2 +// 37 // PB4 USER4 + +// USERKET +// 38 // PE7 USER_BUTTON + + +// 0 // PA9 TX +// 1 // PA10 RX + + +// IR/PROBE +// 32 // PD1 IR_OUT +// 33 // PC1 IR_ON + + +/** + * Logical pin vs. port/pin cross reference + * + * PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR PA9 0 // TX + * PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR PA10 1 // RX + * PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR PD3 2 // CTS + * PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 PD4 3 // RTS + * PA4 16 // SPI_CS PD5 4 // TX + * PA5 17 // SPI_SCK PD6 5 // RX + * PA6 18 // SPI_MISO PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP + * PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET + * PA8 43 // V_STOP PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT + * PA9 0 // TX PE1 9 // STATUS_LED + * PA10 1 // RX PB12 10 // SPI_CS + * PA11 30 // OTG_DM PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI + * PA12 31 // OTG_DP PB14 12 // SPI_MISO + * PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO PB13 13 // SPI_SCK + * PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK PB7 14 // SDA + * PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT PB6 15 // SCL + * PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM PA4 16 // SPI_CS + * PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM PA5 17 // SPI_SCK + * PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO PA6 18 // SPI_MISO + * PB4 37 // USER4 PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI + * PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO + * PB6 15 // SCL PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK + * PB7 14 // SDA PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO + * PB8 77 // E3_PWM PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 + * PB9 35 // USER1 PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 + * PB10 64 // Y_PWM PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT + * PB12 10 // SPI_CS PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 + * PB13 13 // SPI_SCK PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 + * PB14 12 // SPI_MISO PC12 28 // SDIO_CK + * PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD + * PC0 68 // Z_DIR PA11 30 // OTG_DM + * PC1 33 // IR_ON PA12 31 // OTG_DP + * PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 PD1 32 // IR_OUT + * PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 PC1 33 // IR_ON + * PC4 57 // E1_FAN PD7 34 // USER3 + * PC5 58 // E2_FAN PB9 35 // USER1 + * PC6 67 // Z_PWM PE0 36 // USER2 + * PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM PB4 37 // USER4 + * PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON + * PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 PD8 39 // X_STOP + * PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 PD9 40 // Y_STOP + * PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 PD10 41 // Z_STOP + * PC12 28 // SDIO_CK PD11 42 // U_STOP + * PC13 70 // E1_DIR PA8 43 // V_STOP + * PC14 69 // E1_RESET PD0 44 // W_STOP + * PC15 66 // Z_RESET PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 + * PD0 44 // W_STOP PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 + * PD1 32 // IR_OUT PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 + * PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM + * PD3 2 // CTS PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM + * PD4 3 // RTS PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM + * PD5 4 // TX PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 + * PD6 5 // RX PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 + * PD7 34 // USER3 PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 + * PD8 39 // X_STOP PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR + * PD9 40 // Y_STOP PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR + * PD10 41 // Z_STOP PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR + * PD11 42 // U_STOP PC4 57 // E1_FAN + * PD12 71 // E1_PWM PC5 58 // E2_FAN + * PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 PE8 59 // E3_FAN + * PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 PE13 60 // X_RESET + * PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 PE14 61 // X_PWM + * PE0 36 // USER2 PE15 62 // X_DIR + * PE1 9 // STATUS_LED PE10 63 // Y_RESET + * PE2 76 // E3_DIR PB10 64 // Y_PWM + * PE3 75 // E3_RESET PE9 65 // Y_DIR + * PE4 72 // E2_RESET PC15 66 // Z_RESET + * PE5 73 // E2_PWM PC6 67 // Z_PWM + * PE6 74 // E2_DIR PC0 68 // Z_DIR + * PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON PC14 69 // E1_RESET + * PE8 59 // E3_FAN PC13 70 // E1_DIR + * PE9 65 // Y_DIR PD12 71 // E1_PWM + * PE10 63 // Y_RESET PE4 72 // E2_RESET + * PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET PE5 73 // E2_PWM + * PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT PE6 74 // E2_DIR + * PE13 60 // X_RESET PE3 75 // E3_RESET + * PE14 61 // X_PWM PE2 76 // E3_DIR + * PE15 62 // X_DIR PB8 77 // E3_PWM + */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp index a09de08fe5..01cb5ec1b8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "Sd2Card.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY) static bool crcSupported = true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp index 2969208838..5e3e57f0e0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "SdBaseFile.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" SdBaseFile* SdBaseFile::cwd_ = 0; // Pointer to Current Working Directory // callback function for date/time diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp index 0501949406..926dd1c7d4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "SdVolume.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if !USE_MULTIPLE_CARDS // raw block cache diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp index 7a01d3622f..538a744e46 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/printcounter.h" @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ void CardReader::openFileRead(char * const path, const uint8_t subcall_type/*=0* stopSDPrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, path); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(true, curDir, path); if (!fname) return; if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_READ)) { @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ void CardReader::openFileWrite(char * const path) { stopSDPrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, path); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, path); if (!fname) return; if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC)) { @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ void CardReader::removeFile(const char * const name) { //stopSDPrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, name); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, name); if (!fname) return; if (file.remove(curDir, fname)) { @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ void CardReader::selectFileByIndex(const uint16_t nr) { // void CardReader::selectFileByName(const char * const match) { #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) - for (int nr = 0; nr < sort_count; nr++) + for (uint16_t nr = 0; nr < sort_count; nr++) if (strcasecmp(match, sortshort[nr]) == 0) { strcpy(filename, sortshort[nr]); strcpy(longFilename, sortnames[nr]); @@ -704,26 +704,28 @@ uint16_t CardReader::countFilesInWorkDir() { * * A nullptr result indicates an unrecoverable error. */ -const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { +const char* CardReader::diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { // Track both parent and subfolder static SdFile newDir1, newDir2; SdFile *sub = &newDir1, *startDir; + // Parsing the path string const char *item_name_adr = path; - if (path[0] == '/') { + + if (path[0] == '/') { // Starting at the root directory? curDir = &root; - workDirDepth = 0; + if (update_cwd) workDirDepth = 0; // The cwd can be updated for the benefit of sub-programs item_name_adr++; } else - curDir = &workDir; + curDir = &workDir; // Dive from workDir (as set by the UI) startDir = curDir; - - // Start dive while (item_name_adr) { - // Find next sub + // Find next subdirectory delimiter char * const name_end = strchr(item_name_adr, '/'); + + // Last atom in the path? Item found. if (name_end <= item_name_adr) break; // Set subDirName @@ -746,13 +748,16 @@ const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, con // curDir now subDir curDir = sub; - // Update workDirParents and workDirDepth - if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + // Update workDirParents, workDirDepth, and workDir + if (update_cwd) { + if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + workDir = *curDir; + } - // Point sub pointer to unused newDir + // Point sub at the other scratch object sub = (curDir != &newDir1) ? &newDir1 : &newDir2; - // item_name_adr point to next sub + // Next path atom address item_name_adr = name_end + 1; } return item_name_adr; @@ -1071,7 +1076,7 @@ void CardReader::printingHasFinished() { stopSDPrint(); #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - removeJobRecoveryFile(); + recovery.purge(); #endif #if ENABLED(SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE) && defined(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND) diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h index f7081b95b3..5d3a2e71b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public: static inline uint8_t percentDone() { return (isFileOpen() && filesize) ? sdpos / ((filesize + 99) / 100) : 0; } // Helper for open and remove - static const char* diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); + static const char* diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) static void presort(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp index 12f02c19f0..2d75e75d4c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 258ecb5b1c..5ec9452ddb 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware +# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware -[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg?branch=2.0.x)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin) ![GitHub](https://img.shields.io/github/license/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) ![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) ![GitHub Release Date](https://img.shields.io/github/release-date/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) +[![Build Status](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/workflows/CI/badge.svg?branch=bugfix-2.0.x)](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/actions) diff --git a/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps b/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps deleted file mode 100755 index b376bb74b8..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -PINS="Marlin/src/pins" -RAMPS="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" -BKUP="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.backup.h" - -[[ -f $RAMPS ]] && cp "$RAMPS" "$BKUP" diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin deleted file mode 100755 index 3255346291..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -case "$#" in - 0 ) BOARD=arduino:avr:mega:cpu=atmega2560 ;; - * ) BOARD=arduino:avr:$1 ;; -esac - -arduino --verify --board $BOARD Marlin/Marlin.ino diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail deleted file mode 100755 index e18105cdd4..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -build_marlin $@ && exit 0 -exit 1 diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio deleted file mode 100755 index b3c113c2f6..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -platformio run --project-dir $@ --silent diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 deleted file mode 100755 index ed6e95cd23..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -arduino --verify --board teensy:avr:teensy35:usb=serial,speed=120,opt=o1std,keys=en-us Marlin/Marlin.ino diff --git a/buildroot/bin/bump_date b/buildroot/bin/bump_date deleted file mode 100755 index 77df90bbd7..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/bump_date +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash -# -# bump_date -# -# Bump the Distribution Date in Version.h -# - -VERSION_FILE=Marlin/src/inc/Version.h - -SED=$(which gsed || which sed) - -DIST=$( date +"%Y-%m-%d" ) - -eval "${SED} -E -i 's/(#define +STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE) .*$/\1 \"$DIST\"/g' $VERSION_FILE" || exit 1 - -git add "$VERSION_FILE" || exit 1 -git commit -m "[cron] Bump distribution date ($DIST)" diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_backup b/buildroot/bin/env_backup deleted file mode 100755 index 164582de60..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_backup +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -[ -z "$1" ] || cd $1 - -if [ -d ".test" ]; then - printf "\033[0;31mEnvironment backup already exists!\033[0m\n" -else - mkdir .test - cp Marlin/Configuration*.h .test/ - [ -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h ] && cp Marlin/_Bootscreen.h .test/ - [ -f Marlin/_Statusscreen.h ] && cp Marlin/_Statusscreen.h .test/ - cp -r Marlin/src/pins .test/pins - printf "\033[0;32mEnvironment Backup created\033[0m\n" -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_clean b/buildroot/bin/env_clean deleted file mode 100755 index 721aa762df..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_clean +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -rm -rf .pioenvs -rm -rf .piolibdeps -rm -rf .piolib -rm -rf .pio - -if [[ $1 = "--deep" ]]; then - rm -rf ~/.platformio/packages/* - rm -rf ~/.platformio/platforms/* - rm -rf ~/.platformio/.cache/* -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_restore b/buildroot/bin/env_restore deleted file mode 100755 index defc6d8431..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_restore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -[ -z "$1" ] || cd $1 - -if [ -d ".test" ]; then - cp .test/Configuration*.h Marlin/ - rm .test/Configuration*.h - - if [ -f .test/_Bootscreen.h ]; then - cp .test/_Bootscreen.h Marlin/ - rm .test/_Bootscreen.h - fi - - if [ -f .test/_Statusscreen.h ]; then - cp .test/_Statusscreen.h Marlin/ - rm .test/_Statusscreen.h - fi - - cp -r .test/pins Marlin/src - rm -r .test/pins - - rmdir .test - printf "\033[0;32mEnvironment Restored\033[0m\n" -else - printf "\033[0;31mEnvironment Backup not available!\033[0m\n" -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs index a1ac70aa96..b2d0ea19ac 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs @@ -1,11 +1,5 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -cp config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin - -PINS="Marlin/src/pins" -RAMPS="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" -BKUP="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.backup.h" -[ -f $BKUP ] && { cp "$BKUP" "$RAMPS" ; rm -f $BKUP ; } - -rm -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h -rm -f Marlin/_Statusscreen.h +git checkout Marlin/Configuration*.h 2>/dev/null +git checkout Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h 2>/dev/null +rm -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h Marlin/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults deleted file mode 100755 index 4442a54e4d..0000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -cp Marlin/Configuration*.h config/default diff --git a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs index a0a0dcd3dd..410091cbd5 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs @@ -2,18 +2,14 @@ restore_configs -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/ -fi +EXAMPLES="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/master/config/examples" -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/ -fi +cd Marlin -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/ -fi +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/Configuration.h" -O wgot && mv wgot Configuration.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/Configuration_adv.h" -O wgot && mv wgot Configuration_adv.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/_Bootscreen.h" -O wgot && mv wgot _Bootscreen.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/_Statusscreen.h" -O wgot && mv wgot _Statusscreen.h +rm -f wgot -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/ -fi +cd - >/dev/null diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bbfb3fdfa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +{ + "build": { + "core": "stm32", + "cpu": "cortex-m4", + "extra_flags": "-DSTM32F401xx", + "f_cpu": "84000000L", + "hwids": [ + [ + "0x1EAF", + "0x0003" + ], + [ + "0x0483", + "0x3748" + ] + ], + "ldscript": "stm32f401xe.ld", + "mcu": "stm32f401vet6", + "variant": "STEVAL_F401VE" + }, + "debug": { + "jlink_device": "STM32F401VE", + "openocd_target": "stm32f4x", + "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd", + "tools": { + "stlink": { + "server": { + "arguments": [ + "-f", + "scripts/interface/stlink.cfg", + "-c", + "transport select hla_swd", + "-f", + "scripts/target/stm32f4x.cfg", + "-c", + "reset_config none" + ], + "executable": "bin/openocd", + "package": "tool-openocd" + } + } + } + }, + "frameworks": [ + "arduino", + "stm32cube" + ], + "name": "STM32F401VE (96k RAM. 512k Flash)", + "upload": { + "disable_flushing": false, + "maximum_ram_size": 98304, + "maximum_size": 514288, + "protocol": "stlink", + "protocols": [ + "stlink", + "dfu", + "jlink" + ], + "require_upload_port": true, + "use_1200bps_touch": false, + "wait_for_upload_port": false + }, + "url": "https://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html", + "vendor": "Generic" +} diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld index 1ed03caa0a..1e720c17c5 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 256K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 256K - 28K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld index feb6c0d3ba..248b7781cf 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld index feb6c0d3ba..248b7781cf 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld index 241edc5407..f279347ee5 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 256K-40K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 256K - 40K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld index 785345543c..d8a138ca2e 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e132ff3af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +import os +Import("env") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py index de1a5e787d..be010b10fe 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ from os.path import join -Import("env", "projenv") +Import("env") import os,shutil from SCons.Script import DefaultEnvironment diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c index 2c6bd244a2..fd1f296459 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c @@ -90,8 +90,13 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 // 144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 + {PH_5, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #else + {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; @@ -103,8 +108,14 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 // 144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 + //{PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_4, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_7, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #else + {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; @@ -122,13 +133,28 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { {PE_5, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 FAN1 {PE_6, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 FAN2 {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 EXTENSION1-4 + {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 BL-TOUCH-SERVO - //probably unused on SKR-Pro. confirmation needed, please. + // These pins have been defined for something else on the board but they MIGHT be + // used by the user as PWM pins if they aren't used for their primary purpose. + {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 ESP8266 connector. Available if 8266 isn't used + {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 ESP8266 connector. Available if 8266 isn't used + {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 I2C connector, SDA pin. Available if I2C isn't used. + // TIM5_CH1 is used by the Servo Library + {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 BL-TOUCH port. Available if Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + + /** + * Unused by specifications on SKR-Pro. + * Uncomment the corresponding line if you want to have HardwarePWM on some pins. + * WARNING: check timers' usage first to avoid conflicts. + * If you don't know what you're doing leave things as they are or you WILL break something (including hardware) + * If you alter this section DO NOT report bugs to Marlin team since they are most likely caused by you. Thank you. + */ //{PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 //{PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 - //{PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 is bltouch analog? + {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 is bltouch analog? + {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 is bltouch analog? //{PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 - //{PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 is bltouch analog? //{PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 //{PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 //{PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 @@ -155,13 +181,12 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { //{PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 //{PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 //{PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 - //{PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 //{PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 //{PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 //{PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 //{PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 //{PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 - //{PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + {PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 //{PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N //{PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N //{PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N @@ -169,27 +194,33 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { //{PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N //{PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N //{PB_15, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2 - //{PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 //{PC_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 //{PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 //{PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 //{PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 //{PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 - //{PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 - //{PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + {PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 //{PE_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N - //{PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + {PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 //{PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N - //{PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + {PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 //{PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N - //{PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 - //{PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + {PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + {PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio //{PF_6, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 //{PF_7, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 //{PF_8, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 //{PF_9, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 #endif + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 //176 pins mcu, 140 gpio + {PH_10, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + {PH_6, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 + //{PH_11, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + {PI_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 + {PI_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 + #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -198,63 +229,63 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { #ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { - {PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, - {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, - {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, - {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_8, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif + //{PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { - {PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, - {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, - {PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, - {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_9, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + //{PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { - {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, - {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, - {PD_12, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_12, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { - {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, - {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, - {PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - {PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, - {PD_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; @@ -264,7 +295,8 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { #ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { - {PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + //{PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, {NC, NP, 0} diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h index 55b8a60e10..5ff2ea5768 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h @@ -232,6 +232,10 @@ extern "C" { //#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 //#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 +// On-board LED pin number +#define LED_BUILTIN PA7 +//#define LED_GREEN LED_BUILTIN should be defined here but omitted to avoid redefinition in SailfishRGB_LED + // Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core // Could be redefined here if differs from the default one // SPI Definitions @@ -247,14 +251,17 @@ extern "C" { // Timer Definitions //Do not use timer used by PWM pins when possible. See PinMap_PWM in PeripheralPins.c #define TIMER_TONE TIM2 +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM5 // Only 1 Servo PIN on SKR-PRO, so use the same timer as defined in PeripheralPins #define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 -// Do not use basic timer: OC is required -#define TIMER_SERVO TIM6 //TODO: advanced-control timers don't work - // UART Definitions -// Define here Serial instance number to map on Serial generic name -#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 //ex: 2 for Serial2 (USART2) +//#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL1 done automatically by the #define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE below +#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL3 +#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL6 + +// Define here Serial instance number to map on Serial generic name (if not already used by SerialUSB) +#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 //1 for Serial = Serial1 (USART1) + // DEBUG_UART could be redefined to print on another instance than 'Serial' //#define DEBUG_UART ((USART_TypeDef *) U(S)ARTX) // ex: USART3 // DEBUG_UART baudrate, default: 9600 if not defined @@ -267,6 +274,19 @@ extern "C" { #define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 #define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 +// Optional PIN_SERIALn_RX and PIN_SERIALn_TX where 'n' is the U(S)ART number +// Used when user instanciate a hardware Serial using its peripheral name. +// Example: HardwareSerial mySerial(USART3); +// will use PIN_SERIAL3_RX and PIN_SERIAL3_TX if defined. +#define PIN_SERIAL1_RX PA10 +#define PIN_SERIAL1_TX PA9 +#define PIN_SERIAL3_RX PD9 +#define PIN_SERIAL3_TX PD8 +#define PIN_SERIAL6_RX PC7 +#define PIN_SERIAL6_TX PC6 +//#define PIN_SERIALLP1_RX x // For LPUART1 RX +//#define PIN_SERIALLP1_TX x // For LPUART1 TX + #ifdef __cplusplus } // extern "C" #endif @@ -290,6 +310,8 @@ extern "C" { // // SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX // pins are NOT connected to anything by default. -#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial -#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Serial3 +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN1 Serial6 #endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld index 23ebda44b3..40abfe19b5 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ SECTIONS _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ - .data : + .data : { . = ALIGN(4); _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@ SECTIONS _siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram); - /* CCM-RAM section - * - * IMPORTANT NOTE! + /* CCM-RAM section + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE! * If initialized variables will be placed in this section, - * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values. + * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values. */ .ccmram : { @@ -159,12 +159,12 @@ SECTIONS _sccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram start */ *(.ccmram) *(.ccmram*) - + . = ALIGN(4); _eccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram end */ } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH - + /* Uninitialized data section */ . = ALIGN(4); .bss : @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ SECTIONS . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; . = ALIGN(4); } >RAM - + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ /DISCARD/ : diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h index c13d54fa9e..87033a68e5 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h @@ -163,15 +163,15 @@ extern "C" { // Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core // Could be redefined here if differs from the default one // SPI Definitions -#define PIN_SPI_SS PF11 +#define PIN_SPI_SS PF11 #define PIN_SPI_MOSI PB15 -#define PIN_SPI_MISO PB14 -#define PIN_SPI_SCK PB13 +#define PIN_SPI_MISO PB14 +#define PIN_SPI_SCK PB13 //max6675 -//#define PIN_SPI_SS PA4 +//#define PIN_SPI_SS PA4 //#define PIN_SPI_SCK PA5 //#define PIN_SPI_MISO PA6 //#define PIN_SPI_MOSI PA7 diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c index 1d2238edcb..cc700201aa 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { // {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, // {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, // {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, - {PD_2, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, // {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h index d37956e8a2..be04ef6b86 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h @@ -149,11 +149,12 @@ extern "C" { /* HAL configuration */ #define HSE_VALUE 12000000U -#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE ((uint32_t)(4*1024)) +#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE (4U * 1024U) #ifdef __cplusplus } // extern "C" #endif + /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Arduino objects - C++ only *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5335361a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ + +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ******************************************************************************* + * Automatically generated from STM32F401V(D-E)Tx.xml + */ +#include "Arduino.h" +#include "PeripheralPins.h" + +/* ===== + * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default. + * If you change them, you will have to know what you do + * ===== + */ + +//*** ADC *** + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { + {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 + {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 + {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 + {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 + // {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 + // {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 + // {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 + // {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 + // {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 + // {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 + // {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 + // {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 + {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 + {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 + // {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 + // {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No DAC *** + +//*** I2C *** + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { + // {PB_3, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_I2C2)}, + // {PB_4, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_I2C3)}, + {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { + // {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** PWM *** + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { + // {PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + // {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + // {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + // {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + // {PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + // {PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + // {PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + // {PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + // {PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + // {PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + // {PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + // {PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + // {PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + // {PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + // {PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + // {PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + // {PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + // {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + // {PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + // {PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + // {PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + // {PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + {PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + // {PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + // {PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + {PD_14, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + {PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PE_5, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + // {PE_6, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + // {PE_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + // {PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + // {PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + // {PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + {PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SERIAL *** + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { + // {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PA_11, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { + // {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PA_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { + // {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { + // {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_5, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PD_6, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PE_6, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_14, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { + {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_2, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PE_5, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_13, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { + {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_3, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_3, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_10, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PD_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PE_2, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_12, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { + {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_9, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PE_4, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_11, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No CAN *** + +//*** No ETHERNET *** + +//*** No QUADSPI *** + +//*** USB *** + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + // {PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF + // {PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS + // {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID + {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM + {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No USB_OTG_HS *** +//*** SD *** + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SD[] = { + // {PB_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D4 + // {PB_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D5 + // {PC_6, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D6 + // {PC_7, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D7 + {PC_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D0 + {PC_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D1 + {PC_10, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D2 + {PC_11, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D3 + {PC_12, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CK + {PD_2, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CMD + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3082f8842a --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* SYS_WKUP */ +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 +SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 +SYS_WKUP2 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 +SYS_WKUP3 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 +SYS_WKUP4 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 +SYS_WKUP5 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 +SYS_WKUP6 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7 +SYS_WKUP7 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8 +SYS_WKUP8 = NC, +#endif +/* USB */ +#ifdef USBCON +USB_OTG_FS_SOF = PA_8, +USB_OTG_FS_VBUS = PA_9, +USB_OTG_FS_ID = PA_10, +USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11, +USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12, +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c7781997f --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h + * @brief HAL configuration file. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */ + /** + * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver + */ +#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ +//#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +#ifndef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + #define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED //Since STM32 v3.10700.191028 this is automatically added if any type of USB is enabled (as in Arduino IDE) +#endif +/* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */ +/** + * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#ifndef HSE_VALUE +#define HSE_VALUE 8000000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ + +#ifndef HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT +#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 100U /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#ifndef HSI_VALUE +#define HSI_VALUE 16000000U /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ + +/** + * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value. + */ +#ifndef LSI_VALUE +#define LSI_VALUE 32000U /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz */ +#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz +The real value may vary depending on the variations +in voltage and temperature. */ +/** + * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value. + */ +#ifndef LSE_VALUE +#define LSE_VALUE 32768U /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* LSE_VALUE */ + +#ifndef LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT +#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 5000U /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral + * This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source + * frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad. + */ +#ifndef EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE +#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE 12288000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz*/ +#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */ + +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, + === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */ + +/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */ +/** + * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section + */ +#if !defined (VDD_VALUE) +#define VDD_VALUE 3300U /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ +#endif +#if !defined (TICK_INT_PRIORITY) +#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY 0x00U /*!< tick interrupt priority */ +#endif +#if !defined (USE_RTOS) +#define USE_RTOS 0U +#endif +#if !defined (PREFETCH_ENABLE) +#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE) +#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE) +#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif + +#define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ADC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CAN register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CEC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CRYP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CRYP register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DAC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DCMI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DCMI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DFSDM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DMA2D register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DSI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DSI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_ETH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ETH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HASH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_FMPI2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPI2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2S register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* IRDA register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LPTIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LTDC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LTDC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* MMC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NAND register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NOR register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* QSPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RNG register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RTC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SAI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMARTCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SDRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPDIFRX_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPDIFRX register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMBUS register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* TIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* UART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* USART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* WWDG register callback disabled */ + +/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */ +/** + * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the + * HAL drivers code + */ +/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1U */ + +/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */ + +/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */ + +/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */ +#define MAC_ADDR0 2U +#define MAC_ADDR1 0U +#define MAC_ADDR2 0U +#define MAC_ADDR3 0U +#define MAC_ADDR4 0U +#define MAC_ADDR5 0U + +/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */ +#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive */ +#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit */ +#define ETH_RXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE */ +#define ETH_TXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE */ + +/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */ + +/* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/ +#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS 0x01U +/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/ +#define PHY_RESET_DELAY 0x000000FFU +/* PHY Configuration delay */ +#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY 0x00000FFFU + +#define PHY_READ_TO 0x0000FFFFU +#define PHY_WRITE_TO 0x0000FFFFU + +/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */ + +#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ +#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ + +#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< PHY Reset */ +#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Select the power down mode */ +#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ + +#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ +#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Valid link established */ +#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ + +/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */ +#define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)0x10U) /*!< PHY status register Offset */ + +#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< PHY Speed mask */ +#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< PHY Duplex mask */ + +/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */ + +/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver + * Activated: CRC code is present inside driver + * Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver + */ +#ifndef USE_SPI_CRC +#define USE_SPI_CRC 0U +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief Include module's header file + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h" +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h" +#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h" +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h" +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can_legacy.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h" +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h" +#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h" +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h" +#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h" +#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h" +#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smbus.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h" +#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h" +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h" +#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h" +#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h" +#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h" +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h" +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h" +#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h" +#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h" +#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h" +#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dfsdm.h" +#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h" +#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_mmc.h" +#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +/** + * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. + * @param expr If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function + * which reports the name of the source file and the source + * line number of the call that failed. + * If expr is true, it returns no value. + * @retval None + */ +#define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__)) +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line); +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM_H */ + + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f20a047c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* +***************************************************************************** +** +** File : ldscript.ld +** +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F401RETx Device with +** 512KByte FLASH, 96KByte RAM +** +** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according +** to application requirements. +** +** Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used. +** +** Target : STMicroelectronics STM32 +** +** +** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty +** of any kind. +** +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +** +***************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Entry Point */ +ENTRY(Reset_Handler) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack */ +_estack = 0x20018000; /* end of RAM */ +/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ +_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200; /* required amount of heap */ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */ + +/* Specify the memory areas */ +MEMORY +{ +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 512K +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 96K +} + +/* Define output sections */ +SECTIONS +{ + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + /* Constant data goes into FLASH */ + .rodata : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ + *(.data) /* .data sections */ + *(.data*) /* .data* sections */ + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */ + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */ + _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */ + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */ + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM + + /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ + ._user_heap_stack : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + PROVIDE ( end = . ); + PROVIDE ( _end = . ); + . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; + . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; + . = ALIGN(4); + } >RAM + + + + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ + /DISCARD/ : + { + libc.a ( * ) + libm.a ( * ) + libgcc.a ( * ) + } + + .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } +} + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a53a92c48c --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#include "pins_arduino.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(ARDUINO_STEVAL) +// Pin number +// This array allows to wrap Arduino pin number(Dx or x) +// to STM32 PinName (PX_n) +const PinName digitalPin[] = { + PA_9, // TX + PA_10, // RX + + // WIFI + PD_3, // CTS + PD_4, // RTS + PD_5, // TX + PD_6, // RX + PB_5, // WIFI_WAKEUP + PE_11, // WIFI_RESET + PE_12, // WIFI_BOOT + + // STATUS_LED + PE_1, //STATUS_LED + + // SPI USER + PB_12, // SPI_CS + PB_15, // SPI_MOSI + PB_14, // SPI_MISO + PB_13, // SPI_SCK + + // I2C USER + PB_7, // SDA + PB_6, // SCL + + // SPI + PA_4, // SPI_CS + PA_5, // SPI_SCK + PA_6, // SPI_MISO + PA_7, // SPI_MOSI + + // JTAG + PA_13, // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO + PA_14, // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK + PB_3, // JTAG_TDO/SWO + + // SDCARD + PC_8, // SDIO_D0 + PC_9, // SDIO_D1 + PA_15, // SD_CARD_DETECT + PC_10, // SDIO_D2 + PC_11, // SDIO_D3 + PC_12, // SDIO_CK + PD_2, // SDIO_CMD + + // OTG + PA_11, // OTG_DM + PA_12, // OTG_DP + + // IR/PROBE + PD_1, // IR_OUT + PC_1, // IR_ON + + // USER_PINS + PD_7, // USER3 + PB_9, // USER1 + PE_0, // USER2 + PB_4, // USER4 + + // USERKET + PE_7, // USER_BUTTON + + // ENDSTOPS + PD_8, // X_STOP + PD_9, // Y_STOP + PD_10, // Z_STOP + PD_11, // U_STOP + PA_8, // V_STOP + PD_0, // W_STOP + + // HEATERS + PD_13, // BED_HEAT_2 + PD_14, // BED_HEAT_1 + PD_15, // BED_HEAT_3 + PC_7, // E1_HEAT_PWM + PB_0, // E2_HEAT_PWM + PB_1, // E3_HEAT_PWM + + // THERMISTOR + PC_2, // BED_THERMISTOR_1 + PC_3, // BED_THERMISTOR_2 + PA_3, // BED_THERMISTOR_3 + PA_0, // E1_THERMISTOR + PA_1, // E2_THERMISTOR + PA_2, // E3_THERMISTOR + + // FANS + PC_4, // E1_FAN + PC_5, // E2_FAN + PE_8, // E3_FAN + + // X_MOTOR + PE_13, // X_RESET + PE_14, // X_PWM + PE_15, // X_DIR + + // Y_MOTOR + PE_10, // Y_RESET + PB_10, // Y_PWM + PE_9, // Y_DIR + + // Z_MOTOR + PC_15, // Z_RESET + PC_6, // Z_PWM + PC_0, // Z_DIR + + // E1_MOTOR + PC_14, // E1_RESET + PC_13, // E1_DIR + PD_12, // E1_PWM + + // E2_MOTOR + PE_4, // E2_RESET + PE_5, // E2_PWM + PE_6, // E2_DIR + + // E3_MOTOR + PE_3, // E3_RESET + PE_2, // E3_DIR + PB_8 // E3_PWM +}; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * The system Clock is configured as follow : + * System Clock source = PLL (HSI) + * SYSCLK(Hz) = 84000000 + * HCLK(Hz) = 84000000 + * AHB Prescaler = 1 + * APB1 Prescaler = 2 + * APB2 Prescaler = 1 + * HSI Frequency(Hz) = 16000000 + * PLL_M = 16 + * PLL_N = 336 + * PLL_P = 4 + * PLL_Q = 7 + * VDD(V) = 3.3 + * Main regulator output voltage = Scale2 mode + * Flash Latency(WS) = 2 + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {}; + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {}; + + /* Configure the main internal regulator output voltage */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2); + + /* Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 15; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 144; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV4; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 5; + if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK + | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; + + if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_1) != HAL_OK) { + Error_Handler(); + } +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +// PA_0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +// PA_1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +// PA_2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR +// PA_3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +// PA_4 16 // SPI_CS +// PA_5 17 // SPI_SCK +// PA_6 18 // SPI_MISO +// PA_7 19 // SPI_MOSI +// PA_8 43 // V_STOP +// PA_9 0 //TX +// PA_10 1 //RX +// PA_11 30 //OTG_DM +// PA_12 31 //OTG_DP +// PA_13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// PA_14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// PA_15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +// PB_0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +// PB_1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM +// PB_3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO +// PB_4 37 // USER4 +// PB_5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +// PB_6 15 // SCL +// PB_7 14 // SDA +// PB_8 77 // E3_PWM +// PB_9 35 // USER1 +// PB_10 64 // Y_PWM +// PB_12 10 // SPI_CS +// PB_13 13 // SPI_SCK +// PB_14 12 // SPI_MISO +// PB_15 11 // SPI_MOSI +// PC_0 68 // Z_DIR +// PC_1 33 //IR_ON +// PC_2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +// PC_3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +// PC_4 57 // E1_FAN +// PC_5 58 // E2_FAN +// PC_6 67 // Z_PWM +// PC_7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +// PC_8 23 // SDIO_D0 +// PC_9 24 // SDIO_D1 +// PC_10 26 // SDIO_D2 +// PC_11 27 // SDIO_D3 +// PC_12 28 // SDIO_CK +// PC_13 70 // E1_DIR +// PC_14 69 // E1_RESET +// PC_15 66 // Z_RESET +// PD_0 44 // W_STOP +// PD_1 32 //IR_OUT +// PD_2 29 // SDIO_CMD +// PD_3 2 // CTS +// PD_4 3 // RTS +// PD_5 4 // TX +// PD_6 5 // RX +// PD_7 34 // USER3 +// PD_8 39 // X_STOP +// PD_9 40 // Y_STOP +// PD_10 41 // Z_STOP +// PD_11 42 // U_STOP +// PD_12 71 // E1_PWM +// PD_13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +// PD_14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +// PD_15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +// PE_0 36 // USER2 +// PE_1 9 // STATUS_LED +// PE_2 76 // E3_DIR +// PE_3 75 // E3_RESET +// PE_4 72 // E2_RESET +// PE_5 73 // E2_PWM +// PE_6 74 // E2_DIR +// PE_7 38 // USER_BUTTON +// PE_8 59 // E3_FAN +// PE_9 65 // Y_DIR +// PE_10 63 // Y_RESET +// PE_11 7 // WIFI_RESET +// PE_12 8 // WIFI_BOOT +// PE_13 60 // X_RESET +// PE_14 61 // X_PWM +// PE_15 62 // X_DIR diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5cee7888b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#ifndef _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +#define _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Headers + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(ARDUINO_STEVAL) + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +// USART1_MAIN +#define PA9 0 //TX +#define PA10 1 //RX + +// WIFI (USART2) +#define PD3 2 // CTS +#define PD4 3 // RTS +#define PD5 4 // TX +#define PD6 5 // RX +#define PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +#define PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET +#define PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT + +// STATUS_LED +#define PE1 9 // STATUS_LED + +// SPI USER +#define PB12 10 // SPI_CS +#define PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI +#define PB14 12 // SPI_MISO +#define PB13 13 // SPI_SCK + +// I2C USER +#define PB7 14 // SDA +#define PB6 15 // SCL + +// SPI +#define PA4 16 // SPI_CS +#define PA5 17 // SPI_SCK +#define PA6 18 // SPI_MISO +#define PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI + +// JTAG +#define PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +#define PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +#define PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO + +// SDCARD +#define PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 +#define PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 +#define PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +#define PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 +#define PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 +#define PC12 28 // SDIO_CK +#define PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD + +// OTG +#define PA11 30 //OTG_DM +#define PA12 31 //OTG_DP + +// IR/PROBE +#define PD1 32 //IR_OUT +#define PC1 33 //IR_ON + +// USER_PINS +#define PD7 34 // USER3 +#define PB9 35 // USER1 +#define PE0 36 // USER2 +#define PB4 37 // USER4 + +// USERKET +#define PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON + +// ENDSTOPS +#define PD8 39 // X_STOP +#define PD9 40 // Y_STOP +#define PD10 41 // Z_STOP +#define PD11 42 // U_STOP +#define PA8 43 // V_STOP +#define PD0 44 // W_STOP + +// HEATERS +#define PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +#define PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +#define PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +#define PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +#define PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +#define PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM + +// THERMISTOR +#define PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +#define PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +#define PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +#define PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +#define PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +#define PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR + +// FANS +#define PC4 57 // E1_FAN +#define PC5 58 // E2_FAN +#define PE8 59 // E3_FAN + +// X_MOTOR +#define PE13 60 // X_RESET +#define PE14 61 // X_PWM +#define PE15 62 // X_DIR + +// Y_MOTOR +#define PE10 63 // Y_RESET +#define PB10 64 // Y_PWM +#define PE9 65 // Y_DIR + +// Z_MOTOR +#define PC15 66 // Z_RESET +#define PC6 67 // Z_PWM +#define PC0 68 // Z_DIR + +// E1_MOTOR +#define PC14 69 // E1_RESET +#define PC13 70 // E1_DIR +#define PD12 71 // E1_PWM + +// E2_MOTOR +#define PE4 72 // E2_RESET +#define PE5 73 // E2_PWM +#define PE6 74 // E2_DIR + +// E3_MOTOR +#define PE3 75 // E3_RESET +#define PE2 76 // E3_DIR +#define PB8 77 // E3_PWM + +// This must be a literal +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 78 +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 6 +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 51 + +// On-board LED pin number +#define LED_BUILTIN PE1 +#define LED_GREEN LED_BUILTIN + +// On-board user button +#define USER_BTN PE7 + +// UART Definitions +#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 // Connected to ST-Link +//#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 2 // Connected to WIFI + +// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link) +// Mandatory for Firmata +#if SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE == 1 // ST-Link & J23 + #define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 + #define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 +#elif SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE == 2 // WIFI interface + #define PIN_SERIAL2_RX PD6 + #define PIN_SERIAL2_TX PD5 +#else + #error'Invaqlid setting for SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE' +#endif + +// Timer Definitions +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM4 // TIMER_SERVO must be defined in this file +#define TIMER_TONE TIM5 // TIMER_TONE must be defined in this file + +/* SD detect signal */ +/* + * By default, R67 is not provided, so SD card detect is not used. + * Note: SD CD (pin 16 of expansion connector J23) can be connected + * to GND in order to be able to use SD_DETECT_PIN + */ +/*#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15*/ + +/* HAL configuration */ +#define HSE_VALUE 25000000U + +/* Extra HAL modules */ +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Arduino objects - C++ only + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral +// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type +// of use. For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN, +// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor +// +// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL Port which is USB virtual serial +// +// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX +// pins are NOT connected to anything by default. +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#endif + +#endif // _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ + +// PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +// PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +// PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR +// PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +// PA4 16 // SPI_CS +// PA5 17 // SPI_SCK +// PA6 18 // SPI_MISO +// PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI +// PA8 43 // V_STOP +// PA9 0 //TX +// PA10 1 //RX +// PA11 30 //OTG_DM +// PA12 31 //OTG_DP +// PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +// PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +// PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM +// PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO +// PB4 37 // USER4 +// PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +// PB6 15 // SCL +// PB7 14 // SDA +// PB8 77 // E3_PWM +// PB9 35 // USER1 +// PB10 64 // Y_PWM +// PB12 10 // SPI_CS +// PB13 13 // SPI_SCK +// PB14 12 // SPI_MISO +// PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI +// PC0 68 // Z_DIR +// PC1 33 //IR_ON +// PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +// PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +// PC4 57 // E1_FAN +// PC5 58 // E2_FAN +// PC6 67 // Z_PWM +// PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +// PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 +// PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 +// PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 +// PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 +// PC12 28 // SDIO_CK +// PC13 70 // E1_DIR +// PC14 69 // E1_RESET +// PC15 66 // Z_RESET +// PD0 44 // W_STOP +// PD1 32 //IR_OUT +// PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD +// PD3 2 // CTS +// PD4 3 // RTS +// PD5 4 // TX +// PD6 5 // RX +// PD7 34 // USER3 +// PD8 39 // X_STOP +// PD9 40 // Y_STOP +// PD10 41 // Z_STOP +// PD11 42 // U_STOP +// PD12 71 // E1_PWM +// PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +// PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +// PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +// PE0 36 // USER2 +// PE1 9 // STATUS_LED +// PE2 76 // E3_DIR +// PE3 75 // E3_RESET +// PE4 72 // E2_RESET +// PE5 73 // E2_PWM +// PE6 74 // E2_DIR +// PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON +// PE8 59 // E3_FAN +// PE9 65 // Y_DIR +// PE10 63 // Y_RESET +// PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET +// PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT +// PE13 60 // X_RESET +// PE14 61 // X_PWM +// PE15 62 // X_DIR diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc index f2a2b08204..ce21419016 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # Start Jekyll in watch mode to work on Marlin Documentation and preview locally # -[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" @@ -16,10 +16,8 @@ BRANCH=${INFO[5]} [[ $ORG == "MarlinFirmware" && $REPO == "MarlinDocumentation" ]] || { echo "Wrong repository." 1>&2; exit 1; } opensite() { - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open URL="http://127.0.0.1:4000/" + OPEN=$(echo $(which gnome-open xdg-open open) | awk '{ print $1 }') if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" echo $URL diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mffp b/buildroot/share/git/mffp index db52b08b74..2663a4a137 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mffp +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mffp @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mffp [1|2] [commit-id] +# mffp [1|2|3] [commit-id] # # Push the given commit (or HEAD) upstream immediately. # By default: `git push upstream HEAD:bugfix-1.1.x` # -[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } -if [[ $1 == '1' || $1 == '2' ]]; then +if [[ $1 == '1' || $1 == '2' || $1 == '3' ]]; then MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$1") || exit 1 REF=${2:-HEAD} else diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew index 6d067a7f08..e491fea191 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ # usage() { - echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [name]" 1>&2 + echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [name]" 1>&2 } [[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { usage; exit 1; } @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ BRANCH=pr_for_$TARG-$(date +"%G-%m-%d_%H.%M.%S") # BRANCH can be given as the last argument case "$#" in 1 ) case "$1" in - 1|2) ;; + 1|2|3) ;; *) BRANCH=$1 ;; esac ;; 2 ) case "$1" in - 1|2) BRANCH=$2 ;; + 1|2|3) BRANCH=$2 ;; *) usage ; exit 1 ;; esac ;; diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr index 0220c0aa8e..bff9834bc1 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mfpr [1|2] +# mfpr [1|2|3] # # Make a PR against bugfix-1.1.x or bugfix-2.0.x # -[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub index f77b923656..8ec28ad489 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # Use Jekyll to generate Marlin Documentation, which is then # git-pushed to Github to publish it to the live site. # This publishes the current branch, and doesn't force -# changes to be pushed to the 'master' branch. Be sure to push -# any permanent changes to 'master'. +# changes to be pushed to the 'master' branch. Be sure to +# push any permanent changes to 'master'. # -[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ FORK=${INFO[1]} REPO=${INFO[2]} TARG=${INFO[3]} BRANCH=${INFO[4]} +CURR=${INFO[5]} if [[ $ORG != "MarlinFirmware" || $REPO != "MarlinDocumentation" ]]; then echo "Wrong repository." @@ -30,34 +31,46 @@ if [[ $BRANCH == "gh-pages" ]]; then fi # Check out the named branch (or stay in current) -git checkout $BRANCH -echo "Stashing any changes to files..." -echo "Don't forget to update and push 'master'!" -# GOJF Card -[[ $(git stash) != "No local "* ]] && HAS_STASH=1 +if [[ $BRANCH != $CURR ]]; then + echo "Stashing any changes to files..." + [[ $(git stash) != "No local "* ]] && HAS_STASH=1 + git checkout $BRANCH +fi COMMIT=$( git log --format="%H" -n 1 ) # Clean out changes and other junk in the branch git clean -d -f +opensite() { + URL="$1" + OPEN=$(echo $(which gnome-open xdg-open open) | awk '{ print $1 }') + if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then + echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" + echo $URL + else + echo "Opening the site in the browser..." + "$OPEN" "$URL" + fi +} + # Push 'master' to the fork and make a proper PR... -if [[ $BRANCH == "master" ]]; then +if [[ $BRANCH == $TARG ]]; then # Don't lose upstream changes! git fetch upstream # Rebase onto latest master - if git rebase upstream/master; then + if git rebase upstream/$TARG; then # Allow working directly with the main fork echo - echo -n "Pushing to origin/master... " + echo -n "Pushing to origin/$TARG... " git push -f origin echo - echo -n "Pushing to upstream/master... " + echo -n "Pushing to upstream/$TARG... " git push -f upstream else @@ -77,18 +90,7 @@ else git push -f origin fi - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open - URL="https://github.com/$ORG/$REPO/compare/$TARG...$FORK:$BRANCH?expand=1" - - if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then - echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" - echo $URL - else - echo "Opening a New PR Form..." - "$OPEN" "$URL" - fi + opensite "https://github.com/$ORG/$REPO/compare/$TARG...$FORK:$BRANCH?expand=1" fi @@ -99,15 +101,15 @@ fi echo echo "Generating MarlinDocumentation..." -rm -rf _site +rm -rf build # build the site statically and proof it bundle exec jekyll build --profile --trace --no-watch -bundle exec htmlproofer ./_site --only-4xx --allow-hash-href --check-favicon --check-html --url-swap ".*marlinfw.org/:/" +bundle exec htmlproofer ./build --only-4xx --allow-hash-href --check-favicon --check-html --url-swap ".*marlinfw.org/:/" # Sync the built site into a temporary folder TMPFOLDER=$( mktemp -d ) -rsync -av _site/ ${TMPFOLDER}/ +rsync -av build/ ${TMPFOLDER}/ # Clean out changes and other junk in the branch git reset --hard @@ -117,27 +119,14 @@ git clean -d -f git checkout gh-pages || { echo "Something went wrong!"; exit 1; } rsync -av ${TMPFOLDER}/ ./ -opensite() { - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open - URL="http://marlinfw.org/" - if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then - echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" - echo $URL - else - echo "Opening the site in the browser..." - "$OPEN" "$URL" - fi -} - # Commit and push the new live site directly git add --all git commit --message "Built from ${COMMIT}" -git push upstream | { +git push -f origin +git push -f upstream | { while IFS= read -r line do - [[ $line =~ "gh-pages -> gh-pages" ]] && opensite + [[ $line =~ "gh-pages -> gh-pages" ]] && opensite "http://marlinfw.org/" echo "$line" done } @@ -146,6 +135,4 @@ git push upstream | { rm -rf ${TMPFOLDER} # Go back to the branch we started from -git checkout $BRANCH - -[[ $HAS_STASH == 1 ]] && git stash pop +[[ $BRANCH != $CURR ]] && git checkout $BRANCH && [[ $HAS_STASH == 1 ]] && git stash pop diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp index 7f950da59d..59f0699773 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mfqp [-q|--quick] [1|2] +# mfqp [-q|--quick] [1|2|3] # # Add all changed files, commit as "patch", do `mfrb` and `git push -f` # @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ done [[ ${INFO[4]} =~ [0-9] ]] && USAGE=1 -[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [-hq] [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } +[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [-hq] [1|2|3]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } git add . git commit -m "patch" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb index e09dd87cda..1edc99bbe9 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # # mfrb # -# Do "git rebase -i" against the "target" branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, or master) +# Do "git rebase -i" against the "target" branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, dev-2.1.x, or master) # MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ while [ $IND -lt ${#INFO[@]} ]; do let IND+=1 done -[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } +[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } # If the branch isn't currently the PR target if [[ $TARG != $CURR ]]; then diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mftest b/buildroot/share/git/mftest index a83a309bd9..d80b9ed810 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mftest +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mftest @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ case $TESTENV in f1) TESTENV='STM32F103RE' ;; f4) TESTENV='STM32F4' ;; f7) TESTENV='STM32F7' ;; + s6) TESTENV='FYSETC_S6' ;; teensy) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; t31) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; t32) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py index 55f78d0e06..da24c7c811 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py +++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ timer_freq = cpu_freq / args.divider print("#ifndef SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H") print("#define SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H") print() -print('#include "Marlin.h"') +print('#include "MarlinCore.h"') print() print("const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_fast[256][2] PROGMEM = {") diff --git a/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu b/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu index cd9718bfb7..60939d12e7 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu +++ b/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu @@ -7,56 +7,56 @@ "caption": "PIO Build", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py build" } }, { "caption": "PIO Clean", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py clean" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py upload" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload (traceback)", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py traceback" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload using Programmer", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py program" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py program" } }, { "caption": "PIO Test", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py test" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py test" } }, { "caption": "PIO Debug", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py debug" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py debug" } }, { "caption": "PIO Remote", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py remote" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py remote" } } ], diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests index 756e7a9492..e3ef7d4534 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps # pins_set is used below... - restore_configs opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE bg opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFB @@ -39,16 +37,16 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS4DUE_EFB with ABL (Bilinear), EXTENSIBLE_UI, S-Curve, many restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RADDS opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG USE_YMAX_PLUG ENDSTOPPULLUPS BLTOUCH AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR \ - Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN \ - Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS #TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT +opt_set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 3 opt_add Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false opt_add Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false -pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 -pins_set ramps/RAMPS Y_MAX_PIN -1 opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2 opt_add Z3_MAX_PIN 3 -exec_test $1 $2 "RADDS with ABL (Bilinear), Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS and Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN" +pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 +pins_set ramps/RAMPS Y_MAX_PIN -1 +exec_test $1 $2 "RADDS with ABL (Bilinear), Triple Z Axis, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN" # # Test SWITCHING_EXTRUDER diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9e0331acd --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env bash +# +# Build tests for FYSETC_S6 +# + +# exit on first failure +set -e + +# Build examples +restore_configs +use_example_configs FYSETC/S6 +exec_test $1 $2 "FYSETC S6 Example" + +# cleanup +restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests index 881e0534ee..566cbd27a6 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT ADAPTIVE_FAN_ Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \ LCD_INFO_MENU ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16 -exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with Many Features" +opt_set NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET "{ 0, 0, 0 }" +exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE and many features." # clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests index 7f1536930f..b34da5752d 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ opt_set EXTRUDERS 2 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 2 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 1 +opt_add TEMP_PROBE_PIN 12 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 3 +opt_add HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 45 opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16 opt_set FANMUX0_PIN 53 opt_disable USE_WATCHDOG @@ -42,8 +46,6 @@ opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER LCD_PROGRESS_BAR LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TE PSU_CONTROL AUTO_POWER_CONTROL POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY POWER_LOSS_PIN POWER_LOSS_STATE \ SLOW_PWM_HEATERS THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER LIN_ADVANCE \ HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT PINS_DEBUGGING MAX7219_DEBUG M114_DETAIL -opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 3 -opt_set HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 45 exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | EXTRUDERS 2 | CHAR LCD + SD | FIX Probe | ABL-Linear | Advanced Pause | PLR | LEDs ..." # @@ -297,8 +299,16 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "Full-featured CR-10S config" # Delta Config (generic) + ABL bilinear + BLTOUCH use_example_configs delta/generic opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE cz +opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN 53 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN 49 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN 40 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN 42 +opt_add "ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(V) NOOP" opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR BLTOUCH -exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | DELTA | RRD LCD | ABL Bilinear | BLTOUCH" +exec_test $1 $2 "DELTA | L6470 | RRD LCD | ABL Bilinear | BLTOUCH" # # Delta Config (generic) + UBL + ALLEN_KEY + OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + EEPROM_SETTINGS @@ -309,6 +319,13 @@ opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY EE OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | DELTA | OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 | UBL | Allen Key | EEPROM" +# +# Delta Config (generic) + Probeless +# +use_example_configs delta/generic +opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | DELTA | RRD LCD | DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION | DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU" + # # Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex) # @@ -322,17 +339,17 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS 1.3 | DELTA | FLSUN AC Config" #exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff" # -# SCARA with TMC2130 +# SCARA with Mixed TMC # use_example_configs SCARA/Morgan opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE es opt_enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW \ MKS_12864OLED EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT M114_DETAIL \ - MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD SENSORLESS_HOMING SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD SENSORLESS_HOMING SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING opt_set X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130_STANDALONE opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2660 exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | SCARA | Mixed TMC | EEPROM" @@ -343,7 +360,7 @@ restore_configs opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE vi opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2160 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC5160 -opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true opt_set Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests index 229cfb588a..d01107f45a 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ set -e exec_test () { printf "\n\033[0;32m[Test $2] \033[0m$3...\n" - if build_marlin_pio $1 "-e $2"; then + if platformio run --project-dir $1 -e $2 --silent; then printf "\033[0;32mPassed\033[0m\n" return 0 else - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD printf "\033[0;31mFailed!\033[0m\n" return 1 fi @@ -23,26 +23,19 @@ export -f exec_test printf "Running \033[0;32m$2\033[0m Tests\n" -if [[ $3 = "--deep-clean" ]]; then - echo "Deleting all PlatformIO caches, downloads and installed packages..." - env_clean --deep -fi - if [[ $2 = "ALL" ]]; then dir_list=("$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")"/*) declare -a tests=(${dir_list[@]/*run_tests/}) for f in "${tests[@]}"; do - env_backup testenv=$(basename $f | cut -d"-" -f1) printf "Running \033[0;32m$f\033[0m Tests\n" exec_test $1 "$testenv --target clean" "Setup Build Environment" $f $1 $testenv - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD done else - env_backup exec_test $1 "$2 --target clean" "Setup Build Environment" $2-tests $1 $2 - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD fi printf "\033[0;32mAll tests completed successfully\033[0m\n" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests index a847d6f572..be377b15af 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps - restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY31_32 exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.1 with default config" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests index 9661666c4a..e367e7ca47 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps - restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36 exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.5 with default config" @@ -102,15 +100,16 @@ opt_enable COREXZ exec_test $1 $2 "COREXZ" # -# Enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +# Enable Dual Z with Dual Z endstops # restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36 -opt_enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +opt_enable Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +opt_set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 2 pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2 opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG -exec_test $1 $2 "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS" +exec_test $1 $2 "Dual Z with Dual Z endstops" # Clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py rename to buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py similarity index 94% rename from buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py rename to buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py index 4d6fdf5585..acfd1787fb 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py +++ b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ else: get_com_port('usbmodem', 'Description:', 13) # avrdude_conf_path = env.get("PIOHOME_DIR") + '/packages/toolchain-atmelavr/etc/avrdude.conf' - avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf' + avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf' - avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS' + avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS' # source_path = env.get("PROJECTBUILD_DIR") + '/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' source_path = '.pio/build/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ else: get_com_port('/dev/tty', 'Description:', 13) # avrdude_conf_path = env.get("PIOHOME_DIR") + '/packages/toolchain-atmelavr/etc/avrdude.conf' - avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf' + avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf' - avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux' + avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux' # source_path = env.get("PROJECTBUILD_DIR") + '/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' source_path = '.pio/build/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py rename to buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py diff --git a/config/README.md b/config/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7101025a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Where have all the configurations gone? + +## https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations diff --git a/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e41bae29bb..0000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89fde4a381..0000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54054be5a5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2249 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "AJMartel" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) -#define WEBSITE_URL "http://3DFabXYZ.com" - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3DFabXYZ i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Electron - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.22 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.83 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.9738621, 80.2429911, 399.7264854 , 99.4696994 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 225, 225, 3, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1590, 1590, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.016 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 21, 61, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 219 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 280 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 4 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 255 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "HIPS" -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 220 //HIPS -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "PP" -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 254 //PP -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "PET" -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //PET -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "FLEX" -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 230 //FLEX -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "NYLON" -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //NYLON -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fbeb98112d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2875 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 127 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - #define CHDK_PIN 12 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Tools" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Probe Mesh&Save" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 P1\nG29 P3 T0\nG29 S0 A F10\nG29 J2\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Manual Mesh&Save" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28\nG29 P4 R999 T\nG29 S0 A F10\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Print Test Pattern" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "G26 C P O2.25" //Do a typical test sequence - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Move Bed Forward" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "G28 X0 Y0\nG1 X0 Y180 F3000\nM84" //move X/Y to min endstops & Feed the bed forward & steppers off - - /* - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" - */ -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index 708b3fe632..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -Personalized config files for the "Electron" "Tevo 3D" i3 6th gen - -- https://www.3dprintersbay.com/electron3d-reprap-prusa-i3-kit -- https://reprap.org/wiki/Migbot_Prusa_i3 diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca1196d4a2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 1 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 1 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.4, 80.4, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 50, 2000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 325 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 415 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 55 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c9040e7bf0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 360 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 28 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb0ad9a81..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000, - B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000, - B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff7426793d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS -3 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 410 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31511845db..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb0ad9a81..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000, - B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000, - B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03cf1366d0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Aleph Objects Inc, TAZ)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TAZ" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 70 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 74 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 16 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Buda 2.0 on 24V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 6 - #define DEFAULT_Ki .3 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 125 - - // Buda 2.0 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.01 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 206 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 360W silicone heater from NPH on 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 2.2+) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 275 - - //12v 400W silicone heater from QUDB into 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 1.0+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 650 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 60 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1800 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100.5, 100.5, 400, 850 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 800, 800, 8, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.051 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 298 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 275 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2307ec488b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 973c199c51..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2318 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -35, -6, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V19) - // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ab7b26a075..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 90aa931ba8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2317 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V19) - // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8a2dc21c1d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2865 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d85f93949..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, CL-260)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CL-260" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 160.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b8d6856a65..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone. -Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX. - -(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's -printer -- it needs tweaking and some parts replaced before being decent.) - -The printer comes with a quite old Marlin, the sources are available here: -http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1635830/ and I recommend replacing them. - -The setting "works" for my printer and the extruder using my calibration value. -You might want to tweak some settings, e.g enable EEPROM, increase default Z speed, adjust homing speeds,... - -Have fun! --- -tobi diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c2f8174f2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 2.85 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker2+ - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 9.74 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.69 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 34.32 - - /* - #define DEFAULT_Kp 10.03 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.0 - */ - - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 200, 355 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 40, 45} - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (40*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f4ce897762..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH 705 // (mm) - - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH + 50) // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH - 50) // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f87aa4db5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0ab2e110c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05a08af759..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2 Plus)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0ab2e110c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 57296bf117..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2334 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Ralf_E, ANET A6 config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// The Anet A6 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 Standard Extruder defaults: - // PID-P: +022.20, PID-I: +001.08, PID-D: +114.00, PID-C: 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114.0 - - // Tuned by ralf-e. Always re-tune for your machine! - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.83 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.02 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.29 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A6 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -// ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm) -// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax): -// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 25 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 20, 50 } - - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax): -// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000 -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: - // XY: 10, Z: +000.30, E: 5 - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// ANET A8: FRONT-MOUNTED SENSOR WITH 3D PRINTED MOUNT -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -28, -45, 0 } - -// THESE ARE FOR THE OFFICIAL ANET REAR-MOUNTED SENSOR -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -1, 3, 0 } - -// ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 39, 0, 0 } - -//ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch betwen Fan and Belt -// (mount: https://github.com/ralf-e/ANET_A6_modifications/tree/master/A6_X-Axis) -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -30, 15, 0.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#if 1 // 0 for less clearance - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done -#else - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done -#endif - -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false -//ANET A6: -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -//#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -// ANET A6, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -#define X_BED_SIZE 222 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 222 -#define X_MIN_POS -3 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -//#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 224 -//#define X_MIN_POS -8 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS - 8 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS - 6 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 113 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 112 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis and defined X_HOME_POS -7, Y_HOME_POS -6 - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 107 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 107 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 40 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 200 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(150) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(150) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(150) -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b79eced0b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 4547f3fd44..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010000, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010000, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a6098e47f2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2245 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Bob Kuhn, Anet config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 8, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -33 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 240 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 160 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 10 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bef18b4cbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index ddd62ea532..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010001, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d88ef28e14..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Martin Zeman - Zemistr, Anet A8 Plus)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8 plus" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 49.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.33 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 95.60 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 114.00 - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -26 -#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 300 -#define Y_MAX_POS 297 -#define Z_MAX_POS 370 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PET-G" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e801585f68..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY\nG91\nG1 F1000 Z+20\nG1 F5000 Y" STRINGIFY(Y_MAX_POS) "\nG90\nM84 X Y E" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 1235997b79..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 6 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010001, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001110,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010001,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010001,B01010001,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011110,B01010001,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01010001,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01010001,B00000100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01001110,B00111000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c6ffb05808..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2229 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "AnetE16V1.3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET E16 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET E16 - // original Bed 4mm glass plate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -23 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8bb24ed2a4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 12 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 80 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - //#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index f15e2d5f5f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_bootscreen.bmp' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111011,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B01111100,B01111100,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11001100,B11100000,B11101100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100000,B11111100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100100,B11000000,B11000000,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111100,B01111100,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B01111100,B00111100,B10000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1c4e8696..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_statusscreen.bmp' - */ -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10011101,B11001110,B00110001, - B10010101,B10101111,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101101,B01101001, - B10000101,B10101101,B01100001, - B10001101,B10101111,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10011101,B11001100,B00110001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11000000,B00000001,B11111011, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01101100,B01111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07d1d7ffd2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Animated boot screen example - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_FRAME_TIME 100 // (ms) - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 120 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B11100111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110001,B11110011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110011,B10111001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011111,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001111,B00011001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 -}; - -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED) - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp1[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp2[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp3[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp4[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp5[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp6[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011100,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001100,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char * const custom_bootscreen_animation[] PROGMEM = { - custom_start_bmp1, custom_start_bmp2, custom_start_bmp3, custom_start_bmp4, custom_start_bmp5, custom_start_bmp6, custom_start_bmp - }; - -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e14bc221b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anycubic i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // ANYCUBIC I3 240C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 64.84 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // Anycubic I3 with Ultrabase. 100C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 218.59 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 43.04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 277.56 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 420 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96.2 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 6, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 1500, 50, 8000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.002 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 75, 5, -2 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -11 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - //#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad0564a31c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f539452768..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARMED -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Armed - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.41 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.57 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 53.37 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 144.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 27.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 194.30 - - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 156.84 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 120 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.5 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f09133d49..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2868 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_1_INVERTING true - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9730e1e2f6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 10dc544f01..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -//#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 400} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 2500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.018 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 9000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -13 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 250 -#define Y_MAX_POS 186 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (25*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9076a6c1d9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 14fbb22722..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 60 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 93.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.018 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 214 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -107 -#define Y_MIN_POS -93 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 141 -#define Y_MAX_POS 93 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (15*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 28fb50d584..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d907a758bb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "HEPHESTOS" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Hephestos i3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.47 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100.47095761381482 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 3.3, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 650 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.062 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 215 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 2000 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 150 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 97a7af0cbd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5865eee9bd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * BQ Hephestos 2 Configuration - * - * This configuration supports the standard Hephestos 2 with or without the - * heated bed kit featured at https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 - * - * Enable HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT in Configuration_adv.h for all functionality - * related to the heated bed. - * - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@jbrazio" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BQ Hephestos 2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "8d083632-40c5-4649-85b8-43d9ae6c5d55" // BQ Hephestos 2 standard config - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 70 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Tuned PID values using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.75 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.63 - - // BQ firmware stock PID values - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10.7 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 3 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 8000, 218.77 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 3, 120 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 900 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1300 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.011 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 297 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 210 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 185 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G27 P0" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 778cf9589a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2872 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 800 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 300 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps - -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 170, 170, 180, 190, 180 } // Values 0-255 - // - // bq ZUM Mega 3D defaults: - // X = 150 [~1.17A] - // Y = 170 [~1.33A] - // Z = 180 [~1.41A] - // E0 = 190 [~1.49A] - -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G27 P0" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 64 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 0.25 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index ab28487e2d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for BQ [Hephestos 2](http://www.bq.com/uk/hephestos-2) -Based on the original configuration file shipped with the heavily modified Marlin fork by BQ. -The forked firmware and configuration files can be found at the [BQ Github repository](https://github.com/bq/Marlin). - -NOTE: The look and feel of the LCD menu will change dramatically when using the original Marlin firmware. - -## Changelog - * 2018/05/30 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version (43a55a9af). - ABL Bilinear 5x5 is active by default. - - * 2017/07/06 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version and added support for the - official BQ heated bed upgrade kit. - - * 2016/12/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/07/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/06/21 - Disabled heated bed related options, activated software endstops and SD printing now - disables the heater when finishes printing. - - * 2016/03/21 - Activated 4-point auto leveling by default and updated miscellaneous z-probe values. - - * 2016/03/01 - The first release of Marlin's configuration file for the - BQ Hephestos 2 3D printer. - - -## Support -This configuration should work easily with the stock Hephestos 2, nevertheless if you encounter any -issues you may contact me on [Github](https://github.com/jbrazio), [Twitter](https://twitter.com/jbrazio) or by mail. diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d593ccdea..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B01111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B01111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00011111,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f42956985f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(bq Witbox)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "WITBOX" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Witbox - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 600.0*8/3, 102.073 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 7.2, 80 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 10, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 297 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 432 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 97a7af0cbd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54973430e5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 2 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 50.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 9.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 173.43 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 911d523495..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 32 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - #define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 431f52ec55..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 2 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 50.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 9.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 173.43 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a96777d03..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 32 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - #define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebd70b015b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MaukCC, CartesioE)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_11 - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CartesioE" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 415 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 165 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Normal - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Volcano - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 50 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 9 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 70 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Cyclops - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 500W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioW - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 390 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 70 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 546 - - //24V 250W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioM - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 303 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 42 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.128, 71.128, 640, 152 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 20, 20 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 435 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f66fa18923..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e81968dbf2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B00000111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11110000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111000, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B00111111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11000001,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 86589445f1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Creality CR-10)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.7 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE + 20 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c846e4bb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2867 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 256 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament -//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN (DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA*4) // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 88c7d127b5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 22 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00011111,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6d188f4bae..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 3), (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d230c148bf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a26739681b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6bde731076..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Evgeny-SPB, CR-10 S5)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 S5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } // Stock Creality -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415 } // Creality with Bondtech extruder - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // Stock Creality CR-10 5S -//#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // Creality with Bondtech extruder -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 510 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 20), (Y_MAX_POS - 20), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e33311c9fd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 600 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 10 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4a9be92f49..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ - -/** - * Creality CR-10 Mini - * X=300mm Y=220mm Z=300mm - * E3DV6 Hotend - * Titan Extruder - * CR10_STOCKDISPLAY (RAMPS-compatible with single 10-pin plug) - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.60, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c6a5230a8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a002103274..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000111,B11001111,B10000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B11001111,B11000000,B01110011,B11110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B01110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001111,B11001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001101,B10001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110011,B11110000, - B00000111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110000,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110010,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00000010,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00110011,B11110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10111011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81754fe1cf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(CR-20 Pro)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20 Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 32499d22fe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e88e5fefa1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 32 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00001111,B01111100,B00111000,B01110000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00111100,B00000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00101000,B00001000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00010000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00100000,B10001000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000000,B10001000, - B00001110,B01110011,B01111100,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100110,B11000111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11000011,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000111,B00000111,B10000111,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e92218aeed..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(m0oml)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e89bfe445..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 30da9c0064..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(D-side, CR-8)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 92.60 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8281a0e3ca..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7733dbde6a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tommie, Ender 2/4)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender 3D" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 75 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c64a3f1381..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index b45eb94690..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -# Creality Ender Support - -This branch is a reverse-engineered version based on the unpublished firmware from Creality. It is **not** the authoritative source, but has been carefully re-built by looking at their firmware and inferring the base version and configuration they used. The basis is the firmware version from "Jul 31 2017 10:16:30". It is based on Marlin 1.0.1, because - -* 1.0.0 had very different serial output in `setup()` and overall code structure. -* 1.0.2 changed the `VERSION_STRING` to include a leading space, and `lcd_init` uses `SET_INPUT` instead of `pinMode`. - -Configurations were found by seeing what code was compiled into the firmware, and constants used there. - -For U8Glib, at least version 1.14 and at most 1.17 is used, because - -* 1.12 didn't have the extra speed argument to u8g_InitCom. -* 1.13 didn't have the soft reset instruction for UC1701 initialization. -* 1.18 has a new directory structure. - -## Bitmaps - -The bootscreen and custom status screens come from Creality's firmware. - -## Creality Ender-2 firmware status - -The firmware source code has been published on 2018/07/10. -It is based on Marlin 1.1. The source code and .hex binaries for all printers (including Ender-2) can be obtained from: -https://www.creality3d.cn/download/firmware_c0001 - -And repositories for CR-10S and Ender-3 can be found here: -https://github.com/Creality3DPrinting - -The configuration files have been verified to match the original configuration, but further investigation is needed to ensure there aren't any extra changes in the source code. - -## Ender-2 specific changelog: - -* 2018/10/08 - Updated BED_MAXTEMP to 75 to match the original Creality Ender-2 Firmware (which is now open source) diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a412ad7f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01000010,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B11011100,B00111110,B00111100,B11101110, - B01111000,B01100010,B01000010,B01000010,B00110010, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000010,B00100000, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01111110,B00100000, - B01000000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000000,B00100000, - B01000010,B01000010,B01000110,B01000010,B00100000, - B11111110,B11100111,B00111011,B00111100,B11111000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b30dd1b807..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 947c962712..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 025801f4fc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00010010, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B00000010, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B11001100, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00000010, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B00010010, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00001100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2e59277b40..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Skorpi, Creality Ender-4, brandstaetter)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-4" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.67 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 62.14 - - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index be06c5f339..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29cf2b18ab..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2215 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-5 Pro)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5 Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-5 Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e75e806f9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52119ce6be..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 92d5d3cb5f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5 Pro/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 6 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00011110,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000, - B00010000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00010000,B10100011,B10011001,B01100000,B01110000, - B00011100,B11010100,B10100101,B10000000,B00001000, - B00010000,B10010100,B10111101,B00001111,B00001000, - B00010000,B10010100,B10100001,B00000000,B01001000, - B00011110,B10010011,B10011101,B00000000,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B01010110,B01100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B10011000,B10010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00010000,B10010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00010000,B10010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00010000,B01100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 73 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 81 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 517c4c825c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-5)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-5 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bff7e382d4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52119ce6be..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 3da18ade4b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 37 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 73 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 81 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ac83ae9ba9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "DiscoUltimate" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 18 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 32.48 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.4 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 41.25 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 196 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 4, 170 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 1000, 20, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 21, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 195 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65d392c08a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9193daa2bd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Sidewinder X1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -//#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sidewinder X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 14.58 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.14 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 46.57 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 244.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.08 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.121, 80.121, 399.778, 445 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 40 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.032 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 5 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 6 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 6ef3ec764e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index e29d4c77b8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file 'EVNOVO-Artillery-Logo.jpg' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 54 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration.h b/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b6746dc288..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Vertabreaker)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EEB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-1337-1337-1337-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 0 -#define BED_MINTEMP 0 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.21//36.59//9.29//8.34//22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.44//3.02//0.6//0.34//1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.37//110.92//68.17//51.75//114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 150//10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41//.023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16//305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 100 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 140 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.01 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 4 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 4 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 4 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 4 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 0 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 185 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 2 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - //#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - //#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - //#define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - //#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - //#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - //#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - //#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - //#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 0), (Y_MIN_POS + 0), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 50 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 10 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc48787b45..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EXP3D/Imprimante multifonction/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2860 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - #define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 10 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 30000 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 60000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - #define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 10 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - #define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 40 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - #define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - #define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - #define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 0 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 5000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - #define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - //#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - //#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Lin Adv Presets" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Set & Saved" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "K0 Off" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M900 K0\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "K0.2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M900 K0.2\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "K0.3" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M900 K0.3\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "K0.4" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M900 K0.4\nM500" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "K0.5" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "M900 K0.5\nM500" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1245dd068..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "elsie tech corp" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_EINSTART_S -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "The Shining" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 666 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Einstart S - // Autotune M303 S180 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.31 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.93 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.03 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -#define X_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Y_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Z_STOP_INVERTING true - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 96.337120 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 165 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e6e0f06669..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md b/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index f6da66f9cd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -## Einstart S Machine Notes - -The Einstart S is a commercial machine that ships with a proprietary firmware and "licensed" slicer program which requires the original SD card or license file (.lic/.reg) from support in order to function. The impetus for the port was that I acquired the machine on the weekend when tech support was closed. - -## Specifications: - - - Powder coated, formed steel enclosure - - Machined Aluminum internal axis support frame - - Genuine matched HIWIN rails on all axis - - Genuine Minebea NEMA17 motors (200 steps/rev) - - THC7128 3A Stepper Drivers (configured for 16 microsteps, loud) - - 160x160 magnetically coupled non-heated bed - - PLA-only, Direct Drive extruder - - SH1106 OLED Display w/ Cardinal navigation - - 9533 I2C PWM RGB LED Chassis illumination - - Onboard SD-Card Support - -## Initial modifications - -### Bootloader/Marlin installation - -This machine probably doesn't ship with the arduino boot loader, so unless you reflow a 2560 on there to replace the atmega1280 like I did (to preserve the original firmware), you'll need to use ISP to do an initial firmware load and/or bootloader flash! - -It's not that bad though, you can just buy an ISP programmer with the appropriate header, or build an ISP programmer using the Arduino ISP sketch (wiring is easier if you use the "old style wiring" which utilizes the following pinout: (see the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch). - -I used an arduino Nano and a header I had lying around, but you could do the same with a nano and some dupont headers cut and soldered to the board, and taped/glued into a header. - -Triple check your pinouts, it shouldn't fry if connected backwards but if your pinout is wrong you're going to struggle for sure. - -#### ArduinoISP Sketch pinout for 10pin ISP header using "old style wiring": - -See the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch under File:Examples:ArduinoISP - -1 MOSI D11 -2 5v Vcc -3 N/C -4 GND -5 RES D10 -6 N/C -7 SCK D13 -8 N/C -9 MISO D12 -10 GND GND - -#### Einstart Motherboard ISP Header Pinout - -The 10 pin ISP Header is located to the right of the ATMEGA chip, just above the long LCD header. - -#### ISP Diagram - -<--- Face of chassis - -MOSI ( 1 ) ( 2 ) Vcc - N/C ( 3 ) ( 4 ) GND - RST ( 5 ) ( 6 ) GND - SCK ( 7 ) ( 8 ) GND -MISO ( 9 ) (10 ) GND - -Component Plugs ---> - -### Motherboard Diagram - - |1234|1234|1234|1234|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|123|12|1234| - --------------------------------------------------------------- -| XMOT YMOT ZMOT EMOT EF HB HE PF ZS YS XS PS BT ET PT1 TC VBRG | -| ===== ====== [DC| -|====== ====== ____ ISP IC1__ ___| -| |1280| ::::: | | |USB| -| |____| 1 |__| |___| -| BUTTON |SD | -| GDLRUO LCD |___| -|________________________[......][....................]_________| - -Legend: - -XMOT X-Motor -YMOT Y-Motor -ZMOT Z-Motor -EMOT E-Motor -EF Extruder Fan -HB Heated Bed (PWM) -HE Hot End (PWM) -PF Part Fan (PWM) -ZS Z-Endstop (Max) -YS Y-Endstop (Min) -XS X-Endstop (Min) -PS SPST Switch to enable DC 24v -BT Bed Thermistor (header not populated) -ET Extruder Thermistor -PT1 Pt100 Thermocouple (not populated) -TC Thermocouple (not populated) -VBRG LED Output from PCA5933 -BUTTONS -G GND (buttons are pulled low on activation) -D DOWN -L LEFT -R RIGHT -U UP -O OK (MIDDLE) - -## Uploading Marlin firmware to a stock Einstart S - -### Summary: - -Make, buy or steal a 10 pin ISP programmer and select the appropriate programmer option via Tools:Programmer in Arduino IDE, use the Sketch:Upload Using Programmer command or Shift-Ctrl-U (vs Ctrl-U to upload via serial). - -### Detailed procedure: - -You can either load Marlin directly via ISP programmer (easiest, but requires opening the chassis every time you want to change/update firmware) or, just program the bootloader which will enable later uploads via USB. HOWEVER, to actually upload the sketch you will need one of the following: - - - ISP programming header (ArduinoISP sketch, pinout below) - - OR - - Install bootloader on atmega1280 to enable native USB uploads (also requires ISP). - - AND - - Connect button between RESET and GND on ISP header, release post compile just before upload starts. - - OR - - Install permanent modification described below, requires no button press during upload. - -### Permanent modification to enable USB uploads via Arduino IDE - -As a permanent modification to enable direct USB upload from the arduino IDE, you would need to flash the boot loader using ISP first; but then you can solder a wire or 100n capacaitor between the DTR line on the FTDI to the reset line, which is conveniently located in several places on the board. - -#### FTDI Chip Diagram (IC1) - - ______ - TXD --|1 28|--OSCO - DTR --|2 27|--OSCI - RTS --|3 26|--TEST - VCCIO--|4 25|--AGND - RXD --|5 24|--N/C - RI --|6 23|--CBUS0 - GND --|7 22|--CBUS1 - N/C --|8 21|--GND - DSR --|9 20|--Vcc - DCD --|10 19|--RES - CTS --|11 18|--GND - CBUS4--|12 17|--3V3 - CBUS2--|13 16|--USBDM - CBUS3--|14 15|--USBDP - |______| - -#### Arduino Reset Circuit - - DTR-----||----GND----/\/\/\/----Vcc - 100nf 10k - -With this modification you no longer need the reset button and you can program directly from the Arduino IDE. - -### Power notes during flashing. - -You do NOT need power connected when flashing via ISP. -You DO need power when flashing via USB Serial but you MUST time the release of the reset line to allow the upload unless you've performed the permanent modification. diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d725f89597..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 640, 640, 3200, 800 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b76425131..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 501bf88412..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13d10b475f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8bdebb888..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13d10b475f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fcc6f6c1c1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13d10b475f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22d0f73a43..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13d10b475f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7dc08fa84b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2223 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 1280, 1280, 6400, 1600 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // fzl:change to below - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN -1 // PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c53fe62c82..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fbb938ebc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_S6 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89fde4a381..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index abaca53b57..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix/DUAL)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix Dual" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11fd992048..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 48fe099151..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware - -Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix. - -## Build HOWTO - - - Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software - - Download the Marlin firmware - - [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right. - -``` -cd Marlin/src -cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h . -``` - -The next step depends on your setup: - -### Single Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h . - -### Dual Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h - -### Compile Firmware - - - Start the Arduino IDE. - - Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560 - - Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0) - - Open Marlin.pde or .ino - - Click the Verify/Compile button - -### Flash Firmware - -#### Connected directly via USB - - - Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading - -#### Remote update - -Find the latest Arduino build: - - ls -altr /tmp/ - drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp - -Copy the firmware to your printer host: - - scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/ - -Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run: - - avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \ - -b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i - -## Acknowledgements - -Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead. diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index aadea5c3c6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11fd992048..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 48fe099151..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware - -Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix. - -## Build HOWTO - - - Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software - - Download the Marlin firmware - - [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right. - -``` -cd Marlin/src -cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h . -``` - -The next step depends on your setup: - -### Single Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h . - -### Dual Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h - -### Compile Firmware - - - Start the Arduino IDE. - - Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560 - - Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0) - - Open Marlin.pde or .ino - - Click the Verify/Compile button - -### Flash Firmware - -#### Connected directly via USB - - - Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading - -#### Remote update - -Find the latest Arduino build: - - ls -altr /tmp/ - drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp - -Copy the firmware to your printer host: - - scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/ - -Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run: - - avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \ - -b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i - -## Acknowledgements - -Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead. diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8b48ef8ab..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "M. Baker" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CreatorPro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -34.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 20.03 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.22 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 82.05 - - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//really Sailfish... got enough precision on that float for an 8 bit system? -//I'm leaving this in for posterior's sake -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 94.139704, 94.139704, 400, 96.275201870333662468889989185642 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 20, 100 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 250 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) -#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.64 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - - -//these values are used in your slicer -#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 148 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -115 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 152 -#define Y_MAX_POS 77 -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS - 2), (Y_MAX_POS - 2), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c111fb164..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2863 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX1_FAN_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX2_FAN_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.84, 0.84, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8f74d83a99..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -NOTE ON FLASHING THE FIRMWARE: - -The firmware for the Atmel chip used for USB on the Mighty Board is the same as the Arduino Mega's, but it doesn't do an automatic reset. If you want the printer to reset on DTR you will need to flash it with the firmware for the Arduino Mega. - -### Use with all nozzle settings - -Build plate shape: Rectangular - [X] Origin at center - [X] Heated bed -G-code flavor: Marlin - -### Right Nozzle - -Number of Extruders: 1 - -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T0 -G1 X150 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Left Nozzle*** -Number of Extruders: 1 -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T1 -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 E10 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Both Nozzles*** -Number of Extruders: 2 -X (Width) 295 <---- bed width + 2 x nozzle offset -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -Extruder 2 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -;purge right -T0 -G1 X155 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E17 F2400 -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;purge left -T1 -;M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature ,1} -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M109 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E22 F3600 -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d17d2c4cf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FT-2020 v9" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // FolgerTech i3-2020 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 } // 52.4 is correct for printer as shipped -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 104.4 } // 104.4 with 32 micro steps enabled gives better results - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.058 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 40,85 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 38, -7, -10.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE (X_MAX_POS-X_MIN_POS) -#define Y_BED_SIZE (Y_MAX_POS-Y_MIN_POS) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 6 -#define Y_MIN_POS 3 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 207 -#define Y_MAX_POS 182 -#define Z_MAX_POS 175 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.50// When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 170 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 25 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 25 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 500, 500 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c0b1b9cd32..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2872 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) -#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 // on RAMPS // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display -#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 // on RAMPS -#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 // on RAMPS - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P1_04 // on Re-ARM ENET_TX_EN J12-10 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P1_00 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD0 J12-11 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P1_01 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD1 J12-12 - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P4_29 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P2_13 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P2_08 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE -90 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b76169c3c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2336 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// vvvvvv CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE vvvvvv - -// Change only the flags in this section. -// Further customizations have not been tested. - -/** - * Enable if you replace the stepper drivers with TMC2208. Be sure to remove MS3 jumper - * under the stepper driver! Plug-and-play results in StealthChop 2 being enabled. - * Stealthchop with TMC2208 on E will disable Linear Advance! - * Enable SpreadCycle to use Linear Advance with a TMC2208 on the extruder! - * These options assume configuration with OTP bits. - * If a UART connection is used to configure the driver, please select that as well in Configuration_adv.h. - */ -//#define X_2208 -//#define X_SPREADCYCLE -//#define Y_2208 -//#define Y_SPREADCYCLE -//#define E_2208 -//#define E_SPREADCYCLE - - -/** - * Enable if you install a KEENOVO AC BED with Solid State Relay - */ -//#define BED_AC - -//#define HotendAllMetal -/** - * Enable if you install a filament runout sensor from www.formbotusa.com - */ -//#define RunoutSensor - -/** - * Enable if you wish to select Unified Bed Leveling. - * Under CUSTOM COMMANDS, run Step 1 and 2 before setting Z Offset. - */ -//#define UBL - -// ^^^^^^ CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE ^^^^^^ - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Tinymachines3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TM3D RaPtOr" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 290 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 -#else - #define BED_MAXTEMP 100 -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #if ENABLED(HotendAllMetal) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.9 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.5 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 79.88 - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 100.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 200.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 96 } -#else - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 96 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) - #define X_ACCEL 1750 - #else - #define X_ACCEL 1000 - #endif -#else - #define X_ACCEL 1500 -#endif - -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) - #define Y_ACCEL 500 - #else - #define Y_ACCEL 300 - #endif -#else - #define Y_ACCEL 500 -#endif -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { X_ACCEL, Y_ACCEL, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(X_2208) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #endif - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM (.4 * DEFAULT_YJERK * DEFAULT_YJERK / DEFAULT_ACCELERATION) // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -22, 0, -1.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #define INVERT_X_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_X_DIR false -#endif -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#endif -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#if ENABLED(E_2208) - #define INVERT_E0_DIR false - #define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#else - #define INVERT_E0_DIR true - #define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#endif -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#if ENABLED(RunoutSensor) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#endif -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#else - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#endif - -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 6 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 350 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 350 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 10, 10, 20} - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 70 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e680b81a2e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2868 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 300 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#if DISABLED(E_2208) || ENABLED(E_SpreadCycle) - #define LIN_ADVANCE -#endif -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 2 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#endif -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning" - //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "UBL Commission Step 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502\nM500\nM501\nM190 S75\nG28\nG29 P1\nG29 S1\nM117 Run Step 2" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "UBL Commission Step 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1\nG29 S0\nG29 F 10.0\nG29 A\nM500\nG28\nG29 L1\nM109 S225\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0\nM117 Set Z Offset" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75\nM104 235\nG28\nG29 L1\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 T" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7805bb4f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000000,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000000,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000000,B00010100,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101010,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010001,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100001,B00000010,B10001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010001,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101010,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100000,B00101110,B11111011,B01111101,B11111011,B11111011,B11001111,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11000000,B11100001,B11111110,B00111100,B00011111, - B11111101,B11101110,B01111011,B00111001,B11111001,B11110011,B11001111,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111100,B11011101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B00111011,B10111011,B11111001,B11101011,B11010111,B10111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01011110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B10111011,B11010011,B11111010,B11101011,B10110111,B00111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01001110,B11011111,B11011111,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11011011,B11000111,B11111010,B11101011,B10111011,B01111111,B11000000,B00111011,B01101110,B11000000,B11100011,B11111111,B00011101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11001011,B11101111,B11111010,B11011011,B10111011,B01111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01100110,B11011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11101011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B00000011,B00111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01110110,B11011111,B11111110,B01111111,B11101101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B01111001,B10111110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111010,B11011111,B11011110,B01111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111100,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11001101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11111011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B01111110,B11000000,B11100000,B11111110,B00011100,B00011111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 304d5a0b73..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001110,B00000000,B11100001, - B10011111,B00000001,B11110001, - B10010011,B10000001,B00111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10111001,B11111001, - B10001111,B00101000,B11110001, - B10000000,B00111000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B10010001,B01110100,B10011001, - B10011011,B00000110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10011001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1e04fd26cc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2270 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -//#define ROXYs_TRex // Turn this on to get customizations only available on Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - // Marlin controlled heat bed, Max7219 debug LED's, less bright LED light level - // More aggressive PID numbers for hotends (due to double fans) -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 1.25 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle -#endif - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.88 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.24 - #else - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 289.73 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 51.26 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 409.43 - #else - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - #endif - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 100, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.017 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 700 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 208 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #else - #define MESH_INSET 0 - #endif - - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 50, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61d538e4ac..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2878 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 45 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port. - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 3 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3195d31fa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000110,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 271d3958ac..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2260 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -#define ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES // If ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES is defined, those pins become filament runout sensors - // (But the SD Memory card won't work and is turned off!!!) - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 - -#ifndef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Based on T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 93 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 100, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.017 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 7 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(tallVersion) - #define Z_MAX_POS 700 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 500 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ - -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #ifndef NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 - #endif - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 100, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ - -#if DISABLED(ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES) // If ICSP_PORT is in use, those pins now are filament runout sensors - #define SDSUPPORT // instead of being used by the SD Memory card socket -#endif - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e27267d53..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2873 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Now set in appropriate pins file - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 7 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 85 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 4 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 2 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "User cmd 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28 X \n" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "User cmd 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28 \nG1 X100 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "User cmd 3" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M48 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "User cmd 4" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M114 \n" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port is used - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index d3f9073a0c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22043fb3e9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2202 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech A10 default)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // unused, the A10 only has one extruder by default -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // unused, the A10 only has one extruder by default -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false // unused, the A10 only has one extruder by default -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false // unused, the A10 only has one extruder by default -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false // unused, the A10 only has one extruder by default - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -11 -#define Y_MIN_POS -4 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3bcef1404..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 934ac4b83d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(default)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 226.93 //11.93 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.43 //0.59 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 854.89 //59.89 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 100 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -10 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 0 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e68ffbc5b7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10D/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 99573fd620..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2202 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6158b609e1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b22f80bb53..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2203 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 3 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN 68 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6158b609e1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 342994f570..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2203 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A20M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 255 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d7100f3a7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca65f4fcbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2204 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A20M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 255 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z5 F6000\nG1 X10 Y10\nG1 Z0.2" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { X_MIN_POS, Y_MIN_POS, 6 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d7100f3a7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62a4f4ef48..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A20M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 255 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 3 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN 68 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d7100f3a7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81ea4e8702..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GTM32_MINI_A30 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 0 -#define BED_MINTEMP 0 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 C8 S200 U" HOTEND PID - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 369.610 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 54.132 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 602.870 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S60" -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 100 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 320 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 420 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - some of the geeetech filament sensors are false - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - #define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 20), (Y_MIN_POS + 20),Z_MIN_POS + 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 50 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 10 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -//#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -//#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -//#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11d193e02d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2863 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - #define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 10 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 30000 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. - unused by most slicers -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 1 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 20 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 10 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 60 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e020ccdfbb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GTM32_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 0 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 0 -#define BED_MINTEMP 0 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 C8 S200 U" HOTEND PID - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S60" -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 100 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 130 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 130 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 130 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. (Some Geeetech filament sensors are false) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - #define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 20), (Y_MIN_POS + 20),Z_MIN_POS + 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 50 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 10 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -//#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -//#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -//#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11d193e02d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2863 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - #define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 10 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 30000 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. - unused by most slicers -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 1 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 20 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 10 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 60 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0ec1d6fc9b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2241 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 50, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -/** - * Customize common displays for GT2560 - */ -#if ANY(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, G3D_PANEL, MKS_MINI_12864) - #define SDSUPPORT // Force SD Card support on for these displays -#elif DISABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define LCD_WIDTH 20 // Default is 22. For this Geeetech use 20. -#endif - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d39fd91a6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(R. de Weerd, I3 Pro X)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RdW i3 Pro X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 93 } // MXL, Z M8=1.25, MK8 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 40, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.01 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 1 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 10, 90 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 8 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 4 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 215 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f944c82e32..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2224 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, MeCreator2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_MC2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MeCreator2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // MeCreator2 -#define DEFAULT_Kp 11.93 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.59 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 59.89 - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. -//MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 400, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 2 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.6 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 50.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.001 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -15 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 162 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d154552b87..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2863 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.05 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc7c82647c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2238 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 100 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_A_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8dd178b0d1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/PI3A PRO/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3c53510e93..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2238 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B BLTouch config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 4, -44, -1.4 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30fcf2e443..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on: - -- `../GT2560/` -- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846) - -The main characteristics of these configurations are: - -- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`. -- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position. -- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer. -- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled. - - `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*. - - The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled. - - Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled. -- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data. -- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback. -- `bltouch` variant: - - `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below. - - Heaters and fans are turned off when probing. - - Multiple probing is set to 3. - -# First-time configuration - -## Skew factor - -The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer: - -- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware. -- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements. -- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`. -- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload. - -## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor - -- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip -- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)). -- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly. -- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor. -- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead. - -## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX - -- Home the printer with `G28` command. -- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0` -- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0` -- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100` -- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2. -- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1. -- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`. -- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0` -- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`. -- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`. -- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9c955f3d49..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30fcf2e443..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on: - -- `../GT2560/` -- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846) - -The main characteristics of these configurations are: - -- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`. -- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position. -- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer. -- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled. - - `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*. - - The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled. - - Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled. -- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data. -- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback. -- `bltouch` variant: - - `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below. - - Heaters and fans are turned off when probing. - - Multiple probing is set to 3. - -# First-time configuration - -## Skew factor - -The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer: - -- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware. -- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements. -- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`. -- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload. - -## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor - -- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip -- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)). -- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly. -- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor. -- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead. - -## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX - -- Home the printer with `G28` command. -- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0` -- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0` -- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100` -- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2. -- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1. -- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`. -- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0` -- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`. -- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`. -- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d0ed7e3b3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro C" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3bcef1404..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9fd9cb1aeb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro W" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3bcef1404..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 675144aabb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Scheepers, MaukCC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "75083866-86ea-42b2-b475-7b3a7855e716" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 331 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 331 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 410 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 170 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.3 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 52.77 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 18 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 53.45, 71.19, 160, 169.05 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 1000, 1000, 40, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -21, 22, -1.54 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 12000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST 900 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW 100 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 1 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 450 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -72 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 3 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (6000) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (900) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 225, -50, 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 150 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 4 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 2 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } . Leave Z blank to not change the Z position - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { -37, -67, } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 8 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3fd04a209..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2856 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 18 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 75 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 2.0 // compensate for 3V3 ref voltage -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 28 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 16 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 16 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.02 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - #define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Lubricate axis" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Change X an Y belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 300 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Change Z belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1000 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fd631d1766..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tjclement, Infitary M508)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Infitary M508" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 213.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 765 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 92.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 185 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 881f36690d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d75903b33b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE+10 -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -7 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ee59d4a51..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2869 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39480ec578..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2229 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * JGAurora A5 configuration - * Authors: Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Michael Gilardi & Samuel Pinches - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Samuel Pinches & Michael Gilardi, 21 Jan 2018)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 15 // manual calibration of thermistor in JGAurora A5 hotend -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // measured to be satisfactorily accurate on center of bed within +/- 1 degC. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 210C) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 35.3//22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 4.35//1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.57//114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 70C) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 3.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.005 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 305 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 // thanks DaHai. -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 320 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // As suggested by DaHai, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBlADPgQqL0 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b295d41f83..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 90 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 6 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 861f276750..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for JGAurora A5 printer - -## Firmware Installation Instructions - -To install custom firmware: - -- Download and install arduino IDE software from https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software -- Plug in A5 to your computer via USB cable -- In arduino IDE, under the Tools menu, set: - – **Board** to "Arduino/Genuino Mega or Mega 2560" - – ***Processor*** to "Atmega 2560 (Mega 2560)" - – **Port** to your 3D printer’s serial port. To figure out the correct serial port unplug the printer and observe the "Port" menu. Connect the printer's USB cable, re-open the "Port" menu and see if a new ports has appeared. This new port is likely to be your printer. - - If you can’t find the right port or if your machine isn't detected, you may need to install a driver for the CH340 serial-to-USB interface chip in the printer. - - [macOS CH340 Serial Driver](http://sampin.ch/ch340-driver-mac) - - [Windows CH340 Serial Driver](https://sparks.gogo.co.nz/ch340.html) -- Install the u8glib library using the library manager in the menu "Sketch -> Include Library -> Manage Libraries." -- IMPORTANT: Unplug the 8-pin LCD panel header connector on your printer. The LCD should turn off completely. This is found underneath the LCD, and can be accessed from underneath the printer without removing any screws. Remember where it goes so you can put it back after flashing. -- Close all other programs (Cura, Repetier Host, JGCreat, etc.) that could connect to the serial port. -- Open the "Marlin.ino" file in Arduino IDE and wait for the new project window to appear. -- Select "Upload" from the "Sketch" menu or click the Upload button. -- Wait for the firmware to finish uploading and verifying. This may take a couple of minutes. -- Plug the LCD connector back in. -- In the Arduino IDE, select "Tools -> Serial monitor" to open up a simple console. In the popup menus, select "Newline" and a Baud Rate of "250000." -- In the input box, enter the following G-code commands: - - `M502` (press return) to reset settings (in RAM) to your configured defaults. - - `M500` (press return) to write settings and initialize the EEPROM. - -## Graphical Display - -The control panel included with the JGAurora interfaces only indirectly with Marlin, and this imposes some limitations. But you can use a RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller with the JGAurora A5 by applying the following additional settings in `Configuration.h`: - -```cpp -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 5 -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -``` - -You may also be able to change `BEEPER_PIN` to use the piezo on the LCD controller instead of the one on the board. diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0539ced6b1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 330 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -6 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ee59d4a51..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2869 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f9f771489b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "ejtagle" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakerParts 3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "4250d842-4943-4601-acca-95ef77b8a4f1" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 2, 30 } // For 300mm/s printing - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2400, 2400, 10, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 8.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.001 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75069ef059..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 30000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b66855388..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B01111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00011110, - B01111100,B00000001,B11111100,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B11111000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B01110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B00100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000110,B00000011,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B00000111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10001100,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B10001111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000,B00011111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B01111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11011111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B11111000,B00011111,B10111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111100,B00111111, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B00111100,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000011,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00000111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B00111100,B00011111,B00001111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B10001111,B11111111,B10001111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B11001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11101111,B11111111,B10111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00011000,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11101111,B11111111,B10111000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00011110,B00111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B01101111,B11111111,B10110000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B00101111,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B01111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00001111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111100, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1844962567..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2258 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Maylan M150 Configuration - * Non-Automatic Bed Level config by default - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Gunther)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_MALYAN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -// For Malyan M150, some discussions around changing the TEMP_SENSOR_BED from 1 to 3 on a french discussion board. -// The reasons are inconclusive so I leave at 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Malyan M150 example - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 97 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). - -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - * - * These defaults for the Malyan M150 are low values intended to - * give a baseline. With mods it is possible to raise jerk, etc. - * - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ - // Standard M150 17T MXL on X and Y -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/34.544, 3200/34.544, 1600, 103.00 } - -// Other common M150 values: -// 16T MXL on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/32.512, 3200/32.512, 1600, 103.00 } -// 16T GT2 on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 103.00 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 700, 700, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.037 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ - -// Set for HoolyHoo's probe mount -// http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1960419 -// Note: HoolyHoo mount is X=35, Y=-50. -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 35, -50, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ - -// - LINEAR - Not Available on Malyan M150 due to compile memory issues -// - Use MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 150 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 150 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 128 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b759f46637..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 300 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a5026a4bd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Malyan M150 HobbyKing printer - -Config without automatic bed level sensor, or in other words, "as stock" - -## To install: - -1. Install [Arduino](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software) - -1. Install U8glib - * `Sketch` -> `Include Library` -> `Manage Libraries...` - * Search for and install `U8glib` by oliver - -1. Install Sanguino - * `File` -> `Preferences` - * Add - `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Lauszus/Sanguino/master/package_lauszus_sanguino_index.json` - to `Additional Boards Manager URLs` - -1. Modify Sanguino `boards.txt` - * Close Arduino - * Locate Arduino15 folder - - `C:\Users\\AppData\Local\Arduino15` for Windows - - `~/.arduino15` for Linux - - * Locate `boards.txt` in `packages/Sanguino/hardware/avr/1.0.2` - (version number may change) - * Add the following to the end of `boards.txt` - (note that it is the same as sanguino.menu.cpu.atmega1284p but with - a different name and upload speed) - - ## Malyan M150 W/ ATmega1284P 16MHz - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150=Malyan M150 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_size=130048 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_data_size=16384 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.speed=57600 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.bootloader.file=optiboot/optiboot_atmega1284p.hex - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.mcu=atmega1284p - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.f_cpu=16000000L - -1. Configure Marlin - * Copy `_Bootscreen.h`, `Configuration.h`, and `Configuration_adv.h` - from `config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin` - (overwrite files) - * Read `Configuration.h` and make any necessary changes - -1. Flash Marlin - * Turn on printer while pressing scroll wheel button - * Plug printer in to computer with USB cable - * Open `Marlin/Marlin.ino` with Arduino - * Configure Arduino - - `Tools` -> `Board` -> `Sanguino` - - `Tools` -> `Processor` -> `Malyan M150` - - `Tools` -> `Port` -> Select your port - - * `Sketch` -> `Upload` or click arrow in top right corner diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c7da4cc24..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B01111100,B00000011,B11100000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000111,B10000001,B11100000,B11110000,B00111110,B00001110, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10000001,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B11000011,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111110,B11110000,B01111111,B00001111,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000011,B10000011,B11111100,B00111111,B10001110, - B01111100,B11111111,B10000111,B11111001,B11110000,B01110111,B00001110,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11100111,B10000011,B11111100,B00111011,B10001110, - B01111111,B01111111,B11001111,B11110111,B11110000,B01110111,B10011110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011100,B00000000,B11100111,B00000011,B10011100,B00111011,B11001110, - B01111111,B10011111,B11111111,B11001111,B11110000,B01110011,B10011100,B11100011,B11001111,B00011100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00111001,B11001110, - B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00111111,B11110000,B01110011,B11111100,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00000111,B00001110,B00111001,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111011,B11111110,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00001111,B00001111,B00111000,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111100,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B11111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B00100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11101111,B11111111,B11011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00011111,B11111111,B10111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101111,B00000011,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011110,B00000111,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B00000000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00011110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111100,B00111111,B11111010,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01111010,B10111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10011111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10010011,B00011010,B10001010,B00011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10100010,B11011110, - B00111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00001111,B11110000,B01111100,B00101101,B11001010,B11001010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100100,B11001101,B01101010,B10110110,B10111110, - B00011111,B10000011,B11011110,B00000111,B11100000,B01111101,B10100011,B01101010,B10011010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100110,B01100101,B01101010,B10110110,B00111110, - B00000110,B00000011,B11011110,B00000001,B10000000,B01111101,B10010001,B00001010,B10001010,B11011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10110011,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b33b8831f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(xC0000005, Malyan M200 build)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 500000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MALYAN_M200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.74 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 62.35 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Malyan M200 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.02 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 100.00 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 231.09 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.21 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 295.34 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Malyan M200 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 14.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 0.9 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 120.4 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 93, 93, 1097.5, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X true -#define DISABLE_Y true -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 120 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e582f6166..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN2 to cool the board (original) -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the extruder and the part (original) -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8129650dc7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -### Malyan M200 Build Instructions - -Malyan M200 series firmware currently builds using the Arduino IDE. These instructions should -guide you through the configuration and compilation. - -1. Install the Arduino IDE from your favorite source (arduino.cc, windows store, app store) -2. Launch the IDE to add the ST boards manager: - - Open the **Preferences** dialog. - - Add this link in the "*Additional Boards Managers URLs*" field: - https://github.com/stm32duino/BoardManagerFiles/raw/master/STM32/package_stm_index.json - - Select "**Show verbose ouptut during: compilation**." -3. Select **Tools** > **Board** > **Boards Manager**. -4. Type "Malyan" into the Search field. -5. The only board listed will be "**STM32 Cores by STMicroelectronics**." Any version from 1.6.0 up is fine. Choose install. This will download many tools and packages, be patient. -6. Open the **Tools** > **Board** submenu, scroll all the way down, and select **3D Printer Boards**. -7. From the **Tools** menu, select a board part number: - - If you own a M200 V1 or early run (black V2), choose **Malyan M200 V1**. - - If you own a M200 V2 later run (white/black) or V3 (Pro), choose **Malyan M200 V2** (The V2 and V3 both share an STM32F070 MCU). Note that the V3 pinout is not complete (autolevel doesn't work as of this writing). -8. From the **Tools** menu, choose **USB Support** > **CDC No Generic Serial**. -9. Download the latest Marlin source (from the [bugfix-2.0.x](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x) branch) and unzip it. -10. Look in the `Marlin` subdirectory for the `Configuration.h` and `Configuration_adv.h` files. Replace these files with the configurations in the `config\examples\Malyan\M200` folder. -11. If you have an early-run V2, the steps-per-mm are roughly half. Consult the [mpminipro.com wiki](https://mpminipro.com/) for the steps that apply to your unit. Modify `Configuration.h`. -12. Inverting Axis. There's no pattern to axes will need to be inverted. The only way to know is to test your particular printer. If you *do* know, go ahead and invert the correct axes. -13. Open the `Marlin/Marlin.ino` file in Arduino IDE. -14. From the **Sketch** menu, select **File** > **Export Compiled Binary**. -15. When compilation is done you've built the firmware. The next stage is to flash it to the board. To do this look for a line like this: `"path/to/bin/arm-none-eabi-objcopy" -O binary "/path/to/Marlin.ino.elf" "/path/to/Marlin.ino.bin"` - The file `Marlin.ino.bin` is your firmware binary. M200 (v1-3) and M300 printers require flashing via SD card. Use the SD card that came with the printer if possible. The bootloader is very picky about SD cards. Copy `Marlin.ino.bin` to your SD card under three names: `firmware.bin`, `update.bin`, and `fcupdate.flg`. -16. Insert the SD card into your printer. Make sure the X and Y axes are centered in the middle of the bed. (When X and Y endstops are closed this signals a UI upgrade to the bootloader.) -17. Power-cycle the printer. The first flash may take longer. Don't be surprised if the .99 version number doesn't show up until after the UI has launched the default screen. -18. Remove the SD card and delete the `fcupdate.flg` file from the card to prevent an accidental re-flash. -19. Test the endstops and homing directions, run M303 PID autotune, and verify all features are working correctly. - -Welcome to Marlin 2.x... diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e805a3d909..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 factory settings)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0111f6f00a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Micromake C1 - -### In the folder "basic" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods - - English LCD 2X16 Characters - - Motors 16 STEPS - - No heated bed - - No probe, etc. - - Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake. - -### In the folder "enhanced" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 with… - - 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps). - - Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience) - - French language with no accents for Japanese LCD. diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index cf10883293..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 enhanced)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 83058f8178..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0111f6f00a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Micromake C1 - -### In the folder "basic" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods - - English LCD 2X16 Characters - - Motors 16 STEPS - - No heated bed - - No probe, etc. - - Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake. - -### In the folder "enhanced" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 with… - - 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps). - - Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience) - - French language with no accents for Japanese LCD. diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index cafdcc977b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2226 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 3 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -#define NUM_SERIAL 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MKS Robin" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - /* MKS Robin TFT v2.0 */ - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12013 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8711 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -32 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 256 - - /* MKS Robin TFT v1.1 */ - //#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -11792 - //#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 8947 - //#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 342 - //#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -19 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a4df446ff5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6bb626809a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2224 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -//#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//MKS Robin Lite3 AUX-1 and USB Use UART1(PA9-TX,PA10-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -//MKS Robin Pro USB Use UART3(PB10-TX,PB11-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -//MKS RUMBA32 AUX-1 Use UART1(PA9-TX,PA10-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -//MKS SBASE AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS SGEN AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS SGEN_L AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS Robin Nano USB Use UART3(PB10-TX,PB11-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/ReadMe.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/ReadMe.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d8919f43cd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Lite3/ReadMe.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -1. MKS Robin Lite3 is a powerful 32-bit 3D printer control board with STM32F103RCT6. -2. Support Marlin2.0. -3. Support MKS LCD12864B/MINI12864/LCD2004/12864 and MKS TFT Touch Screens. -4. The main board integrates 5 AXIS interface, BLTOUCH interface, hot bed, 2 heating heads, 3 NTC100K and LCD screen SD card supports firmware update. -https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000295949948.html?spm=2114.12010615.8148356.1.596183361yB18D diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b9895a241..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2223 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//MKS Robin Lite3 AUX-1 and USB Use UART1(PA9-TX,PA10-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -//MKS Robin Pro USB Use UART3(PB10-TX,PB11-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -//MKS SBASE AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS SGEN AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS SGEN_L AUX-1 Use UART0(P0.2-TXD0,P0.3-RXD0) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 -//MKS Robin Nano USB Use UART3(PB10-TX,PB11-RX) #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_PRO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/ReadMe.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/ReadMe.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8d5241b5d0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin_Pro/ReadMe.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -1. MKS Robin Pro is a powerful 32-bit 3D printer control board with STM32F103ZET6. -2. Support Marlin2.0. Support LCD2004/12864 and MKS Robin TFT24/28/32... Screens. -3. The motherboard integrates 6 AXIS interface, BLTOUCH interface, hot bed, 3 heating heads, 4 NTC100K, 2 MAX31855, integrates SPI / UART interface and works with MKS TMC2130/TMC2208 V2.0/TMC -https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000444286159.html?spm=2114.12010615.8148356.1.4158721an5TnW9 diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e98821c769..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops curtail movement above maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1790b4f6bf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2865 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2 } // MKS SBASE: 5 - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1ec5e7fd7a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -The MKS products (all?) have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. - -In order to attach the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need to do something like one of the following for both EXP1 & EXP2: - a. On one end only, shave the keying plug off the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - b. On one end only, carefully pry the housings off the board, rotate them 180 degrees and press them back onto the pins. - c. Make custom cables where one connector is rotated 180 degrees. - - MKS: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - RepRap: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware cannot properly access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. In order to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need a custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector. In that cable move the pin/wire that: - - used to go to P0.8 to J8-3 - " " " " P0.7 to J8-2 - " " " " P0.5 to J8-4 - -If pins different than the J8 ones above are used then the spi_pins.h file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable something like the Adafruit 1199 will simply the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - -Adafruit 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable [1199] - https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -27 APR 2018 - -If you also want a functional SD_DETECT_PIN then you'll need to also move the following pin: - - used to go to P0.27 to J8-5 - -if you decide to use a different pin then the pins_MKS_SBASE.h file will need to be modified. diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 82012b2778..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "3DXtech" // Who made the changes. -#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ModixBig60" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 315 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 59.50 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 100, 2000, 418.50 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 5, 70 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.06 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -34, 26, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 600 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 600 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 600 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 100 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 15 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 50), (Y_MIN_POS + 50), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e95e55eb8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6285bcd1a4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B10000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00000000,B10000011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00000000,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000,B10000000,B11100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000110,B00000000,B10000000,B01101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00111000,B00000010,B00000000,B10000000,B00111100,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B00110000,B00000011,B00000000,B11000000,B00111100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110111,B10110000,B00000010,B11111111,B01100000,B00111100,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11111000,B00000110,B11111111,B10110000,B00111100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B11011000,B00001101,B10000001,B10011000,B00011100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B11011000,B00001001,B10000000,B11011100,B11111100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B11011000,B00011011,B00000000,B01101111,B11100100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B11011111,B11111011,B00000000,B00110111,B00000110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B11100111,B11110110,B00000000,B00011000,B00000011,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00000000,B00011000,B00001111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00101110,B00000000,B00011011,B11111111,B11000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11110110,B01111101,B10000001,B11100110,B00000000,B00011011,B11000111,B11000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001111,B00011111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B00010000,B00001111,B11110000,B00001111,B10001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111100,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B10011110,B00100111,B11111100,B11000010,B11111000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000011,B11100000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11011111,B11111110,B00000001,B11001110,B01101100,B11111100,B01000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B11001100,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B11111111,B11111001,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B11111111,B11110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111000,B00001111,B10000111,B11111110,B00000000,B00001110,B00001100,B11111000,B11110000,B11110000,B00000000,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B10001111,B00000000,B00111111,B11100110,B11111000,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11100000,B10001110,B00110011,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B00111100,B00000011,B11100000, - B01111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11110000,B00111100,B00000001,B11110001,B10011110,B00110001,B11111111,B11111001,B00001111,B11111110,B00111100,B00000011,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00011001,B11111111,B11000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00001100,B11100000,B11000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B01000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000110,B00000001,B01100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000110,B00111111,B01100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00001110,B00000000,B00001101,B11111101,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100110,B00000000,B00011001,B10000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11110111,B00000000,B00011011,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110011,B00000000,B00110011,B00000001,B11001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00110110,B00000001,B10011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00001101,B11111111,B11101100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00001110,B11111111,B11011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110001,B10000000,B00000110,B01100000,B00111000,B00000111,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111101,B10000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00011000,B00000101,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B11000000,B00000110,B11111111,B11011100,B00001010,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B11100000,B00001100,B11111111,B11001100,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B11110000,B00001101,B10000000,B01101100,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B11111110,B00011011,B00000000,B01100111,B10001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111111,B11110110,B00000000,B00100000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110000,B01101110,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00110000,B00001110,B00000000,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000110,B00000000,B11100001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000011,B00000011,B11100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B10001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9ee8b9857..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 32 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00000000,B01000001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000, - B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00001000,B00010000,B10000000, - B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000, - B00010000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00100000, - B00000010,B11101000,B00010000,B01100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B01100000, - B01100100,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000100,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00101000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 41585db1e7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// For programming port do NOT define -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 // For native port - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_G2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 80 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 30, 30,30,30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 100, 100, 100, 100 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.004 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 20 // LED driving pin - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3 // Number of LEDs in the strip - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 10e8e08b38..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(platon42)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RL200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rapide Lite 200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 157, 157, 800, 195 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c59a510403..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 59525cb6ef..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2225 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -#define FAN_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN 64 - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Renkforce RF100 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.1 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 105 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 110 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 105 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0a0214ce2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b12d288a58..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2225 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -#define FAN_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN 64 - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Renkforce RF100 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.1 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0a0214ce2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e53e7a6366..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2225 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -#define FAN_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN 64 - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Renkforce RF100 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.1 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 120 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0a0214ce2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ab0923ed5e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2266 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(indazoo, Huxley v1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Huxley" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // Sanguinololu v1.3 with 4.7kOhm pullup -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -/* RepRapPro belts -http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?1,391198 -White polyurethane belt(T2.5), 14 - tooth printed pulley : 91.4286 step per mm (Original Huxley, Legacy Mendel) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 17 - tooth printed pulley : 92.635 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 4 / 2013) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 1 / 2014) -*/ -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.5 //RepRapPro Huxley has T2.5 belts -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 14.0 //RepRapPro Huxley has 14 teeth pulleys - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 5mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.8 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH 11.0 //Num of teeth of gear on extruder motor -#define E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH 53.0 //Num of teeth of gear driving the extruder rod -#define E_ROD_DIAM 5.4 // ca value. M6 rod drives the filament. Manual calibration needed. -#define E_ROD_CIRC (M_PI * E_ROD_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / (E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH/E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH) / E_ROD_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE 3.3 // older Huxley has problem with speeds > 3.3 mm/s on Z axis -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 50, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// http://reprap.org/wiki/Configuring_Marlin_Bed_Dimensions -// http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/configuration.html#movement-bounds -#define X_BED_SIZE 140 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_BED_SIZE 108 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 108 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -9 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_MIN_POS -25 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -21 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 80 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62e0980fa1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "RepRapWorld.com" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MEGATRONICS_3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.7402*2, 78.7402*2, 5120.00, 760*1*1.5 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0eb2874e6f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, RigidBot)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -// for Rigidbot version 1 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD -// for Rigidbot Version 2 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 - -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rigidbot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 // Single extruder. Set to 2 for dual extruders - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 // DGlass3D = 5; RigidBot = 1; 3DSv6 = 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -//#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Rigidbot hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Base DGlass3D/E3Dv6 hotend - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 245 - - // E3D w/ rigidbot cartridge - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 16.30 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.95 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 69.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //RigidBot, from pid autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 355 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 66.5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 480 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ - // default steps per unit for RigidBot with standard hardware -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 44.3090, 22.1545, 1600, 53.5 } -// default steps for 16-tooth pulleys { 100.06, 50.06, 1600, 76 } // HPX2-MAX E=504, RigidBot E=53.5, Peter Stoneham's=76 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.043 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 254 // RigidBot regular is 254mm, RigitBot Big is 406mm -#define Y_BED_SIZE 248 // RigidBot regular is 248mm, RigitBot Big is 304mm - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 254 // RigidBot regular and Big are 254mm - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (15*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// RigidBoard: To rewire this for a RigidBot see http://rigidtalk.com/wiki/index.php?title=LCD_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0baf66d89c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b9cec18f8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2251 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. - * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. - */ -//#define MORGAN_SCARA - -/** - * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See: - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491 - */ -#define MP_SCARA - -#if EITHER(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA) - // If movement is choppy try lowering this value - #define SCARA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 98.41 // (mm) - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 100.66 // (mm) - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm) - #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm) - - #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) - - //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) - - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M364 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - - #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA) - - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees - - #endif - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== END ==== SCARA Printer ==== END ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "SCARA" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Merlin Hotend: From Autotune - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.5 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.73 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v Heatbed Mk3 12V in parallel - //from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 630.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 121.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 815.64 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 28.6738351, 28.6738351, 1600, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 2.5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 10, 20000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 3.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.025 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 100 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 199.07 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ab1892d82..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2756 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information in M114 -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // Enable UTF8 rendering capabilities. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #endif - - // When labels do not fit buttons, use smaller font - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Runtime language selection (otherwise LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define TOUCH_UI_LANGUAGE_MENU - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39d319a142..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2239 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. - * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. - */ -#define MORGAN_SCARA - -/** - * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See: - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491 - */ -//#define MP_SCARA - -#if EITHER(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA) - // If movement is choppy try lowering this value - #define SCARA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm) - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm) - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm) - #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm) - - #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) - - //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) - - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M364 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - - #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA) - - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees - - #endif - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== END ==== SCARA Printer ==== END ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "SCARA" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Merlin Hotend: From Autotune - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.5 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.73 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v Heatbed Mk3 12V in parallel - //from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 630.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 121.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 815.64 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN // open pin, inverted - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 103.69, 106.65, 200/1.25, 1000 } // default steps per unit for SCARA - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 30, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 20, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 3.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.025 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 225 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -22 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -52 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0.1 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index de72407033..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2861 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0810f7447..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 1 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a35e74123..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66b1429a35..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103RE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.048 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 71ab97a324..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GENERIC_STM32F4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fcdab6c654..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103RE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.048 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 353faeb5aa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2248 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thinkyhead, Sanguinololu)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sanguinololu" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.0 -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 20.0 - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 2mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.5 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define MK7_GEAR_DIAM 10.56 -#define MK7_GEAR_CIRC (M_PI * MK7_GEAR_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / MK7_GEAR_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 8, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 11 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 10 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 17 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e041903f18..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fd82cb9d2e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Michelangelo)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Michelangelo" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -// Tevo Michelangelo - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.71 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.39 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.81 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.165, 80.165, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 60, 55 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 400, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 160 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (30*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31988394f0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b3d74daf48..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00001111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B01101111,B11011100,B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11100111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000111,B11000110,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111011,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00011111,B01110111,B00001111,B10001110,B11111100,B01111111,B00011111,B11100111,B11000111,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00111111,B01111111,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11101111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01111011,B01111111,B10011000,B11001110,B11001110,B01111111,B10111101,B11101100,B01100111,B01111011,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B00111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B11111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10110000,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10111001,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01111111,B01110011,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10111111,B11101111,B11100111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B00111111,B01110011,B10001111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10011111,B11100111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00110001,B10000111,B00001100,B01110110,B01100011,B00111001,B11000011,B10000110,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100755 index 34c645f51f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb & Rob Cad, Tevo Nereus)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 3 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tevo Nereus" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 110 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Nereus - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.13 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.82 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 44.71 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.4, 80.4, 400, 370 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 10, 70 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 200, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 320 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12149 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8746 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -35 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 256 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 8f77bdc0fd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index ed50531835..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Nereus/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 120 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100011,B11111000,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110011,B11111100,B01111111,B00011111,B11000111,B11110001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111001,B11111110,B01111111,B10001111,B10001111,B11100011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B11111111,B00111111,B11000111,B00011111,B11000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111110,B01111111,B10011111,B11100010,B00111111,B10001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B11001111,B11110000,B01111111,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B10011111,B11000111,B11111000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B10001111,B11100011,B11111101,B11111100,B01111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100011,B11111000,B11111111,B11111001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111100,B01111111,B11110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B11111110,B00111111,B11100111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B01111111,B00011111,B11000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10001111,B11100011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11000111,B11110001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B10001111,B11100011,B11111000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11001111,B11110001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100111,B11111001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110011,B11110001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111001,B11100011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B11000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111110,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00110000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000111,B10011100,B00000000,B00011111,B00000111,B11000000,B00000111,B11111011,B10000000, - B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B00111000,B00000000,B01111111,B00001111,B11100000,B00000111,B11100001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00011100,B11110000,B00000001,B11100111,B00001110,B01111100,B00011111,B10000011,B11000000, - B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000111,B10000111,B00011100,B00011111,B11111110,B00000111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00111111,B00000000,B00011110,B00000110,B00111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00111100,B00000000,B11111000,B00001110,B01110000,B00000111,B10011000,B00111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000100,B00111000,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e136ca3af8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tarantula Pro)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tarantula Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 140 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tarantula Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.27 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.49 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.41 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.058, 80.058, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 18, -1.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 15000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index e0d4b3a49f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5b8dcb131..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x48 C/C++ data - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100100,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101100,B00000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10010000,B00000000,B00110011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00110000,B00000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000, - B00000011,B11100010,B00111110,B00001100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000011,B00000011,B01110000,B00000000,B00001001,B10000011,B11000111,B11000111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11100110,B00111111,B00011100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000111,B00000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B11100111,B11001110,B11000000, - B00000001,B10000111,B00111011,B10011100,B01100011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B01110110,B11101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01110011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01111100,B00000000,B01111100,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01001111,B00000001,B11100000,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10001111,B10111011,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000111,B00000011,B00000001,B10000001,B11000011,B01100110,B11101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111111,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B01111111,B11000011,B11100111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111110,B00110110,B01101111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B11000110,B00111110,B11111111,B11111001,B11000011,B11000111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000100,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111111,B00011110,B00000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B10110011,B01100011,B00110001,B11111011,B11001100,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00000110,B11101111,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B11100011,B01100001,B00110000,B11110011,B11111100,B11000001,B11111011,B11111111,B10111111,B00000011,B00000110,B11100111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10011111,B11111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00111100,B11111110,B01111000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111001,B11111111,B00111000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00110001,B11111111,B00011000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B00110011,B11111111,B00011000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110011,B11111111,B10011000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01110011,B11111111,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11100001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B11110001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B01111000,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B00111000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00010000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 18440fdf8a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index de736c3bb8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f7fd97134..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V2 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index de736c3bb8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebec255674..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1500 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11100000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011111,B11011111,B11111110,B11111110,B01111000,B00110011,B11111000,B01100111,B11000011,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110011,B11111111,B11001111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B01100001,B11111111,B11100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100001,B11100000,B01100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000001,B11000000,B01100111,B10111111,B00111111,B01111011,B10000001,B11100111,B00000111,B10111000,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000001,B10000001,B11100111,B11000000,B00111110,B01111011,B11101111,B11100111,B11111111,B10111000,B00011100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11100000,B00011110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111111,B10011111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111001,B11111111,B11111011,B11110111,B11101111,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B00111111,B00011110,B00000000,B00000010,B01111111,B11110001,B00000000,B00000100,B00000011,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a192c0e87..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Spawn32, The_Borg)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 5 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_THE_BORG -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.21 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.42 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 58.34 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 554.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 64.07 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1198.25 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, -1.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae57c8a4d9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72ace63606..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2273 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for TinyBoy2 L10/L16 - * - * Compile from Arduino or using make: - * - * ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/java/Arduino-1.6.13/ \ - * HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=66 \ - * PATH=/usr/avr/bin/:$PATH make - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the TinyBoy2: - */ - -#define TB2_L10 -//#define TB2_L16 -#define TB2_HEATBED_MOD - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(StefanB, TinyBoy2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L10" -#elif ENABLED(TB2_L16) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L16" -#else - #error "Please select TB2_L10 or TB2_L16" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(TB2_HEATBED_MOD) - // K8200 Heatbed 1206/100k/3950K spare part - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E0 C8 S200" - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 25.63 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.66 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 61.73 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.02 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 421.80 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 82.51 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539.06 - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 267.54 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 52.34 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 341.92 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -// TB2 has X endstop on max, see also INVERT_X_DIR and X_HOME_DIR -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 6400, 88.16 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 7, 35 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// Tinyboy2: 100mm are marketed, actual length between endstop and end of rail is 98mm -#define X_BED_SIZE 98 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 98 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define Z_MAX_POS 98 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 158 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (3*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 // TB2: ABS default 110, 90 is the maximum temp at 12V supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22f71e7fd6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. -#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ce7ae4438..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Claus Naeveke, 0.1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tronxy X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.11 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 59.06 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 400, 400, 40, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3302b0bcc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Schullebernd, Tronxy X3A)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI //63 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X3A" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 6 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 501 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 210 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1500, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.09 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -32, -10, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 50 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Tronxy X3A specific offsets -#define TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -17 -#define TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -25 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -#define Y_MIN_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE - (2 * TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET) -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - (TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET + 5) -#define Z_MAX_POS 316 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard X offset (17mm) between the left endstop and bed left bed edge -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard Y offset (25mm) between the y endstop and the front bet edge -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 225 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 85 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3dcf8ded32..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e7cf88338b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2238 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Rich, OEM stock config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S-2E" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) for 1.75mm filament. -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// WARNING: Never exceed 260C. The OEM stock model uses low temperature heat breaks with PTFE-lining. -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. -#define BED_MAXTEMP 81 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //// Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) and a long 12V/40W heater catridge. - // Tested with command(s): "M301 P50 I5 D100" and "M303 C10 E0 S210" - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.28 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - // #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. - // Tested with commands: "M304 P100 I20 D500" and "M303 C10 E-1 S65" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 379.43 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 497.33 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses HEROIC HR4982MTE982 stepper drivers which are similar to A4988 except that they only have 2 step divider pins instead of three. -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 330 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 330 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE P2 - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 12acd7e925..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5a5496fc02..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_TRONXY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 150 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.13 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -55, -0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 340 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 315 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 80f61f2a3c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Griffiths, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TronXY XY100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - // (measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.32 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.18 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.80 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder, from original firmware - #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 40.0000 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 1000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 130 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 488d8713b0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a96ad171d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1200 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e8e46d409..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bffab66992..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a2c424a091..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2226 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_VORON -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "VORON 2.0" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -18.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // from VORON - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.72 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.56 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 90.34 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 205 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - // Results from VORON - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 150.52 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 12.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 462.40 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 608, 608 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 75, 75 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 , 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.03 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 200 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 100 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 12 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b83cf5cab1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 84a214b509..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111110,B00000111,B10000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00011100,B11110000,B00011100,B00111000,B00011110,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01110000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110011,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B00110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00011110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011100,B00110000, - B00111111,B11001111,B11100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11111100,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11110000,B00111000,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11100000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B10110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110000,B00011101,B10000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11110000,B00011111,B10000000,B11110000,B00011110,B00111000,B00011100,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B00000001,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B00111000,B00011110,B00001111,B10011111,B10000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00111000,B00001110,B00000111,B11111111,B00000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111001,B11111100,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000011,B00010000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B00111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000011,B10011000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B01111000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1fc123a097..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2252 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac OS X) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the K8200: - */ - -// VM8201 Display unit -#define K8200_VM8201 -// K8204 Z axis upgrade rod and coupler -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8204 -// K8203 direct drive extruder -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8203 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(K8200, @CONSULitAS)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "K8200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - #define MACHINE_UUID "2b7dea3b-844e-4ab1-aa96-bb6406607d6e" // K8200 standard config with VM8201 (Display) -#else - #define MACHINE_UUID "92f72de1-c211-452e-9f2b-61ef88a4751e" // K8200 standard config without VM8201 (Display) -#endif - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Vellemann K8200 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.58 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 93.51 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // Vellemann K8200 PCB heatbed with standard PCU at 60 degreesC - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 341.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 25.32 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1153.89 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 64.25, 64.25, 2560, 600 } -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // K8200: false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // K8200: true for geared default extruder! -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -// K8200: it is usual to have clamps for the glass plate on the heatbed -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 // K8200: PLA / set back to 70 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 // K8200: ABS / set back to 110 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -// K8200: for Display VM8201 with SD slot -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE // K8200: for Display VM8201 // this is the most common hardware - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 // K8200_VM8201: four steps per encoder step - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 // K8200_VM8201: One step per menu item - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION // K8200: for Display VM8201 encoder on right side - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER // K8200: for Display VM8201 - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -#endif // K8200_VM8201 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b1e7f197fc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ - - /** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 8 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - // the default bed is so weak, that you can hardly go over 75°C - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 500 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 8 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 42cc1846ed..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for Vellemann [K8200](http://www.k8200.eu/) -* Configuration files for **Vellemann K8200** (with [VM8201](http://www.vellemanprojects.eu/products/view/?id=416158) - LCD Option for K8200) -* K8200 is a 3Drag clone - configuration should work with 3Drag http://reprap.org/wiki/3drag, too. Please report. - -* updated manually with parameters from genuine Vellemann Firmware "firmware_k8200_marlinv2" based on the recent development branch - -* VM8201 uses "DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44870 JAPANESE" and "ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER" -* german (de) translation with umlaut is supported now - thanks to @AnHardt for the great hardware based umlaut support - -I [@CONSULitAS](https://github.com/CONSULitAS) tested the changes on my K8200 with 20x4-LCD and Arduino 1.6.12 for Mac (SD library added to IDE manually), 2016-11-18 - everything works well. - -**Source for genuine [Vellemann Firmware](http://www.k8200.eu/support/downloads/)** -* V2.1.1 (for z axis upgrade, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip - -* V2 (with LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip - -* V1 (without LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2012-10-02): [firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 90c73e6a58..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.007 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f800b5c441..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebdd16ef2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex -http://www.k8400.eu/ - -Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware. -Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h. - -Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory. - -**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!** - -For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware - -### Original Sources -Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:
-http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d93773dcd3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.007 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f800b5c441..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebdd16ef2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex -http://www.k8400.eu/ - -Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware. -Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h. - -Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory. - -**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!** - -For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware - -### Original Sources -Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:
-http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c33f321ed..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Julian + Jason)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -/** Internal onboard port for WASP - - * (Top view) - - * .------------.---------------------. - - * | | Arduino Serial3 | - - * | Stepper | [O] 5V | Front - - * | drivers | [O] GND | panel - - * | & fan | [O] TX | side - - * | | [O] RX | - - * `------------´---------------------´ - - */ - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "PowerWASP" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // POWERwasp - #define DEFAULT_Kp 27.56 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 5.34 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 35.56 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -//#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 85.48,85.48,533.33,104.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 150, 150, 15, 20 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 50, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 1000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 261 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 193 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 191.9 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 190 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 20 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9495a5416c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9ae7646d36..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -# Modifications to PowerWASP firmware with a few extras -The later versions of the PowerWASP controller board have power loss detection on pin 65 (low on loss). this has been configured in POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY. Because of this there is no need to save each command line just in case of a power loss to the machine. The board will hold enough power to allow the print to be saved to the SD card. - -The retract position on finishing the print has been set at Z190 X0 Y0 - -There are provisions made here to use ESP3D wireless printer control. - -https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3D - -The original PowerWASP board has available a internal serial port connection with Arduino Serial3. -The connections are as follows: -``` -.------------.---------------------. -| | Serial3 | -| | [O] 5V | Front -| FAN | [O] GND | panel -| | [O] TX | side -| | [O] RX | -`------------´---------------------´ -``` - -With the option of wireless file upload to the SD card, the idea of updating the Firmware -from the SD can also be useful. This option has been selected, but requires a modified boot loader -that can be found here: - -https://github.com/rainerumrobotics/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - -USB and SDCARD Firmware flashing for the ARDUINO ATMEGA 2560 and ADK ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -The bootloader looks for byte in eeprom at address 0x3FF: - - -if it is set to 0xF0 bootloader will look for a bin file on the sdcard named - firmware.bin and use it to flash the firmware then reset the byte to 0xFF so it - does this only once - - -otherwise no action is taken and bootloader works as a arduino bootloader except - some of the debugging functions are missing - -Setup - - ADAFruit micro sdcard 5V ready: - - SDCARD on ATMEGA 2560 or ADK - - pin 50 - DO - - pin 51 - DI - - pin 52 - CLK - - pin 53 - CS - -Generate BIN file for firmware update: - -To generate a bin file you need issue the following command on you apps elf executable: - - avr-objcopy -I elf32-avr -O binary firmware.cpp.elf firmware.bin - -this generates firmware.bin which can be put on the sd for flashing your firmware. You can find the elf -file in you apps build directory. - -Using olimex usb to upload bootloader: - - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -B 500 -e -u -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xFF:m -F - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfa131 -F -U flash:w:stk500boot.hex -b 115200 -B1 -U lock:w:0x0F:m - - avrdude -p m168 -c usbtiny -e -u -U lock:w:0x3f:m -U efuse:w:0x00:m -U hfuse:w:0xDD:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m - - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U flash:w:stk500boot_v2_mega2560.hex -U lock:w:0x0F:m -v - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m -e -v diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce6f61d543..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Mendon, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Duplicator 6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 9.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 50.98 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 124.55 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 23.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 165.29 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.0395, 80.0395, 400.48, 99.1 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.027 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 5 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 -#define LCD_RESET_PIN 5 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f0f5072f6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false thermal runaway errors (may have to increase to 120) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false heater failed errors - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2782 -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1000 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.00 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1407c6f173..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x64 pasted image - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10000000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10111101,B11000001,B00111100,B00011110,B00001000,B10111101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B01000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00100100,B10000001,B00100100,B00000010,B00001111,B00100101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B01111000,B00000000,B00001000,B10100100,B10011101,B00100101,B11011110,B11101000,B10100100,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00001000,B10100100,B10000001,B00100100,B00010010,B00001000,B10100101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B11000001,B00100100,B00011110,B00001111,B00111101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B10000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001001,B10000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001011,B10000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B10000000,B11100011,B11000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B11100011,B11100010,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B11100011,B11100010,B00001110,B01001000,B11101111,B01110100,B11110011,B11001111,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001001,B11111111,B11000011,B11010010,B01001001,B00000001,B00100100,B10010010,B01000001,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B11111111,B10000010,B00010010,B01001001,B00001111,B00100100,B10010010,B01001111,B00100000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B01111111,B00000010,B00010010,B01001001,B00001001,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100000, - B00001111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00111100,B00000011,B11001110,B01111000,B11101111,B00110100,B11110010,B01001111,B00100000, - B00001111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B10000111,B00110001,B11000000,B00011100,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B00000111,B00110001,B11100000,B00111100,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B10000011,B00110000,B11111111,B11111000,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000011,B00110000,B00111111,B11100000,B11001100,B01111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11100011,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B11001100,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B11110011,B00011111,B11111111,B00000000,B11001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B01110011,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10000000,B01000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11110000,B01110011,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B10001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10011110,B01110001,B11101110,B10001101,B11000000,B00000000, - B01110000,B01100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010001,B00000000,B00000000, - B00100000,B01000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10011110,B01110001,B11100110,B10001101,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000111,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B00000111,B11111000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00001100,B01100000,B00100000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001100,B11100000,B00111000,B11110111,B01001111,B00111100,B11100011,B11010010,B00000111,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001101,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00000100,B10010010,B01010010,B00001000,B00001000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00111100,B10010010,B01001100,B00001000,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010010,B01010010,B00001000,B01001000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00111000,B11110011,B01001001,B00111100,B11100011,B11010010,B01000111,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B10110110,B11011011,B01101101,B10110110,B11011011,B01101101,B10110110,B11011011,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5c20b83d6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Matthew Piercey, Bot-In-a-Box Educational Robotics)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 "https://botinabox.ca" - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Wanhao i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 99 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 99 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 97 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 249.52 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 47.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.03 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 700, 700, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6077e05250..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 32 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index d2a7ea6401..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -Configuration for the Wanhao Duplicator i3 v2.1 - -[Made by Bot-In-a-Box Educational Robotics](https://botinabox.ca) -[See original configuration repo](https://github.com/BotInABoxER/marlin2-for-wanhao-i3) - -Notes: -- YMMV, but the included thermistor table has been tested to work with a 100k bed thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor -- The smaller Marlin logo is used to save memory -- You may have a 4.7K pull-up resistor, in which case the included thermistor table will be off -- The included thermistor table was generated with `buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=10000` -- Includes an optional custom Wanhao logo bootscreen designed to fit the stock LCD -- Includes an optional custom Chippy from Bot-In-a-Box bootscreen designed to fit the stock LCD - -Inspirations: -- https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3378807 (Custom firmware 1.x by Nitrogen777) -- https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3378807 (Custom firmware 2.x by Remotheman) - -Instructions: -- Copy the `Configuration.h`, `_Bootscreen.h` (or `Chippy_Bootscreen.h`; rename it `_Bootscreen.h`), and `Configuration_adv.h` to the `Marlin/ directory` -- Copy the `thermistor_99.h` and `thermistors.h` files to the `Marlin/src/modules/thermistors` directory -- Flash the firmware onto your Melzi (https://www.fission3d.com/guides/flash-bootloader-and-install-firmware-with-raspberry-pi might help) diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34686deeaa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x64 pasted image - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 104 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B10111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B01111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000001,B11111111,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01100001,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01111001,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000, - B00001000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110,B01110000,B00000000, - B00001100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111100,B11111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10001111,B11111001,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B10001111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11100011,B11111011,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11100011,B11000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000001,B11111000,B11110011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111101,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B11111101,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111,B11111101,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100011,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000011,B11111101,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11111011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011110,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B01111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B01111100,B00000001,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000011,B11111000,B00011111,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000011,B11111000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10111100,B00011111,B11000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000001,B11101111,B00000111,B11000011,B11100000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B00011100,B00011111,B11100111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000001,B11000111,B00001111,B10000001,B11110000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B00011100,B00011111,B11110111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000001,B11000111,B00001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000111,B11001111,B11001111,B10001111,B00011110,B00011111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000011,B11000111,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000011,B11001111,B11001111,B00001110,B00001110,B00011111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000011,B10000011,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000011,B11101111,B11011111,B00001111,B11111110,B00011110,B11111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000011,B11111111,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B01111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11001111,B10000001,B11110000, - B00000001,B11111100,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B00111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11000011,B11100000, - B00000000,B11111100,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B01111100,B11111000,B00111110,B00001111,B10011110,B00001111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B10000011,B11100011,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B01111000,B01111000,B00111100,B00000111,B10011110,B00001111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B00000001,B11100001,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000111,B10011110,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B00000001,B11100000,B01111110,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100755 index 6dcd80acbf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Wanhao i3 Mini)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Mini & rebrands - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 15, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.05 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 125 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 100 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6ccfd6e731..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index b647f46339..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_Y 3 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B01111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B10001111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11110110,B00000000, - B00000100,B01111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11101111,B00000000, - B00000110,B01111111,B11111111,B00100101,B11111011,B11111111,B11111100,B11101111,B11011111,B10000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111110,B01110000,B11111111,B11110000,B11110011,B11011111,B11000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B10111111,B11000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11011111,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00011111,B10000000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B00001111,B10011111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B11000000,B00001111,B11000000,B01111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10001100,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B11001100,B00011100,B00011000,B00000111,B11000000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110000,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00011111,B11110000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11111001,B11001110,B00011100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11111000,B11111101,B11001111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B10011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111100,B01100111,B00111000,B00011000, - B00000001,B11011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11101111,B11001111,B11111100,B11100111,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11100111,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B00111100,B00111000, - B00000000,B11110111,B11000111,B11111100,B11100011,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B10011111,B11110000, - B00000000,B11110011,B10000111,B00011110,B11100011,B11001110,B00011101,B11100011,B10001111,B11110000, - B00000000,B01110011,B10000111,B00001110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011101,B11000011,B11000111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a95468960a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7fc6822a2e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2385 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Choose your version: - */ -// normal size or plus? -//#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS - -// Anycubic Probe version 1 or 2 see README.md; 0 for no probe -#define ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0 - -// Heated Bed: -// 0 ... no heated bed -// 1 ... aluminium heated bed with "BuildTak-like" sticker -// 2 ... ultrabase heated bed -#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED 0 - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@brandstaetter, @grbd" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ANYCUBIC Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Anycubic Kossel - run 'M106 S255' & 'M303 E0 C10 S200' - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.36 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.63 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.48 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define PIDTEMPBED -#endif -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - - // Anycubic Kossel - // this is for the aluminium bed with a BuildTak-like sticker on it - // from pid autotune. "M303 E-1 C8 S60" to run autotune on the bed at 60 degreesC for 8 cycles - #if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #elif ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 2 - // TODO get real PID values for Ultrabase Bed - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #endif - - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 80 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - #endif - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS) - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 116.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 267 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset from middle of printer to smooth rod center. - #define DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET 186 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the end effector. - #define DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET 31 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the carriages. - #define DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET 20.6 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS (DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET-(DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET)-(DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET)) // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #else - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 97.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #endif - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 320.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#endif -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING (ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION + 0 == 1) // V1 is NO, V2 is NC -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) // 80 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 96 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 100} - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.003 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN -#endif - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define PROBE_MANUALLY - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 1.5 -#endif - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE -#endif - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 2 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -16.8 } -#elif ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 1 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -19.0 } -#else - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } -#endif - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 15 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -5 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -40 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST -#endif - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#else -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING -#endif - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.05 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 3 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b702538b7c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 874d71fae3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -# Readme - -These configurations activate many of the new advanced features of the Marlin firmware: - - * Auto Calibration - * Auto Bed Leveling - * Pause & Filament Change - -**Important**: Before doing anything else after updating the firmware, go to `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` to get rid of old configurations. - -Then you should execute `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Set Delta Height` and also run `Configuration > Delta Configuration > Probe Z-offset` to verify the Probe offset. - -After that you should connect the Z-Probe and start `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Auto Calibration`. When it's done don't forget to also do `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Store Settings` to make it permanent. - -You should also do a `Motion > Bed Leveling > Level bed` followed by `Store Settings` to ensure a perfect leveling. - -Please do a manual paper test (moving the nozzle slowly down to Z0 and checking with a piece of paper). If it's not perfect, use `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Probe Z Offset` to correct the difference and execute the calibration again. - - -# Select the Configuration - -**Please select the correct values at the start of the Configuration.h file** - -The Kossel comes in 3 versions: - - * Pulley - * Linear - * Linear Plus - -Pulley and Linear use the same configuration, the Linear Plus is bigger and uses slightly different configurations. - -Typically the probes for the Anycubic Delta Kossel printers come in two different versions. - - * Version 1: Z Probe Offset of -19.0mm - - ![Version 1 Probe](images/Version1Probe.jpg) - - * Version 2: Z Probe Offset of -16.8mm - - ![Version 2 Probe](images/Version2Probe.jpg) - -If you select the `ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0`: It's very important to follow the correct procedure to set it up after flashing the firmware, otherwise you might damage the printer by ramming the nozzle into the buildplate: - -* `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` -* `Motion > Move Axis > Soft Endstops` : `Off` -* Auto Home and slowly move the nozzle down until it barely touches the bed. (Do a paper-test: A normal sheet of paper should just feel the drag of the nozzle) and note this number. -* Subtract this number from the value in `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Delta Settings > Height`. (If it's negative, add it). -* Save and try the paper test again to verify your height. -* `Configuration > Store Settings` -* Motion > Bed Leveling (using paper test) diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 953373b1ab..0000000000 Binary files a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index f1f4baf2f2..0000000000 Binary files a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6d8287894..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2324 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 75.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 186.14 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -//#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee8bdb9a9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2865 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae31..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 94979f58f7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2335 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord Pro with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED != 0 - /* - * For Overlord Pro, the default PSU isn't powerful to run hotend/bed/etc. - * Problem is Hotend heater is 24V 60W, Bed is 24V 160W, Standard Overlord Pro PSU is 24V 220.8W - * Hotend and bed are PWMed to keep their average power less than the max power but they can both be on at the same time. - * If both are on at the same time, then there is no power available for anything else - * and power supply will shutdown if steppers are moving while both hotend and bed are on - * Recommend upgrade PSU - * A Meanwell RSP-500-24 works, a RSP-350-24 should work but has not been tested - */ - #error "Overlord Pro needs larger PSU than stock PSU, comment out this line if you have a larger PSU, otherwise set TEMP_SENSOR_BED to 0" -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 286.14 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord Pro with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 774d749bb1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae31..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 09ba19da59..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2327 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(AndersSahlman, QQ-S config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 3 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN QQ-S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 110 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // FLSUN QQ-S, 200 C with 100% part cooling - #define DEFAULT_Kp 28.16 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.38 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 58.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FLSUN QQ-S stock 1.6mm aluminium heater with 4mm lattice glass - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 325.10 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.35 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 417.10 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 130.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 280.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 372.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 140.8 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 393 } // default steps per unit - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 30 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 30 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G0 Z30 F12000\n G0 X0 Y0 Z30" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (50*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -//#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 1 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index de913b7be3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/QQ-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 800 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 700 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b842f8ee5b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2329 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 295.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d76bc56d51..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a4c71e6113..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2328 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 70.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 317.94 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 110.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d76bc56d51..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0db33ff999..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2328 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Michael Henke, flsun Kossel Mini)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 175 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 280.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 90 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.016 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 2000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (45*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 007d8003c0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d42e985459..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2317 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech Rostock 301)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rostock 301" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 196.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 228.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 92 //124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT 80.2649 //((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 714e8f32e3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65e4fcb08e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2344 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration for Hatchbox Alpha with E3D v6 extruder - * http://hatchbox3d.com/Guides/HATCHBOX%20Alpha%203D%20Printer%20User%20Manual.pdf - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Hatchbox Alpha" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // E3D-v6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.55 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 47.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //HatchBox Alpha - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 72.11 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 7.1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 488.31 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 151.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 356.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 352.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 176.5 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 4) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X -116 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 116 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 135 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 231f6e5e75..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2315 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 426.67 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false // DELTA does not invert -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 241e216063..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md deleted file mode 100644 index 265cb541f9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -### RepRap Discount Full Graphics Smart Controller - -Many MKS products have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. So there are three options for connecting the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller: - 1. Slice, file, or grind the key off one end of the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - 2. Carefully pry the plastic housings off the board or controller, rotate them 180 degrees, and press them back onto the board. - 3. Make custom cables with one end's connector rotated 180 degrees. - ---- - -#### 3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware can't access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. A custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector is required to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller. Use that cable to move the following connections: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.8`|`J8-3` -`P0.7`|`J8-2` -`P0.5`|`J8-4` - -If using pins other than the J8 pins listed above the `spi_pins.h` file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable like the [Adafruit 1199](https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199) 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable can simplify the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - ---- - -#### 27 APR 2018 - -For a functional `SD_DETECT_PIN`, also move the following pin: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.27`|`J8-5` - -If a different pin is used, modify the `pins_MKS_SBASE.h` file. diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b30054c071..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2320 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(HEINRICHS)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TEVO Little Monster" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 41.09 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 7.60 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 55.54 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 165.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 397.19 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 522.27 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, -0.12, -0.78 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 157.39 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { -0.18, 0.18, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 376.04 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 25000, 25000, 25000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.008 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 20, -1.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, (DELTA_HEIGHT - 10) } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f44be14081..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3312cbcd7c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2316 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 007d8003c0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ae934bf1a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2322 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(John Ecker, Kossel Clear)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel Clear 121519" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "4e9a4ab2-1c30-11ea-978f-2e728ce88125" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 2 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 100// (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 290.5 // (mm) Kossel Clear OG Settings - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 283.8 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - -// Horizontal offset from middle of printer to smooth rod center. (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) -//#define DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET 220.0 // mm (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) - -// Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the end effector. (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) -//#define DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET 33 // mm (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) - -// Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the carriages. (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) -//#define DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET 28 // mm (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) - -// Effective horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods. (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) -//#define DELTA_RADIUS (DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET-DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET-DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET)=159.0 (ORGINAL FIRMWARE VALUE) - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 159.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM {0.0, 0.0, -0.584 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ - //BL Touch with John Ecker Custom Mount -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -29, -3.4 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 1 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -10 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 375 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -//#define DISABLE_X false -//#define DISABLE_Y false -//#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 5 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (60*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 10 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 50 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0f3d66a02..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_clear/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d09738f56b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2318 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 215.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 105.2 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 007d8003c0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 20d57e571f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2318 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Example configuration file for OpenBeam Kossel Pro - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BRAINWAVE_PRO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 125 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 50 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Kossel Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.30 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 26.56 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Kossel Pro heated bed plate with borosilicate glass - //from pidautotune (M303 E-1 S60 C8) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 370.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 62.77 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 545.98 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 127.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 301.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 277.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 152.357 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define XYZ_STEPS ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 184.8 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 9000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Pro - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { -105.00, 0.00, 100.0 } // Move left but not quite so far that we'll bump the belt - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { -110.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move outward to position deploy pin to the left of the arm - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { -110.00 * 0.75, -125.00 * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4 { 45.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move right to trigger deploy pin - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { 36.00, -125.00, 75.0 } // Line up with bed retaining clip - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { 36.00, -125.00, 0.0 } // move down to retract probe - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } // return to 0,0,100 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -23, -6, -17.25 } // KosselPro actual: -22.919, -6.304, -17.45 -/** - * Kossel Pro note: The correct value is likely -17.45 but I'd rather err on the side of - * not giving someone a head crash. Use something like G29 Z-0.2 to adjust as needed. - */ - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 100 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset - -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 5 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 37b5ccf07f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for OpenBeam Kossel Pro [BRAINWAVE_PRO](http://www.openbeamusa.com/3d-printers/kossel/) -* Configuration files for the **Openbeam Kossel Pro** as delivered in their KickStarter distribution - -I [@Wackerbarth](https://github.com/Wackerbarth) tested this version on my Kossel Pro and Arduino 1.6.5 for Mac. -This configuration is a transition to merge Terence Tam's configuration with up-to-date Marlin source and a current Arduino IDE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0ad3f64be7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2319 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(oxivanisher)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel k800XL" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // oXis Kossel k800 XL - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.04 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.65 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.67 - - // Kossel k800 XL - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 85.30 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 15.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 319.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 380.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 174.1 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 158 } // default steps per unit for PowerWasp - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0.0, 0.0, 0.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 20 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (60*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85a9416038..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2866 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1cabcdb3fe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Kossel k800 XL -This example configuration is for a Kossel XL with a printable bed diameter of 280mm and a height of 380mm. It also has the auto bed leveling probe (with an endstop switch) and the heated bed activated. - -## Configuration -You might need (or want) to edit at least the following settings in `Configuration.h`: -* `MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS` - The available height of your printing space. Auto Bed Leveling makes it less important to have the exact value. -* `DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS` - The printable radius is how far from the center the nozzle can reach. -* `DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT` - Steps-per-millimeter for the delta steppers, and for the extruder [to optimize the amount of filament flow](http://zennmaster.com/makingstuff/reprap-101-calibrating-your-extruder-part-1-e-steps). - -### Fine tuning -* Increase `DELTA_RADIUS` if the model comes out convex (with a bulge in the middle) -* Increase `DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD` if the model comes out larger than expected - -### [http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning](PID Tuning) -* `DEFAULT_Kp` - The proportional term -* `DEFAULT_Ki` - The integral term -* `DEFAULT_Kd` - The derivative term - -### PSU Options -* The power supply is configured to 2 (to use a relay to switch 12V on and off) -* It is configured to be off by default diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05be303ecc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2244 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEF - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB // gMax users please note: This is a Roxy modification. I print on glass and - // I use Marlin to control the bed's temperature. So, if you have a single nozzle - // machine, this will work fine for you. You just set the - // #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 to 0 down below so Marlin doesn't mess with the bed - // temp. -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "gMax" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 // gMax-1.5+ users please note: This is a Roxy modification to the printer. I want - // to print on glass. And I'm using a 400mm x 400mm silicon heat pad powered through - // a Fortek SSR to do it. If you are using an unaltered gCreate machine, this needs - // to be set to 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 16 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 12 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // gMax J-Head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.35 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.45 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 135.44 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.60 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 186.40 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 25, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 700, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.7 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.058 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -17, -10, -0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 45 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 420 // These numbers are not accurate for an unaltered gMax 1.5+ printer. My print bed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 420 // is inset a noticable amount from the edge of the bed. Combined with the inset, - // the nozzle can reach all cordinates of the mesh. - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.5 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.3 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 45 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 323 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 63 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 348 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 211 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 8) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 4) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (60*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (14*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c8519fcca..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 // usually set to 120 seconds -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 3 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 3 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 19402c494d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B01001101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000111,B01100111,B00111001,B11010011,B11100001,B11110011,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B00010010,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11110111,B11110011,B11111011,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11001110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11110111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100100,B01100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11000111,B11110011,B10111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01001011,B10100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B11110000,B11111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001010,B10110100,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B00000011,B11111001,B11001110,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001101,B10100100,B00000000,B00000110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10100110,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00010011,B11011000,B00000000,B00001110,B11100011,B11110001,B11000111,B11110011,B11111001,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00100001,B10001000,B00011000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100001,B11100001,B11000011,B11100001,B10111001,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000110,B01100001,B00010110,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B01000001,B00100011,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B11111110,B01000001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00001011,B10000110,B10001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011110,B00000001,B10011010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011100,B00000111,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10000001,B11111000,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00001000,B00011111,B11100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B10111111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110011,B01100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000000,B01111110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B11100110,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000011,B11111110,B00111111,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00111100,B00010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00011100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B01110000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B01011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00001101,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000011,B11011110,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00011010,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00100110,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B10110010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000001,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000011,B11000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000011,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000010,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00100011,B00100111,B00111001,B10001100,B11100001, - B00000110,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000011,B11000010,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00000001, - B00000100,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010011,B11001000,B11000001, - B00001101,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010010,B00001000,B00100001, - B00001000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10011001,B11001001,B11000001, - B00011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00001111,B11100000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B01101101,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00011000,B00011111,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B01001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00001100,B00111001,B11100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00000111,B10010000,B01110000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B01100000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00010110,B11110000,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00011010,B00010000,B01100000,B00001000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B11001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001011,B00001001,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B00100100,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001110,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11100100,B10001001,B11000100,B10001001,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000110,B00011110,B01000000,B00010000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000101,B11001000,B00001001,B11001000,B00001011,B10000001, - B00000110,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111000,B10001111,B11110000,B10001111,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3d4fbaa1f1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_5DPRINT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakiBox" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 12 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 175 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -// This limit is set to 175 by default in the Makibox configuration and it can be adjusted -// to increase the heatup rate. However, if changed, be aware of the safety concerns of -// drawing too much current from the power supply. - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 163 } // default steps per unit for ***** MakiBox A6 ***** - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 60, 60, 20, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 30, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 110 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 86 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 1500 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (2*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7dc28522a1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 4 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.7, 1.7, 1.7, 1.7 } // 5DPRINT - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d0f8637c9f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OMCA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // J-Head Mk V-B - #define DEFAULT_Kp 25.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 68.15 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 600 } // David TVRR - -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.87, 79.87, 2566, 563.78 } // Al's TVRR -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 81.26, 80.01, 2561, 599.14 } // Michel TVRR old -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 739.65 } // Michel TVRR - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 45 } // David TVRR - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/* MICHEL: This has an impact on the "ripples" in print walls */ - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9bb0751e4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2864 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 23 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ac81221682..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, wt150)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Weistek WT150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "5f0bb7a3-0e14-428c-812b-15ab0d3ecc71" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //WT150, based on: M303 E0 S220 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.10 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.10 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 110.78 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.699959, 71.699959, 71.699959, 100.470955 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 83.333333, 83.333333, 19.5, 26.666666 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 1200, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1200 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.021 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 143.0 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 965972ca3b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2865 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT (5E <- 2F << 1) - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // one DIGIPOT on this board -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.22, 0.22, 0.39, 0.42, 0.42 } // MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index fce93ad679..70a0e18ec2 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ default_src_filter = + - - + extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/common-cxxflags.py build_flags = -fmax-errors=5 -g -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ -fmerge-all-constants lib_deps = + LiquidCrystal + TMCStepper@>=0.6.1,<1.0.0 + Adafruit NeoPixel U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip - LiquidCrystal@1.3.4 - TMCStepper@>=0.5.2,<1.0.0 - Adafruit NeoPixel@1.2.5 Adafruit_MAX31865=https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_MAX31865/archive/master.zip LiquidTWI2=https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2/archive/master.zip - Arduino-L6470=https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/0.7.0.zip + Arduino-L6470=https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/0.8.0.zip SailfishLCD=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD/archive/master.zip SailfishRGB_LED=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED/archive/master.zip SlowSoftI2CMaster=https://github.com/mikeshub/SlowSoftI2CMaster/archive/master.zip @@ -39,9 +39,10 @@ lib_deps = # Globally defined properties # inherited by all environments [env] -framework = arduino -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} +framework = arduino +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} +monitor_speed = 250000 ################################# # # @@ -63,7 +64,6 @@ board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # ATmega1280 @@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # RAMBo @@ -87,7 +86,6 @@ board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # FYSETC F6 V1.3 @@ -99,7 +97,17 @@ board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + +# +# FYSETC F6 V1.4 +# +[env:FYSETC_F6_14] +platform = atmelavr +board = fysetc_f6_14 +board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + # # Sanguinololu (ATmega644p) @@ -110,7 +118,6 @@ board = sanguino_atmega644p lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Sanguinololu (ATmega1284p) @@ -121,7 +128,6 @@ board = sanguino_atmega1284p lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Melzi and clones (ATmega1284p) @@ -132,7 +138,6 @@ board = sanguino_atmega1284p lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_ignore = TMCStepper upload_speed = 57600 @@ -146,7 +151,6 @@ board = sanguino_atmega1284p lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_ignore = TMCStepper upload_speed = 115200 @@ -163,8 +167,8 @@ platform = teensy board = at90usb1286 lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # AT90USB1286 boards using DFU bootloader @@ -176,9 +180,8 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 platform = teensy board = at90usb1286 lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Due (Atmel SAM3X8E ARM Cortex-M3) @@ -190,20 +193,17 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 platform = atmelsam board = due src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 [env:DUE_USB] platform = atmelsam board = dueUSB src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 [env:DUE_debug] # Used when WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL is enabled platform = atmelsam board = due src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -funwind-tables -mpoke-function-name @@ -222,7 +222,6 @@ lib_ldf_mode = off lib_compat_mode = strict extra_scripts = Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 lib_deps = Servo LiquidCrystal U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip @@ -241,7 +240,6 @@ lib_ldf_mode = off lib_compat_mode = strict extra_scripts = Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 lib_deps = Servo LiquidCrystal U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip @@ -284,7 +282,6 @@ lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI lib_ldf_mode = chain debug_tool = stlink upload_protocol = serial -monitor_speed = 250000 # # BigTree SKR Mini V1.1 / SKR mini E3 / SKR E3 DIP (STM32F103RCT6 ARM Cortex-M3) @@ -414,7 +411,6 @@ board = disco_f407vg build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F4 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -DHAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + - -monitor_speed = 250000 # # STM32F7 with STM32GENERIC @@ -425,7 +421,6 @@ board = remram_v1 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F7 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -DHAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + - -monitor_speed = 250000 # # ARMED (STM32) @@ -439,7 +434,21 @@ build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SoftwareSerial src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + +# +# Geeetech GTM32 (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:STM32F103VE_GTM32] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=DEBUG_NONE -std=gnu++14 -MMD -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -nostdlib + -DBOARD_generic_stm32f103v -DARDUINO_GENERIC_STM32F103V -DARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1 + -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG=1 -DVECT_TAB_ADDR=0x8000000 -DERROR_LED_PORT=GPIOE -DERROR_LED_PIN=6 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +upload_protocol = serial # # Longer 3D board in Alfawise U20 (STM32F103VET6) @@ -454,7 +463,35 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG=1 -DERROR_LED_ extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, LiquidTWI2, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 + +# +# MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:mks_robin_mini] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI + +# +# MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:mks_robin_nano] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI # # MKS Robin (STM32F103ZET6) @@ -468,8 +505,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 - # # MKS Robin Pro (STM32F103ZET6) @@ -497,7 +532,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 # # MKS ROBIN LITE3 (STM32F103RCT6) @@ -513,35 +547,6 @@ src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI - -# -# MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) -# -[env:mks_robin_mini] -platform = ststm32 -board = genericSTM32F103VE -build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) -# -[env:mks_robin_nano] -platform = ststm32 -board = genericSTM32F103VE -build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 - # # JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6) # @@ -554,7 +559,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Malyan M200 (STM32F103CB) @@ -579,8 +583,25 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG= -DERROR_LED_P extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel -monitor_speed = 250000 +# +# STM32F401VE +# 'STEVAL-3DP001V1' STM32F401VE board - https://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html +# +[env:STM32F401VE_STEVAL] +platform = ststm32 +board = STEVAL_STM32F401VE +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DARDUINO_STEVAL -DSTM32F401xE + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STEVAL_F401VE\" + -DDISABLE_GENERIC_SERIALUSB + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py + buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + # # FLYF407ZG @@ -588,7 +609,7 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 [env:FLYF407ZG] platform = ststm32 board = FLYF407ZG -platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DSTM32F4 -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407ZG\" -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 @@ -597,7 +618,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # @@ -612,13 +632,12 @@ build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x10000 -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 '-DUSB_PRODUCT="FYSETC_S6"' build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_ignore = Arduino-L6470 debug_tool = stlink #upload_protocol = stlink upload_protocol = serial -monitor_speed = 250000 # # STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield @@ -628,7 +647,7 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 [env:STM32F407VE_black] platform = ststm32 board = blackSTM32F407VET6 -platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"BLACK_F407VE\" @@ -637,7 +656,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # BigTreeTech SKR Pro (STM32F407ZGT6 ARM Cortex-M4) @@ -645,14 +663,40 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 [env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO] platform = ststm32 board = BigTree_SKR_Pro -platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407ZG\" -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407_5ZX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 - -DHAVE_HWSERIAL6 -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +lib_ignore = SoftwareSerial, SoftwareSerialM +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +#upload_protocol = stlink +#upload_command = "$PROJECT_PACKAGES_DIR/tool-stm32duino/stlink/ST-LINK_CLI.exe" -c SWD -P "$BUILD_DIR/firmware.bin" 0x8008000 -Rst -Run +debug_tool = stlink +debug_init_break = + +# +# Bigtreetech GTR V1.0 (STM32F407IGT6 ARM Cortex-M4) +# +[env:BIGTREE_GTR_V1_0] +platform = ststm32@>=5.7.0 +framework = arduino +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +board = BigTree_SKR_Pro +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407IG\" + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407IX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 + -DHAVE_HWSERIAL3 + -DHAVE_HWSERIAL6 + -DPIN_SERIAL3_RX=PD_9 + -DPIN_SERIAL3_TX=PD_8 + -DPIN_SERIAL6_RX=PC_7 + -DPIN_SERIAL6_TX=PC_6 + + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 lib_deps = U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip LiquidCrystal @@ -670,7 +714,7 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 [env:BIGTREE_BTT002] platform = ststm32@5.6.0 board = BigTree_Btt002 -platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407VE\" -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407_5VX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 @@ -682,7 +726,6 @@ build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Teensy 3.1 / 3.2 (ARM Cortex-M4) @@ -694,7 +737,6 @@ lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Teensy 3.5 / 3.6 (ARM Cortex-M4) @@ -706,7 +748,6 @@ lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Espressif ESP32 @@ -718,10 +759,12 @@ build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DCORE_DEBUG_LEVEL=0 lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} AsyncTCP=https://github.com/me-no-dev/AsyncTCP/archive/master.zip ESPAsyncWebServer=https://github.com/me-no-dev/ESPAsyncWebServer/archive/master.zip + ESP3DLib=https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib.git + arduinoWebSockets=https://github.com/Links2004/arduinoWebSockets.git + ESP32SSDP=https://github.com/luc-github/ESP32SSDP.git lib_ignore = LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + upload_speed = 115200 -monitor_speed = 250000 #upload_port = marlinesp.local #board_build.flash_mode = qio @@ -796,7 +839,6 @@ build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -Os lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + - -monitor_speed = 250000 upload_protocol = dfu # diff --git a/process-palette.json b/process-palette.json index 8b68981584..b3b05b99a7 100644 --- a/process-palette.json +++ b/process-palette.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Build", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py build", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Clean", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py clean", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py upload", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload (traceback)", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py traceback", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload using Programmer", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py program", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py program", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Test", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py test", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py test", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Debug", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py debug", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py debug", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Remote", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py remote", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py remote", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [],